w4kek/WSJT-X
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/saitohirga/WSJT-X.git synced 2024-11-05 08:51:19 -05:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
107a5c5a7e
WSJT-X/mainwindow.cpp

8224 lines
284 KiB
C++
Raw Normal View History

Dummy git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8373 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-25 13:52:16 -05:00
//---------------------------------------------------------- MainWindow
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#include "mainwindow.h"
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#include <cinttypes>
Ensure main frequency display gets initialized with Rig=None git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5068 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 13:35:39 -04:00
#include <limits>
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
#include <functional>
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
#include <fstream>
#include <iterator>
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
#include <fftw3.h>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#include <QLineEdit>
Add validation to message entry fields. All message entry fields on the mainscreen and in the macro editing facilities are now restricted to valid characters in the JT65/JT9 free text message alphabet. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4362 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:36:01 -04:00
#include <QRegExpValidator>
#include <QRegExp>
Allow for empty decode message in UDP reply message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6812 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-28 11:53:50 -04:00
#include <QRegularExpression>
Menu action to open the log directory Since the log files have moved to a hidden directory a menu action to open the logs directory in a suitable system applicaiton is needed. Added "Open log directory" to File manu bar pop up menu. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 07:47:03 -04:00
#include <QDesktopServices>
#include <QUrl>
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
#include <QStandardPaths>
Menu action to open the log directory Since the log files have moved to a hidden directory a menu action to open the logs directory in a suitable system applicaiton is needed. Added "Open log directory" to File manu bar pop up menu. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 07:47:03 -04:00
#include <QDir>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#include <QDebug>
#include <QtConcurrent/QtConcurrentRun>
Add a progress dialog to show that FFT optimization is doing something git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-14 19:48:38 -05:00
#include <QProgressDialog>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
#include <QHostInfo>
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 18:41:13 -04:00
#include <QVector>
Pwr control refinements Set tune power with SHIFT + "Pwr" slider. SHIFT + "Pwr" slider to top cancels separate power level for tune. Smarter tool tip for "Pwr" slider. Needs User Guide update if change is acceptable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6284 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 15:55:19 -05:00
#include <QCursor>
#include <QToolTip>
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
#include <QAction>
#include <QActionGroup>
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 09:52:14 -04:00
#include <QSplashScreen>
Reducing the number of files dependent on svnversion.h without compromising qmake builds. Now it is required to directly include svnversion.h to get the SVNVERSION macro defined. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3955 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-28 22:51:07 -04:00
Try to form a consistent program title and revision specification from all types of build. CMake builds use 'svn info' (the git-svn equivalent is also supported) to get the real latest revision of the workspace that is used to source a build. If the sources are not in VCS workspace (build from source snapshot archive for example) then the $Rev$ svn keyword expansion in mainwindow.cpp is used despite its issues with accuracy. Non-CMake builds use the $Rev$ keyword expansion where possible. If a CMake build is from a VCS workspace with local modifications; a '-dirty' suffix is added to the revision number to denote that. If no revision number information can be found the word 'local' is used as a revision number. The revision specification is used in the WSJT-X "about" box and is sent to PSKReporter.info as part of the local station information (this can be viewed at the statistics page http://pskreporter.info/cgi-bin/pskstats.pl). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4017 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-13 13:22:12 -04:00
#include "revision_utils.hpp"
Make addon prefixes & suffixes help window platform independent Also use a style sheet to set the font as widget level font settings are overriden when the global default font is changed in settings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5553 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 10:30:31 -04:00
#include "qt_helpers.hpp"
Build a cache of allowed SSL exceptions and use them on future network requests The class NetworkAccessManager sub-classes QNetworkAccessManager adding a message box to ask the user if SSL errors may be ignored. Ignored errors are ignored in future server replies so that the user is not asked about he same peer certificate chain repeatedly. The cache is currently per process only and not persistent. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-04 09:17:01 -05:00
#include "NetworkAccessManager.hpp"
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
#include "soundout.h"
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
#include "soundin.h"
#include "Modulator.hpp"
#include "Detector.hpp"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#include "plotter.h"
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
#include "echoplot.h"
#include "echograph.h"
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
#include "fastplot.h"
#include "fastgraph.h"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#include "about.h"
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
#include "messageaveraging.h"
Starting to implement a color-highlighting reminder window.
2018-08-25 11:19:43 -04:00
#include "colorhighlighting.h"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
#include "widegraph.h"
#include "sleep.h"
Starrting to implement a confirmation dialog for LogQSL. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3067 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-21 13:22:32 -04:00
#include "logqso.h"
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing 73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather than being processed. Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++ code in the logbook directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8047 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-29 22:27:57 -04:00
#include "decodedtext.h"
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
#include "Radio.hpp"
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#include "Bands.hpp"
#include "TransceiverFactory.hpp"
#include "StationList.hpp"
#include "LiveFrequencyValidator.hpp"
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
#include "MessageClient.hpp"
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 10:30:23 -04:00
#include "wsprnet.h"
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 18:41:13 -04:00
#include "signalmeter.h"
#include "HelpTextWindow.hpp"
Add a sample download dialog and upload sub-system Samples are downloaded from a web server, currently the SF download server. The samples are stored in the source controlled samples directory and the CMake script there builds a suitable directory tree for upload to the web server under samples/web containing the samples hierarchy and the generated JSON contents database file. The samples CMake script also defines an 'upload-samples' target that uses rsync to efficiently upload the samples and the accompanying contents JSON database file. Any directory structure under the samples directory may be created, to add a new sample file simply add the file to source control and amend the list of sample files (SAMPLE_FILES) in samples/CMakeLists.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6308 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-24 06:41:05 -05:00
#include "SampleDownloader.hpp"
Better naming WavFile ->BWFFile Broadcast Wave Format is a backwards compatible superset of teh Microsoft WAV file format that has been implemented in teh hope that Windows File Explorer might show the WAV file metadta, as it turns out that is not the case but as it's done anyway. It appears to be impossible to write a WAV file such that MS Windows File Explorer shows any metadata so unless we adopt FLAC format audio files we will have to show metadata with our own software :( git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6384 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:53 -05:00
#include "Audio/BWFFile.hpp"
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
#include "MultiSettings.hpp"
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
#include "MaidenheadLocatorValidator.hpp"
#include "CallsignValidator.hpp"
Refactor phase equalization dialog names Now equlization tools as it covers both amplitude and phase equalization. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7875 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-14 11:33:17 -04:00
#include "EqualizationToolsDialog.hpp"
Move LotW users file management to Configuration implementation
2018-10-01 17:43:13 -04:00
#include "LotWUsers.hpp"
This code now compiles OK in either Qt4 or Qt5. To run in Qt5 we'll need a Qt5-compatible "thermo" widget. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3310 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-23 16:21:47 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#include "ui_mainwindow.h"
Add those pesky MOC generated code includes that break libraries if they are included by automoc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-16 11:15:46 -04:00
#include "moc_mainwindow.cpp"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
extern "C" {
//----------------------------------------------------- C and Fortran routines
Send MyCall, HisCall, and state of Sh checkbox to mskrtd, to enable MSK144 Sh messages with the realtime decoder. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7150 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-04 10:01:02 -04:00
void symspec_(struct dec_data *, int* k, int* ntrperiod, int* nsps, int* ingain,
Code cleanup following level meter changes. New screen shot for main-left controls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 10:52:09 -05:00
int* minw, float* px, float s[], float* df3, int* nhsym, int* npts8,
float *m_pxmax);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
MSK144: 1. Clean up mskrtd to remove unused variables. 2. Re-instate Rx frequency spinbox in MSK144 mode to allow decoding of off-frequency signals with small FTol. Make changes needed to pass Rx Freq in to fortran routines. 3. Enable realtime decoder for testing. Auto sequence does not yet work when realtime decoding is enabled. There are probably other bugs as well. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7109 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-24 20:16:29 -04:00
void hspec_(short int d2[], int* k, int* nutc0, int* ntrperiod, int* nrxfreq, int* ntol,
Pass nContest value to hspec.f90.
2018-07-27 09:45:14 -04:00
int* nContest, bool* bmsk144, bool* btrain, double const pcoeffs[], int* ingain,
Add reference spectrum to equalization plots and more plotting enhancements Use a header format for polynomial coefficients that includes the valid X range in scaled terms and a count of the number of coefficients. Use double precision consistently for polynomial coefficients. This includes formatting with sufficient DPs when writing to files. Many changes to the equalization plots, more to come. Add error handling for reading coefficient, plot and filter files. This includes being backward compatible for old format refspec.dat files with no header. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7578 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-23 11:21:26 -05:00
char mycall[], char hiscall[], bool* bshmsg, bool* bswl, char ddir[], float green[],
Modified behavior of audio level meter and adjacent slider; Tx6 at program startup. 1. Level meter range increased to 0-90 dB. 2. Level meter reading is independent of slider setting. 3. For a trial period: thermometer bar goes red if a 16-bit sample is within 5 dB A/D limit. 4. Slider can be used to adjust levels sent to waterfall. 5. Tx6 message is selected on program startup. Thanks to W9MDB for most of this code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7596 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 09:34:25 -05:00
float s[], int* jh, float *pxmax, float *rmsNoGain, char line[], char mygrid[],
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t,
fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
Don't send "mygrid" where it's no longer needed.
2018-07-11 16:32:08 -04:00
void genft8_(char* msg, int* i3, int* n3, int* isync, char* msgsent,
char ft8msgbits[], int itone[], fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Implement Tx for FT8. Not tested! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7730 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 16:38:03 -04:00
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
void parse77_(char* msg, int* i3, int* n3, fortran_charlen_t);
Implement Tx for FT8. Not tested! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7730 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 16:38:03 -04:00
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
void gen4_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
int* itext, fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
void gen9_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
int* itext, fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
Correct a flaw that produced bad Tx tones in MSK144.
2018-09-19 11:19:40 -04:00
void genmsk_128_90_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[], int* itype,
Remove some bcontest stuff associated with MSK144.
2018-07-11 14:42:48 -04:00
fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
void gen65_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
int* itext, fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 08:15:41 -04:00
void genqra64_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
int* itext, fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Add Tx capability for QRA01. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6811 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-28 10:56:02 -04:00
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
void genwspr_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
Modify CMakeLists.txt so that we only build what is needed for the release, more or less.
2018-09-12 17:22:01 -04:00
// void genwspr_fsk8_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Implement Tx for WSPR-LF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7670 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-11 15:56:18 -04:00
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
void geniscat_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
void azdist_(char* MyGrid, char* HisGrid, double* utch, int* nAz, int* nEl,
int* nDmiles, int* nDkm, int* nHotAz, int* nHotABetter,
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
void morse_(char* msg, int* icw, int* ncw, fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
int ptt_(int nport, int ntx, int* iptt, int* nopen);
void wspr_downsample_(short int d2[], int* k);
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
int savec2_(char* fname, int* TR_seconds, double* dial_freq, fortran_charlen_t);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
void avecho_( short id2[], int* dop, int* nfrit, int* nqual, float* f1,
float* level, float* sigdb, float* snr, float* dfreq,
float* width);
Remove some dead code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7432 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 15:26:59 -05:00
void fast_decode_(short id2[], int narg[], int* ntrperiod,
Add early termination code to the msk144 long-message decoder. Remove references to Radford Neal's ldpc code, which served us well but is no longer needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7051 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-01 17:50:52 -04:00
char msg[], char mycall[], char hiscall[],
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Calibration of the "Degrade S/N of .wav file" requires knowledge of receiver bandwidth. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6491 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-23 14:37:38 -05:00
void degrade_snr_(short d2[], int* n, float* db, float* bandwidth);
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
void wav12_(short d2[], short d1[], int* nbytes, short* nbitsam2);
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7895 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-15 20:10:37 -04:00
void refspectrum_(short int d2[], bool* bclearrefspec,
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
bool* brefspec, bool* buseref, const char* c_fname, fortran_charlen_t);
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
More work on FreqCal mode. Some of this code is temporary! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7451 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 13:35:26 -05:00
void freqcal_(short d2[], int* k, int* nkhz,int* noffset, int* ntol,
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
char line[], fortran_charlen_t);
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8105 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-22 13:38:51 -04:00
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
void fix_contest_msg_(char* MyGrid, char* msg, fortran_charlen_t, fortran_charlen_t);
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text. 1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed. It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers. 2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now behave as follows: Click on Action --------------------------------------------------------------------- Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency Shift-click to set Tx frequency Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded signal's frequency; generate standard messages. Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down and Lock Tx Freq not checked. If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated. 3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu, "Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished; DO NOT USE in its present form. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 08:39:50 -04:00
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8127 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 21:35:09 -04:00
void calibrate_(char data_dir[], int* iz, double* a, double* b, double* rms,
Changes in preparation for gfortran v8 The v8 compiler has an ABI change where the charlen hidden arguments change from int to size_t type. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8528 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 18:36:29 -05:00
double* sigmaa, double* sigmab, int* irc, fortran_charlen_t);
Starting on code for Fox multi-sig transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-16 16:32:07 -05:00
More Fox progress... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8271 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-30 15:34:05 -05:00
void foxgen_();
Deallocate the sw array on program exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8417 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-17 12:56:01 -05:00
void plotsave_(float swide[], int* m_w , int* m_h1, int* irow);
Code cleanup related to "bcontest". Auto-seq now OK for new NA VHF Contest messages.
2018-07-11 10:13:42 -04:00
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
void chkcall_(char* w, char* basc_call, bool cok, int len1, int len2);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
}
Use dummy array itone0[] to call a "gen..." routine just to check a message.
2018-07-10 08:50:45 -04:00
int volatile itone[NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS]; //Audio tones for all Tx symbols
int volatile itone0[NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS]; //Dummy array, data not actually used
int volatile icw[NUM_CW_SYMBOLS]; //Dits for CW ID
struct dec_data dec_data; // for sharing with Fortran
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
1. Keyboard shortcuts Alt+1 to Alt+6 set next Tx message to 1-6. 2. SoundOut buffer size can be set by editing wsjtx.ini. 3. Fixed bug in placement of #ifdef in rigclass.cpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3313 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-24 08:36:41 -04:00
int outBufSize;
Implementing uploads to PSK Reporter. (Not yet finished.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3043 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-11 11:51:44 -04:00
int rc;
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
qint32 g_iptt {0};
Implementing uploads to PSK Reporter. (Not yet finished.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3043 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-11 11:51:44 -04:00
wchar_t buffer[256];
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
float fast_green[703];
float fast_green2[703];
float fast_s[44992]; //44992=64*703
float fast_s2[44992];
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
int fast_jh {0};
Modified behavior of audio level meter and adjacent slider; Tx6 at program startup. 1. Level meter range increased to 0-90 dB. 2. Level meter reading is independent of slider setting. 3. For a trial period: thermometer bar goes red if a 16-bit sample is within 5 dB A/D limit. 4. Slider can be used to adjust levels sent to waterfall. 5. Tx6 message is selected on program startup. Thanks to W9MDB for most of this code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7596 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 09:34:25 -05:00
int fast_jhpeak {0};
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
int fast_jh2 {0};
Pass naggressive to fast_decode(). Display <...> messages only if naggressive>0. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-03 15:23:52 -05:00
int narg[15];
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
QVector<QColor> g_ColorTbl;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
namespace
{
Radio::Frequency constexpr default_frequency {14076000};
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
QRegExp message_alphabet {"[- @A-Za-z0-9+./?#<>;]*"};
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
// grid exact match excluding RR73
QRegularExpression grid_regexp {"\\A(?![Rr]{2}73)[A-Ra-r]{2}[0-9]{2}([A-Xa-x]{2}){0,1}\\z"};
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
bool message_is_73 (int type, QStringList const& msg_parts)
{
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
return type >= 0
&& (((type < 6 || 7 == type)
&& (msg_parts.contains ("73") || msg_parts.contains ("RR73")))
|| (type == 6 && !msg_parts.filter ("73").isEmpty ()));
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 22:31:50 -04:00
int ms_minute_error ()
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
{
auto const& now = QDateTime::currentDateTime ();
auto const& time = now.time ();
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 22:31:50 -04:00
auto second = time.second ();
return now.msecsTo (now.addSecs (second > 30 ? 60 - second : -second)) - time.msec ();
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
User Guide Updates * Main Page - (3.3) Changed OS x DL links to "osx_" vs "osx-" in the ref links. - Updated main page links. I think we should consider an include::file v.s - line item listing, as the list is getting kinda long. - Updated quick-reference guide * (3.4) Added a section to wsjtx-main.adoc for Linux Compile form Source. This needs work as I basically pulled the steps from my local build script. While it works nicely in unattended mode, in an interactive shell, it's not very tidy as there are too many steps. * (3.4) Install Package list should be fairly accurate, Ive' tested it on several new installs, without iussue, once I had the kvasd deps figured out. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-30 13:40:16 -05:00
//--------------------------------------------------- MainWindow constructor
Move temporary directory creation and deletion outside of MainWindow Changing configuration causes WSJT-X and JTAlert to get into a fight for the temporary directory. By moving the creation and clearup of the temporary directory outside of the configurations loop this issue is minimized to no worse than before multiple configurations were added. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 17:59:22 -04:00
MainWindow::MainWindow(QDir const& temp_directory, bool multiple,
MultiSettings * multi_settings, QSharedMemory *shdmem,
Build a cache of allowed SSL exceptions and use them on future network requests The class NetworkAccessManager sub-classes QNetworkAccessManager adding a message box to ask the user if SSL errors may be ignored. Ignored errors are ignored in future server replies so that the user is not asked about he same peer certificate chain repeatedly. The cache is currently per process only and not persistent. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-04 09:17:01 -05:00
unsigned downSampleFactor,
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 09:52:14 -04:00
QSplashScreen * splash, QWidget *parent) :
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
QMainWindow(parent),
Build a cache of allowed SSL exceptions and use them on future network requests The class NetworkAccessManager sub-classes QNetworkAccessManager adding a message box to ask the user if SSL errors may be ignored. Ignored errors are ignored in future server replies so that the user is not asked about he same peer certificate chain repeatedly. The cache is currently per process only and not persistent. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-04 09:17:01 -05:00
m_network_manager {this},
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
m_valid {true},
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 09:52:14 -04:00
m_splash {splash},
Abandon getting changeset revision number from svn keyword expansion Subversion keyword expansion of $Rev:$ in a file is hopeless as it is impossible to coordinate with a release. Revert to an empty string when it can't be discovered with svn info etc.. Further changes to the way verion and revision numbers are generated Local builds from source tar balls or the two phase wsjtx-superbuild no longer specify any revision, just the version number. Since these sort of builds are expected to be release candidates or release versions the revision (svn changeset number) is implicit from the svn tag of the version. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4986 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-21 19:20:42 -05:00
m_revision {revision ()},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_multiple {multiple},
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
m_multi_settings {multi_settings},
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-10 21:09:50 -04:00
m_configurations_button {0},
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
m_settings {multi_settings->settings ()},
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
ui(new Ui::MainWindow),
Move LotW users file management to Configuration implementation
2018-10-01 17:43:13 -04:00
m_config {&m_network_manager, temp_directory, m_settings, this},
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
m_WSPR_band_hopping {m_settings, &m_config, this},
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 15:02:25 -04:00
m_WSPR_tx_next {false},
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox {MessageBox::Critical, tr ("Rig Control Error")
, MessageBox::Cancel | MessageBox::Ok | MessageBox::Retry},
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
m_wideGraph (new WideGraph(m_settings)),
m_echoGraph (new EchoGraph(m_settings)),
m_fastGraph (new FastGraph(m_settings)),
Ensure Log QSO dialog has a taskbar icon as it is not modal git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8406 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-12 21:38:28 -05:00
// no parent so that it has a taskbar icon
m_logDlg (new LogQSO (program_title (), m_settings, &m_config, nullptr)),
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
m_lastDialFreq {0},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_dialFreqRxWSPR {0},
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
m_detector {new Detector {RX_SAMPLE_RATE, NTMAX, downSampleFactor}},
m_FFTSize {6192 / 2}, // conservative value to avoid buffer overruns
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
m_soundInput {new SoundInput},
m_modulator {new Modulator {TX_SAMPLE_RATE, NTMAX}},
m_soundOutput {new SoundOutput},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_msErase {0},
m_secBandChanged {0},
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
m_freqNominal {0},
m_freqTxNominal {0},
Fix some initialization order issues introduced in r6755 These include the wide graph window not being suppressed when starting the application in a fast mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6762 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 14:50:41 -04:00
m_s6 {0.},
m_tRemaining {0.},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_DTtol {3.0},
m_waterfallAvg {1},
m_ntx {1},
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq {false},
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are unlikely to be needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7950 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:04 -04:00
m_send_RR73 {false},
Exclude Rx only bands from WSPR band hopping random selections git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 12:56:49 -04:00
m_XIT {0},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_sec0 {-1},
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx frequency. Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7970 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-28 19:25:32 -04:00
m_RxLog {1}, //Write Date and Time to RxLog
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 09:34:40 -04:00
m_nutc0 {999999},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_ntr {0},
m_tx {0},
m_TRperiod {60},
m_inGain {0},
m_secID {0},
Refactor a poor variable name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6898 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-08 16:45:45 -04:00
m_idleMinutes {0},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_nSubMode {0},
m_nclearave {1},
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
m_pctx {0},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_nseq {0},
m_nWSPRdecodes {0},
m_k0 {9999999},
m_nPick {0},
Skip all mode working frequencies in FreqCal mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7468 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-09 17:54:32 -05:00
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter {m_config.frequencies ()->begin ()},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_nTx73 {0},
m_btxok {false},
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 18:50:44 -04:00
m_diskData {false},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_loopall {false},
m_txFirst {false},
m_auto {false},
m_restart {false},
m_startAnother {false},
m_saveDecoded {false},
m_saveAll {false},
m_widebandDecode {false},
m_dataAvailable {false},
m_blankLine {false},
m_decodedText2 {false},
m_freeText {false},
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
m_sentFirst73 {false},
m_currentMessageType {-1},
m_lastMessageType {-1},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_bShMsgs {false},
1. Starting to add SWL feature for MSK144 Sh messages. 2. Add (part of) a geometry patch from W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7433 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 16:46:29 -05:00
m_bSWL {false},
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 10:30:23 -04:00
m_uploading {false},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_txNext {false},
m_grid6 {false},
Initialize m_tuneup to ensure halt Tx button behaves git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5601 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 15:03:37 -04:00
m_tuneup {false},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_bTxTime {false},
m_rxDone {false},
Add a flag for a mode to enforce simplex i.e. WSPR git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5593 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 18:42:41 -04:00
m_bSimplex {false},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_bEchoTxOK {false},
m_bTransmittedEcho {false},
m_bEchoTxed {false},
m_bFastDecodeCalled {false},
m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn {false},
m_bRefSpec {false},
Add "Clear reference spectrum" to the File menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7426 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-24 15:05:28 -05:00
m_bClearRefSpec {false},
First steps to enable user control of phase calibration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-15 16:43:40 -05:00
m_bTrain {false},
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_bAutoReply {false},
m_QSOProgress {CALLING},
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
m_ihsym {0},
m_nzap {0},
m_px {0.0},
m_iptt0 {0},
m_btxok0 {false},
m_nsendingsh {0},
m_onAirFreq0 {0.0},
m_first_error {true},
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label {"Receiving"},
Build a cache of allowed SSL exceptions and use them on future network requests The class NetworkAccessManager sub-classes QNetworkAccessManager adding a message box to ask the user if SSL errors may be ignored. Ignored errors are ignored in future server replies so that the user is not asked about he same peer certificate chain repeatedly. The cache is currently per process only and not persistent. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-04 09:17:01 -05:00
wsprNet {new WSPRNet {&m_network_manager, this}},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_appDir {QApplication::applicationDirPath ()},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_palette {"Linrad"},
m_mode {"JT9"},
m_rpt {"-15"},
m_pfx {
"1A", "1S",
"3A", "3B6", "3B8", "3B9", "3C", "3C0", "3D2", "3D2C",
"3D2R", "3DA", "3V", "3W", "3X", "3Y", "3YB", "3YP",
"4J", "4L", "4S", "4U1I", "4U1U", "4W", "4X",
"5A", "5B", "5H", "5N", "5R", "5T", "5U", "5V", "5W", "5X", "5Z",
"6W", "6Y",
"7O", "7P", "7Q", "7X",
"8P", "8Q", "8R",
"9A", "9G", "9H", "9J", "9K", "9L", "9M2", "9M6", "9N",
"9Q", "9U", "9V", "9X", "9Y",
"A2", "A3", "A4", "A5", "A6", "A7", "A9", "AP",
"BS7", "BV", "BV9", "BY",
"C2", "C3", "C5", "C6", "C9", "CE", "CE0X", "CE0Y",
"CE0Z", "CE9", "CM", "CN", "CP", "CT", "CT3", "CU",
"CX", "CY0", "CY9",
"D2", "D4", "D6", "DL", "DU",
"E3", "E4", "E5", "EA", "EA6", "EA8", "EA9", "EI", "EK",
"EL", "EP", "ER", "ES", "ET", "EU", "EX", "EY", "EZ",
"F", "FG", "FH", "FJ", "FK", "FKC", "FM", "FO", "FOA",
"FOC", "FOM", "FP", "FR", "FRG", "FRJ", "FRT", "FT5W",
"FT5X", "FT5Z", "FW", "FY",
"M", "MD", "MI", "MJ", "MM", "MU", "MW",
"H4", "H40", "HA", "HB", "HB0", "HC", "HC8", "HH",
"HI", "HK", "HK0", "HK0M", "HL", "HM", "HP", "HR",
"HS", "HV", "HZ",
"I", "IS", "IS0",
"J2", "J3", "J5", "J6", "J7", "J8", "JA", "JDM",
"JDO", "JT", "JW", "JX", "JY",
"K", "KC4", "KG4", "KH0", "KH1", "KH2", "KH3", "KH4", "KH5",
"KH5K", "KH6", "KH7", "KH8", "KH9", "KL", "KP1", "KP2",
"KP4", "KP5",
"LA", "LU", "LX", "LY", "LZ",
"OA", "OD", "OE", "OH", "OH0", "OJ0", "OK", "OM", "ON",
"OX", "OY", "OZ",
"P2", "P4", "PA", "PJ2", "PJ7", "PY", "PY0F", "PT0S", "PY0T", "PZ",
"R1F", "R1M",
"S0", "S2", "S5", "S7", "S9", "SM", "SP", "ST", "SU",
"SV", "SVA", "SV5", "SV9",
"T2", "T30", "T31", "T32", "T33", "T5", "T7", "T8", "T9", "TA",
"TF", "TG", "TI", "TI9", "TJ", "TK", "TL", "TN", "TR", "TT",
"TU", "TY", "TZ",
"UA", "UA2", "UA9", "UK", "UN", "UR",
"V2", "V3", "V4", "V5", "V6", "V7", "V8", "VE", "VK", "VK0H",
"VK0M", "VK9C", "VK9L", "VK9M", "VK9N", "VK9W", "VK9X", "VP2E",
"VP2M", "VP2V", "VP5", "VP6", "VP6D", "VP8", "VP8G", "VP8H",
"VP8O", "VP8S", "VP9", "VQ9", "VR", "VU", "VU4", "VU7",
"XE", "XF4", "XT", "XU", "XW", "XX9", "XZ",
"YA", "YB", "YI", "YJ", "YK", "YL", "YN", "YO", "YS", "YU", "YV", "YV0",
"Z2", "Z3", "ZA", "ZB", "ZC4", "ZD7", "ZD8", "ZD9", "ZF", "ZK1N",
"ZK1S", "ZK2", "ZK3", "ZL", "ZL7", "ZL8", "ZL9", "ZP", "ZS", "ZS8"
},
m_sfx {"P", "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A"},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
mem_jt9 {shdmem},
Added tuning parameters for audio subsystem. By adding the following section to the initialisation file the audio buffer sizes and audio thread priority may be adjusted. [Tune] Audio\InputBufferFrames=1200 Audio\OutputBufferMs=1000 Audio\ThreadPriority=4 The values above are the program defaults that will be used if the initialisation parameters are omitted. Thread prioritis are the QThread::Priority enumumeration values. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3576 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-26 21:06:23 -04:00
m_msAudioOutputBuffered (0u),
m_framesAudioInputBuffered (RX_SAMPLE_RATE / 10),
Fix audio input rate issue on Windows Vista Windows Vista has a broken rate converter which gets invoked when an input audio stream at 48kHz sampel rate is requested. I've no idea why our application can't get exclusive access to the audio input device and have a unconverted stream direct at 48kHz. To get around this our down sampling filter for audio input from 48kHz to 12kHz is disaabled by default on Windows Vista, instead we request a 12kHz stream and process it directly. This default behviour can be overriden by specifying the following settings value: [Tune] Audio\DisableInputResampling=false This settings value defaults to true on Windows Vista and false everywhere else so normally needn't be present. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-10-04 15:00:29 -04:00
m_downSampleFactor (downSampleFactor),
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_audioThreadPriority (QThread::HighPriority),
m_bandEdited {false},
m_splitMode {false},
m_monitoring {false},
Smarter Tx sequencing that allows for CAT processing latency When using split operating and/or rig mode setting there is a delay before PTT is asserted while the CAT commands are processed. There will even be a small delay if CAT is only used for PTT. This change waits for these commands to be completed before starting the user Tx delay specified in the settings. There is a notable exception to this in that DX Lab Suite Commander does not give us a way of knowing when CAT commands have actually been completed. This combined with the way that Commander spaces CAT commands, rather than being paced by the rig's CAT responses, means that delays of more than 1 second are likely. As most rigs suffer some sort of ALC overshoot when PTT is asserted with audio already present, it is strongly recommended not to use the DX Lab Suite Commander as a rig control proxy if your rig may suffer ALC overshoot and you use an external PA. Please note that using a typical RF power meter to detect ALC overshoots is unwise as they are rarely fast enough. It is probably wise to assume that all rigs suffer ALC overshoot since it is very difficult to design an ALC loop that avoids it. This change also increases the range of the "Settings->Advanced->Tx Delay" spin box to 0s up to 2s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7756 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-30 20:19:58 -04:00
m_tx_when_ready {false},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_transmitting {false},
m_tune {false},
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
m_tx_watchdog {false},
Pwr control refinements Set tune power with SHIFT + "Pwr" slider. SHIFT + "Pwr" slider to top cancels separate power level for tune. Smarter tool tip for "Pwr" slider. Needs User Guide update if change is acceptable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6284 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 15:55:19 -05:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip {false},
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
m_PwrBandSetOK {true},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_lastMonitoredFrequency {default_frequency},
Add a progress dialog to show that FFT optimization is doing something git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-14 19:48:38 -05:00
m_toneSpacing {0.},
m_firstDecode {0},
m_optimizingProgress {"Optimizing decoder FFTs for your CPU.\n"
"Please be patient,\n"
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
"this may take a few minutes", QString {}, 0, 1, this},
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_messageClient {new MessageClient {QApplication::applicationName (),
Add version and revision information to UDP heartbeat messages Updated UDP examples to show the version and revision information received from clients. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7358 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-03 19:55:15 -05:00
version (), revision (),
m_config.udp_server_name (), m_config.udp_server_port (),
this}},
User Guide localization git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6341 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-02 17:30:12 -05:00
psk_Reporter {new PSK_Reporter {m_messageClient, this}},
Build a cache of allowed SSL exceptions and use them on future network requests The class NetworkAccessManager sub-classes QNetworkAccessManager adding a message box to ask the user if SSL errors may be ignored. Ignored errors are ignored in future server replies so that the user is not asked about he same peer certificate chain repeatedly. The cache is currently per process only and not persistent. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-04 09:17:01 -05:00
m_manual {&m_network_manager}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
ui->setupUi(this);
Use Qt signals to process configuration name changes This change maintains the encapsulation of the MultiSettings class by using a signal to notify clients of changes to the current configuration name. Modifications to the MainWindow class to display the current configuration name in the status bar, if it is not "Default", based on MultiSettings events rather than polling for changes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7257 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-28 13:15:04 -04:00
createStatusBar();
Ensure all main window child widgets are added to teh event filter This makes all child widgets able to reset the Tx watchdog by mouse click or key press. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6881 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 16:16:38 -04:00
add_child_to_event_filter (this);
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
ui->dxGridEntry->setValidator (new MaidenheadLocatorValidator {this});
ui->dxCallEntry->setValidator (new CallsignValidator {this});
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
ui->sbTR->values ({5, 10, 15, 30});
Move LotW users file management to Configuration implementation
2018-10-01 17:43:13 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->setLotWUsers (&m_config.lotw_users ());
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setLotWUsers (&m_config.lotw_users ());
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_baseCall = Radio::base_callsign (m_config.my_callsign ());
Operator field for DXpeditions and other Multi-Op events. Operator callsign is sent to DIF log if not empty. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8267 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-29 14:43:27 -05:00
m_opCall = m_config.opCall();
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
Add a progress dialog to show that FFT optimization is doing something git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-14 19:48:38 -05:00
m_optimizingProgress.setWindowModality (Qt::WindowModal);
m_optimizingProgress.setAutoReset (false);
m_optimizingProgress.setMinimumDuration (15000); // only show after 15s delay
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// Closedown.
connect (ui->actionExit, &QAction::triggered, this, &QMainWindow::close);
// parts of the rig error message box that are fixed
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setInformativeText (tr ("Do you want to reconfigure the radio interface?"));
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setDefaultButton (MessageBox::Ok);
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
Moved audio input to the audio thread. Change source URLs in teh CMake scripts for the kvasd binaries. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3563 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-17 15:21:14 -04:00
// start audio thread and hook up slots & signals for shutdown management
// these objects need to be in the audio thread so that invoking
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
// their slots is done in a thread safe way
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
m_soundOutput->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
m_modulator->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
m_soundInput->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
m_detector->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
// hook up sound output stream slots & signals and disposal
connect (this, &MainWindow::initializeAudioOutputStream, m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::setFormat);
connect (m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::error, this, &MainWindow::showSoundOutError);
// connect (m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::status, this, &MainWindow::showStatusMessage);
connect (this, &MainWindow::outAttenuationChanged, m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::setAttenuation);
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_soundOutput, &QObject::deleteLater);
// hook up Modulator slots and disposal
connect (this, &MainWindow::transmitFrequency, m_modulator, &Modulator::setFrequency);
connect (this, &MainWindow::endTransmitMessage, m_modulator, &Modulator::stop);
connect (this, &MainWindow::tune, m_modulator, &Modulator::tune);
connect (this, &MainWindow::sendMessage, m_modulator, &Modulator::start);
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_modulator, &QObject::deleteLater);
// hook up the audio input stream signals, slots and disposal
connect (this, &MainWindow::startAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::start);
connect (this, &MainWindow::suspendAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::suspend);
connect (this, &MainWindow::resumeAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::resume);
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::stop);
connect(m_soundInput, &SoundInput::error, this, &MainWindow::showSoundInError);
// connect(m_soundInput, &SoundInput::status, this, &MainWindow::showStatusMessage);
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_soundInput, &QObject::deleteLater);
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, this, &MainWindow::close);
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
// hook up the detector signals, slots and disposal
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::FFTSize, m_detector, &Detector::setBlockSize);
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
connect(m_detector, &Detector::framesWritten, this, &MainWindow::dataSink);
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_detector, &QObject::deleteLater);
Moved audio input to the audio thread. Change source URLs in teh CMake scripts for the kvasd binaries. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3563 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-17 15:21:14 -04:00
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
// setup the waterfall
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(freezeDecode2(int)),this,SLOT(freezeDecode(int)));
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(f11f12(int)),this,SLOT(bumpFqso(int)));
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(setXIT2(int)),this,SLOT(setXIT(int)));
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
connect (m_fastGraph.data (), &FastGraph::fastPick, this, &MainWindow::fastPick);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_wideGraph.data (), &WideGraph::close);
Some cleanup of interaction between GUI and Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 13:16:55 -04:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_echoGraph.data (), &EchoGraph::close);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_fastGraph.data (), &FastGraph::close);
Some cleanup of interaction between GUI and Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 13:16:55 -04:00
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
// setup the log QSO dialog
Add UDP message to set temporary Maidenhead locator When "Auto Grid" is checked in "Settings->General" UDP messages of type "Location" will update a temporary DE grid square. The intent is to allow an external application joining the WSJT-X UDP message protocol to dynamically update the DE grid during mobile operation. This change also tidies up some outstanding issues around logging the operator call. This change adds a new UDP message "Logged ADIF" that is emitted in parallel with "QSO Logged" messages. The new message is valid ADIF file format and contains the logged QSO fields. The intent is that basic UDP server applications might already have ADIF log record capture capabilities and could use this message to feed existing ADIF parsing routines to log QSOs. All that should be needed is to identify this message type and the single field is ADIF compatible ASCII. Thanks to Brian, N9ADG, for the patches that lead to these enhancements. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8454 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-04 17:42:35 -05:00
connect (m_logDlg.data (), &LogQSO::acceptQSO, this, &MainWindow::acceptQSO);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_logDlg.data (), &LogQSO::close);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
// Network message handlers
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::reply, this, &MainWindow::replyToCQ);
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::replay, this, &MainWindow::replayDecodes);
Add UDP message to set temporary Maidenhead locator When "Auto Grid" is checked in "Settings->General" UDP messages of type "Location" will update a temporary DE grid square. The intent is to allow an external application joining the WSJT-X UDP message protocol to dynamically update the DE grid during mobile operation. This change also tidies up some outstanding issues around logging the operator call. This change adds a new UDP message "Logged ADIF" that is emitted in parallel with "QSO Logged" messages. The new message is valid ADIF file format and contains the logged QSO fields. The intent is that basic UDP server applications might already have ADIF log record capture capabilities and could use this message to feed existing ADIF parsing routines to log QSOs. All that should be needed is to identify this message type and the single field is ADIF compatible ASCII. Thanks to Brian, N9ADG, for the patches that lead to these enhancements. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8454 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-04 17:42:35 -05:00
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::location, this, &MainWindow::locationChange);
Added flag to halt Tx UDP reply The reply can now be used to turn off auto Tx or to halt Tx immediately. Also enforced the accept UDP requests setting for halt Tx and set free text message replies. Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-06 18:25:56 -04:00
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::halt_tx, [this] (bool auto_only) {
if (m_config.accept_udp_requests ()) {
if (auto_only) {
if (ui->autoButton->isChecked ()) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
ui->autoButton->click();
Added flag to halt Tx UDP reply The reply can now be used to turn off auto Tx or to halt Tx immediately. Also enforced the accept UDP requests setting for halt Tx and set free text message replies. Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-06 18:25:56 -04:00
}
} else {
ui->stopTxButton->click();
}
}
});
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::error, this, &MainWindow::networkError);
Made the UDP message to change the free text message optionally send ASAP This message now has the ability to simply change the free text message or to change the message and send it ASAP. The message_aggregator reference UDP server application exercises this feature by sending a new free text message on any edit and requesting it be sent by WSJT-X when editing is finished i,e, RETURN pressed or focus moved away. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5445 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 13:33:39 -04:00
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::free_text, [this] (QString const& text, bool send) {
Remove Tab 1/2 differences from UDP interface The UDP "Free text" message comamnd should not expose implementation differences between tab one and tab two. The "send next" capability is not available on tab two so use of it has been removed from the UDP interface. The ability to trigger the immediate (or in next Tx period if the current period is Rx) sending of the current free text message has been added to the UDP interface. This is done by sending a "Free text" UDP message containing an empty text message with the "Send" flag set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5725 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-27 07:34:11 -04:00
if (m_config.accept_udp_requests ()) {
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
tx_watchdog (false);
Remove Tab 1/2 differences from UDP interface The UDP "Free text" message comamnd should not expose implementation differences between tab one and tab two. The "send next" capability is not available on tab two so use of it has been removed from the UDP interface. The ability to trigger the immediate (or in next Tx period if the current period is Rx) sending of the current free text message has been added to the UDP interface. This is done by sending a "Free text" UDP message containing an empty text message with the "Send" flag set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5725 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-27 07:34:11 -04:00
// send + non-empty text means set and send the free text
// message, !send + non-empty text means set the current free
// text message, send + empty text means send the current free
// text message without change, !send + empty text means clear
// the current free text message
if (0 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex ()) {
if (!text.isEmpty ()) {
ui->tx5->setCurrentText (text);
}
if (send) {
ui->txb5->click ();
} else if (text.isEmpty ()) {
ui->tx5->setCurrentText (text);
}
} else if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex ()) {
if (!text.isEmpty ()) {
ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (text);
}
if (send) {
ui->rbFreeText->click ();
} else if (text.isEmpty ()) {
ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (text);
}
Added flag to halt Tx UDP reply The reply can now be used to turn off auto Tx or to halt Tx immediately. Also enforced the accept UDP requests setting for halt Tx and set free text message replies. Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-06 18:25:56 -04:00
}
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
QApplication::alert (this);
Added flag to halt Tx UDP reply The reply can now be used to turn off auto Tx or to halt Tx immediately. Also enforced the accept UDP requests setting for halt Tx and set free text message replies. Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-06 18:25:56 -04:00
}
Remove Tab 1/2 differences from UDP interface The UDP "Free text" message comamnd should not expose implementation differences between tab one and tab two. The "send next" capability is not available on tab two so use of it has been removed from the UDP interface. The ability to trigger the immediate (or in next Tx period if the current period is Rx) sending of the current free text message has been added to the UDP interface. This is done by sending a "Free text" UDP message containing an empty text message with the "Send" flag set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5725 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-27 07:34:11 -04:00
});
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
New incoming UDP message to allow external applications to highlight decoded callsigns UDP servers can request that WSJT-X clients highlight a specified callsign in the Band Activity decodes window. Either the last occurrence of the callsign may be highlighted or all past and future occurrences can be highlighted. The latter case WSJT-X will remember the callsign and requested highlighting options so that future occurrences can be correctly highlighted. Either or both of the text background color and the text foreground color may be specified. A further UDP message may be sent to change the persistent color highlighting for a given callsign, including reseting persistent highlighting by passing an invalid color value. Thanks to Alex, VE3NEA, for this contribution. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8589 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-28 18:25:46 -04:00
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::highlight_callsign, ui->decodedTextBrowser, &DisplayText::highlight_callsign);
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
// Hook up WSPR band hopping
connect (ui->band_hopping_schedule_push_button, &QPushButton::clicked
, &m_WSPR_band_hopping, &WSPRBandHopping::show_dialog);
connect (ui->sbTxPercent, static_cast<void (QSpinBox::*) (int)> (&QSpinBox::valueChanged)
, &m_WSPR_band_hopping, &WSPRBandHopping::set_tx_percent);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
on_EraseButton_clicked ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
QActionGroup* modeGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
ui->actionFT8->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
ui->actionJT9->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
ui->actionJT65->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
ui->actionJT9_JT65->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
ui->actionJT4->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Remove vestigial references to WSPR_2. Update wsjtx.pro. Add samples for all modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7208 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 11:43:03 -04:00
ui->actionWSPR->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Starting to implement experimental mode "WSPR-LF". Beware possible undesired side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-04-28 12:49:09 -04:00
ui->actionWSPR_LF->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
ui->actionEcho->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
ui->actionISCAT->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
ui->actionMSK144->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 08:15:41 -04:00
ui->actionQRA64->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
ui->actionFreqCal->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
QActionGroup* saveGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
ui->actionNone->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 12:49:24 -04:00
ui->actionSave_decoded->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
ui->actionSave_all->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
QActionGroup* DepthGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
ui->actionQuickDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
ui->actionMediumDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
ui->actionDeepestDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Build a cache of allowed SSL exceptions and use them on future network requests The class NetworkAccessManager sub-classes QNetworkAccessManager adding a message box to ask the user if SSL errors may be ignored. Ignored errors are ignored in future server replies so that the user is not asked about he same peer certificate chain repeatedly. The cache is currently per process only and not persistent. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-04 09:17:01 -05:00
connect (ui->download_samples_action, &QAction::triggered, [this] () {
Add a sample download dialog and upload sub-system Samples are downloaded from a web server, currently the SF download server. The samples are stored in the source controlled samples directory and the CMake script there builds a suitable directory tree for upload to the web server under samples/web containing the samples hierarchy and the generated JSON contents database file. The samples CMake script also defines an 'upload-samples' target that uses rsync to efficiently upload the samples and the accompanying contents JSON database file. Any directory structure under the samples directory may be created, to add a new sample file simply add the file to source control and amend the list of sample files (SAMPLE_FILES) in samples/CMakeLists.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6308 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-24 06:41:05 -05:00
if (!m_sampleDownloader)
{
Build a cache of allowed SSL exceptions and use them on future network requests The class NetworkAccessManager sub-classes QNetworkAccessManager adding a message box to ask the user if SSL errors may be ignored. Ignored errors are ignored in future server replies so that the user is not asked about he same peer certificate chain repeatedly. The cache is currently per process only and not persistent. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-04 09:17:01 -05:00
m_sampleDownloader.reset (new SampleDownloader {m_settings, &m_config, &m_network_manager, this});
Add a sample download dialog and upload sub-system Samples are downloaded from a web server, currently the SF download server. The samples are stored in the source controlled samples directory and the CMake script there builds a suitable directory tree for upload to the web server under samples/web containing the samples hierarchy and the generated JSON contents database file. The samples CMake script also defines an 'upload-samples' target that uses rsync to efficiently upload the samples and the accompanying contents JSON database file. Any directory structure under the samples directory may be created, to add a new sample file simply add the file to source control and amend the list of sample files (SAMPLE_FILES) in samples/CMakeLists.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6308 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-24 06:41:05 -05:00
}
m_sampleDownloader->show ();
});
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
connect (ui->view_phase_response_action, &QAction::triggered, [this] () {
Refactor phase equalization dialog names Now equlization tools as it covers both amplitude and phase equalization. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7875 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-14 11:33:17 -04:00
if (!m_equalizationToolsDialog)
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
{
Refactor phase equalization dialog names Now equlization tools as it covers both amplitude and phase equalization. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7875 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-14 11:33:17 -04:00
m_equalizationToolsDialog.reset (new EqualizationToolsDialog {m_settings, m_config.writeable_data_dir (), m_phaseEqCoefficients, this});
connect (m_equalizationToolsDialog.data (), &EqualizationToolsDialog::phase_equalization_changed,
Add reference spectrum to equalization plots and more plotting enhancements Use a header format for polynomial coefficients that includes the valid X range in scaled terms and a count of the number of coefficients. Use double precision consistently for polynomial coefficients. This includes formatting with sufficient DPs when writing to files. Many changes to the equalization plots, more to come. Add error handling for reading coefficient, plot and filter files. This includes being backward compatible for old format refspec.dat files with no header. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7578 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-23 11:21:26 -05:00
[this] (QVector<double> const& coeffs) {
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
m_phaseEqCoefficients = coeffs;
});
}
Refactor phase equalization dialog names Now equlization tools as it covers both amplitude and phase equalization. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7875 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-14 11:33:17 -04:00
m_equalizationToolsDialog->show ();
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
});
Move LotW users file management to Configuration implementation
2018-10-01 17:43:13 -04:00
connect (&m_config.lotw_users (), &LotWUsers::LotW_users_error, this, [this] (QString const& reason) {
Class abstracting LotW user lookups which includes asynchronous data loading
2018-10-01 07:37:52 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Error Loading LotW Users Data"), reason);
}, Qt::QueuedConnection);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
QButtonGroup* txMsgButtonGroup = new QButtonGroup {this};
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb1,1);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb2,2);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb3,3);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb4,4);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb5,5);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb6,6);
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
set_dateTimeQSO(-1);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
connect(txMsgButtonGroup,SIGNAL(buttonClicked(int)),SLOT(set_ntx(int)));
Remove the "single-click" patch, it appears to have problems. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-06 16:49:57 -05:00
connect (ui->decodedTextBrowser, &DisplayText::selectCallsign, this, &MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall2);
connect (ui->decodedTextBrowser2, &DisplayText::selectCallsign, this, &MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall);
connect (ui->textBrowser4, &DisplayText::selectCallsign, this, &MainWindow::doubleClickOnFoxQueue);
connect (ui->decodedTextBrowser, &DisplayText::erased, this, &MainWindow::band_activity_cleared);
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The "Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is implemented differently now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8090 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 16:27:33 -04:00
connect (ui->decodedTextBrowser2, &DisplayText::erased, this, &MainWindow::rx_frequency_activity_cleared);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Fix initialization issue with user modified application font The main window font has to be set after main window construction otherwise the menu bar font does not get set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-09 15:34:54 -04:00
// initialize decoded text font and hook up font change signals
// defer initialization until after construction otherwise menu
// fonts do not get set
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (initialize_fonts ()));
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::text_font_changed, [this] (QFont const& font) {
set_application_font (font);
});
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::decoded_text_font_changed, [this] (QFont const& font) {
setDecodedTextFont (font);
});
1. Moved font width calc for DXCC enitity display from LogBook to DisplayText. 2. The available character count is now updated by catching resizeEvents git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3545 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-11 07:45:17 -04:00
Try to form a consistent program title and revision specification from all types of build. CMake builds use 'svn info' (the git-svn equivalent is also supported) to get the real latest revision of the workspace that is used to source a build. If the sources are not in VCS workspace (build from source snapshot archive for example) then the $Rev$ svn keyword expansion in mainwindow.cpp is used despite its issues with accuracy. Non-CMake builds use the $Rev$ keyword expansion where possible. If a CMake build is from a VCS workspace with local modifications; a '-dirty' suffix is added to the revision number to denote that. If no revision number information can be found the word 'local' is used as a revision number. The revision specification is used in the WSJT-X "about" box and is sent to PSKReporter.info as part of the local station information (this can be viewed at the statistics page http://pskreporter.info/cgi-bin/pskstats.pl). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4017 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-13 13:22:12 -04:00
setWindowTitle (program_title ());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
connect(&proc_jt9, &QProcess::readyReadStandardOutput, this, &MainWindow::readFromStdout);
connect(&proc_jt9, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
subProcessError (&proc_jt9, error);
});
connect(&proc_jt9, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
subProcessFailed (&proc_jt9, exitCode, status);
});
connect(&p1, &QProcess::readyReadStandardOutput, this, &MainWindow::p1ReadFromStdout);
Fix a typo git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8545 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 08:19:27 -05:00
connect(&p1, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
subProcessError (&p1, error);
});
connect(&p1, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
subProcessFailed (&p1, exitCode, status);
});
connect(&p3, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
subProcessError (&p3, error);
});
connect(&p3, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
subProcessFailed (&p3, exitCode, status);
});
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
// hook up save WAV file exit handling
connect (&m_saveWAVWatcher, &QFutureWatcher<QString>::finished, [this] {
// extract the promise from the future
auto const& result = m_saveWAVWatcher.future ().result ();
if (!result.isEmpty ()) // error
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr("Error Writing WAV File"), result);
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
}
});
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// Hook up working frequencies.
ui->bandComboBox->setModel (m_config.frequencies ());
Fix issue with v1.8.0 trashing v1.7 working frequencies Note that reverting to v1.7 will invalidate any saved working frequencies from v1.8 but proceeding to v1.8 again will present a reset set of working frequencies i.e. any user defined entries in v1.8 will be lost of a v1.8 -> v1.7 -> v1.8 transition is made. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8018 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-09 12:06:17 -04:00
ui->bandComboBox->setModelColumn (FrequencyList_v2::frequency_mhz_column);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
// combo box drop down width defaults to the line edit + decorator width,
// here we change that to the column width size hint of the model column
Fix issue with v1.8.0 trashing v1.7 working frequencies Note that reverting to v1.7 will invalidate any saved working frequencies from v1.8 but proceeding to v1.8 again will present a reset set of working frequencies i.e. any user defined entries in v1.8 will be lost of a v1.8 -> v1.7 -> v1.8 transition is made. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8018 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-09 12:06:17 -04:00
ui->bandComboBox->view ()->setMinimumWidth (ui->bandComboBox->view ()->sizeHintForColumn (FrequencyList_v2::frequency_mhz_column));
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// Enable live band combo box entry validation and action.
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
auto band_validator = new LiveFrequencyValidator {ui->bandComboBox
, m_config.bands ()
, m_config.frequencies ()
, &m_freqNominal
, this};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
ui->bandComboBox->setValidator (band_validator);
// Hook up signals.
connect (band_validator, &LiveFrequencyValidator::valid, this, &MainWindow::band_changed);
connect (ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit (), &QLineEdit::textEdited, [this] (QString const&) {m_bandEdited = true;});
// hook up configuration signals
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::transceiver_update, this, &MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update);
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::transceiver_failure, this, &MainWindow::handle_transceiver_failure);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::udp_server_changed, m_messageClient, &MessageClient::set_server);
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::udp_server_port_changed, m_messageClient, &MessageClient::set_server_port);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
// set up configurations menu
Use Qt signals to process configuration name changes This change maintains the encapsulation of the MultiSettings class by using a signal to notify clients of changes to the current configuration name. Modifications to the MainWindow class to display the current configuration name in the status bar, if it is not "Default", based on MultiSettings events rather than polling for changes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7257 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-28 13:15:04 -04:00
connect (m_multi_settings, &MultiSettings::configurationNameChanged, [this] (QString const& name) {
if ("Default" != name) {
config_label.setText (name);
config_label.show ();
}
else {
config_label.hide ();
}
});
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
m_multi_settings->create_menu_actions (this, ui->menuConfig);
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-10 21:09:50 -04:00
m_configurations_button = m_rigErrorMessageBox.addButton (tr ("Configurations...")
, QMessageBox::ActionRole);
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 19:39:12 -04:00
Add validation to message entry fields. All message entry fields on the mainscreen and in the macro editing facilities are now restricted to valid characters in the JT65/JT9 free text message alphabet. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4362 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:36:01 -04:00
// set up message text validators
ui->tx1->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx2->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx3->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx4->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx5->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx6->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->freeTextMsg->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// Free text macros model to widget hook up.
ui->tx5->setModel (m_config.macros ());
Correct a bug that could switch to a JT65 shorthand message if Tx5 window is edited to (say) "73 ...". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7267 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-30 17:38:52 -04:00
connect (ui->tx5->lineEdit(), &QLineEdit::editingFinished,
[this] () {on_tx5_currentTextChanged (ui->tx5->lineEdit()->text());});
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
ui->freeTextMsg->setModel (m_config.macros ());
connect (ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ()
, &QLineEdit::editingFinished
, [this] () {on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ()->text ());});
Made the soft keying CW wave shaper a CMake option (off by default). Reorganized Modulator interface so that it can control the stream it writes to. Make sure only QAudioOutput::stop is called at the end of sending rather than QAudioOutput::reset which discards pending samples. Added a quick close option to the Modulator::stop slot to discard pending buffers if required. Fix issue in CW synthesizer that was causing CW to be inverted occasionally. Made global arrays of symbols volatile because compiler waa optimizing away reads in sound thread. These global variables must go eventually as they are a multi-threading hazard. Simplified TX sequencing to remove some duplicate signals. Increased range of TX attenuator from 10dB to 30dB. This is mainly for non-Windows platforms where the attenuator isn't linearized correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3985 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-06 17:58:11 -04:00
connect(&m_guiTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::guiUpdate);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_guiTimer.start(100); //### Don't change the 100 ms! ###
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
ptt0Timer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&ptt0Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::stopTx2);
Introduce a 1-second delay before starting wsprd. (There is probably a better way to make sure that the new .wav file is ready, before starting wsprd?) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7242 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:01:46 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
ptt1Timer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&ptt1Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::startTx2);
1. Blank line (gray background) to decoded text window at start of new decoding minute. 2. LogQSO confirmation screen no longer blocks GUIupdate(). 3. Remove an unused item from Help menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3117 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-28 20:21:26 -04:00
Introduce a 1-second delay before starting wsprd. (There is probably a better way to make sure that the new .wav file is ready, before starting wsprd?) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7242 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:01:46 -04:00
p1Timer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&p1Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::startP1);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
logQSOTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&logQSOTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_logQSOButton_clicked);
Temporary updates... must still improve the Tune-button logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3194 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 11:53:43 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
tuneButtonTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&tuneButtonTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_stopTxButton_clicked);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
tuneATU_Timer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&tuneATU_Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::stopTuneATU);
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 13:57:20 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
killFileTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&killFileTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::killFile);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
uploadTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&uploadTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(uploadSpots()));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
TxAgainTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&TxAgainTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(TxAgain()));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(setFreq3(int,int)),this,
SLOT(setFreq4(int,int)));
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
decodeBusy(false);
Add mw/W/kW values to the WSPR control for setting Tx power. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6068 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-10 13:11:06 -05:00
QString t1[28]={"1 uW","2 uW","5 uW","10 uW","20 uW","50 uW","100 uW","200 uW","500 uW",
"1 mW","2 mW","5 mW","10 mW","20 mW","50 mW","100 mW","200 mW","500 mW",
"1 W","2 W","5 W","10 W","20 W","50 W","100 W","200 W","500 W","1 kW"};
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
1. Initialize m_msg[0][0] to stop garbage decode right after startup. 2. Decouple RxFreq spinbox from printed/decoded frequency. 3. Limit RxFreq to 25 Hz steps in the range [1400,1600] when in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7137 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-01 20:23:09 -04:00
m_msg[0][0]=0;
Starting to experiment with FoxCalls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8197 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-30 11:18:54 -04:00
ui->labDXped->setVisible(false);
Bright red label to flag Fox, Hound, or use of new 77-bit message styles.
2018-07-09 14:33:56 -04:00
ui->labDXped->setStyleSheet("QLabel {background-color: red; color: white;}");
1. Initialize m_msg[0][0] to stop garbage decode right after startup. 2. Decouple RxFreq spinbox from printed/decoded frequency. 3. Limit RxFreq to 25 Hz steps in the range [1400,1600] when in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7137 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-01 20:23:09 -04:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
for(int i=0; i<28; i++) { //Initialize dBm values
float dbm=(10.0*i)/3.0 - 30.0;
int ndbm=0;
if(dbm<0) ndbm=int(dbm-0.5);
if(dbm>=0) ndbm=int(dbm+0.5);
QString t;
Add mw/W/kW values to the WSPR control for setting Tx power. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6068 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-10 13:11:06 -05:00
t.sprintf("%d dBm ",ndbm);
t+=t1[i];
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
ui->TxPowerComboBox->addItem(t);
}
Reorganized layout to accomodate Dial Frequency label. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3091 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-25 07:26:11 -04:00
ui->labAz->setStyleSheet("border: 0px;");
Display Hot A/B and El in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7173 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 14:02:44 -04:00
// ui->labDist->setStyleSheet("border: 0px;");
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
Adjust decodes displays and processing for extra csync indicator after mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 14:53:00 -04:00
auto t = "UTC dB DT Freq Message";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(t);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText(t);
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
readSettings(); //Restore user's setup parameters
setColorHighlighting(); //Set the color highlighting scheme for decoded text.
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
m_audioThread.start (m_audioThreadPriority);
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
Must get m_bMultipleOK from readSettings() before checking whether to kill running instances of jt9.exe. Note, however, that multiple instances still won't work, because each wsjtx-jt9 pair needs its own shared memory region. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-15 16:01:25 -04:00
#ifdef WIN32
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (!m_multiple)
{
while(true)
{
int iret=killbyname("jt9.exe");
if(iret == 603) break;
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
if(iret != 0)
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Error Killing jt9.exe Process")
, tr ("KillByName return code: %1")
.arg (iret));
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Must get m_bMultipleOK from readSettings() before checking whether to kill running instances of jt9.exe. Note, however, that multiple instances still won't work, because each wsjtx-jt9 pair needs its own shared memory region. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-15 16:01:25 -04:00
}
#endif
Fix decode button getting stuck on first decode cycle. The ".quit" file that is used to communicate shutdown to the "jt9" sub-process was not getting deleted under some obscure circumstances. If "wsjtx" is started with the ".quit" file in place; "jt9" starts and stops immediately rather than going into it's normal wait state. Probably some sort of race condition between the two processes dying and file and/or shared memory locks. Rather than track the issue down I have added code to ensure that ".quit" is removed before starting "jt9". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3586 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-29 17:23:06 -04:00
{
//delete any .quit file that might have been left lying around
//since its presence will cause jt9 to exit a soon as we start it
//and decodes will hang
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
QFile quitFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".quit")};
Fix decode button getting stuck on first decode cycle. The ".quit" file that is used to communicate shutdown to the "jt9" sub-process was not getting deleted under some obscure circumstances. If "wsjtx" is started with the ".quit" file in place; "jt9" starts and stops immediately rather than going into it's normal wait state. Probably some sort of race condition between the two processes dying and file and/or shared memory locks. Rather than track the issue down I have added code to ensure that ".quit" is removed before starting "jt9". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3586 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-29 17:23:06 -04:00
while (quitFile.exists ())
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (!quitFile.remove ())
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Error removing \"%1\"").arg (quitFile.fileName ())
, tr ("Click OK to retry"));
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Fix decode button getting stuck on first decode cycle. The ".quit" file that is used to communicate shutdown to the "jt9" sub-process was not getting deleted under some obscure circumstances. If "wsjtx" is started with the ".quit" file in place; "jt9" starts and stops immediately rather than going into it's normal wait state. Probably some sort of race condition between the two processes dying and file and/or shared memory locks. Rather than track the issue down I have added code to ensure that ".quit" is removed before starting "jt9". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3586 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-29 17:23:06 -04:00
}
}
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
//Create .lock so jt9 will wait
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
Full activation of "Multiple Instances", thanks to some code by Josh Rovero, KK1D. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3495 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-18 20:23:40 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
QStringList jt9_args {
Use the OpenMp parallel decoding jt9 in WSJT-X The temporary development version of jt9 called jt9_omp is now the default jt9. This means that parallel decoding of JT65 and JT9 is the default on platforms that support OpenMP. If parallel decoding is not required or desired, it can be constrained by setting the environment variable OMP_THREAD_LIMIT=1. In dual mode operating this will deliver all decodes of the current mode before any decodes of the other with the potential impact of taking up to twice as long to finish decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4960 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-13 11:55:47 -05:00
"-s", QApplication::applicationName () // shared memory key,
Several rig control enhancements and fixes Use the new DX Lab Suite Commander command option to stop Commander trying to change the rig Tx VFO mode when we don't want to. Requires a recent DX Lab Suite Commander version. All rig controllers can now detect 20Hz resolution rigs, still needs 2Hz resolution code which will be needed for the FT-891 AFAIK. Enhance the HRD interface to be able to use the alternative PTT command as found on most Kenwood rigs for audio source selection. Fix Icom data mode selection issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7357 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-03 19:55:07 -05:00
// includes rig
Reduced FFTW patience to 1 for debug builds for fastest startup Don't make proper Windows applications in debug builds. This means that the debug output now goes to the console and the program (wsjtx.exe) no longer detaches from the console. If you require a proper Windows executable, for instance if you are getting the debug output via the normal method of attaching a debugger, you can still do so by setting the CMake configuration option WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN to ON for your debug build configuration on Windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5249 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-20 11:20:38 -04:00
#ifdef NDEBUG
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
, "-w", "1" //FFTW patience - release
Reduced FFTW patience to 1 for debug builds for fastest startup Don't make proper Windows applications in debug builds. This means that the debug output now goes to the console and the program (wsjtx.exe) no longer detaches from the console. If you require a proper Windows executable, for instance if you are getting the debug output via the normal method of attaching a debugger, you can still do so by setting the CMake configuration option WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN to ON for your debug build configuration on Windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5249 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-20 11:20:38 -04:00
#else
, "-w", "1" //FFTW patience - debug builds for speed
#endif
Use the OpenMp parallel decoding jt9 in WSJT-X The temporary development version of jt9 called jt9_omp is now the default jt9. This means that parallel decoding of JT65 and JT9 is the default on platforms that support OpenMP. If parallel decoding is not required or desired, it can be constrained by setting the environment variable OMP_THREAD_LIMIT=1. In dual mode operating this will deliver all decodes of the current mode before any decodes of the other with the potential impact of taking up to twice as long to finish decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4960 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-13 11:55:47 -05:00
// The number of threads for FFTW specified here is chosen as
// three because that gives the best throughput of the large
// FFTs used in jt9. The count is the minimum of (the number
// available CPU threads less one) and three. This ensures that
// there is always at least one free CPU thread to run the other
// mode decoder in parallel.
, "-m", QString::number (qMin (qMax (QThread::idealThreadCount () - 1, 1), 3)) //FFTW threads
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
, "-e", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_appDir)
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
, "-a", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath ())
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
, "-t", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_config.temp_dir ().absolutePath ())
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
};
Increase the OpenMP stack size limit for jt9 threads from 2Mbyte to 4Mbyte git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-04 20:39:09 -04:00
QProcessEnvironment env {QProcessEnvironment::systemEnvironment ()};
env.insert ("OMP_STACKSIZE", "4M");
proc_jt9.setProcessEnvironment (env);
Should have been included in previous commit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4611 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-20 14:01:52 -05:00
proc_jt9.start(QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_appDir) + QDir::separator () +
"jt9", jt9_args, QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Unbuffered);
Added "Tune" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-14 10:11:20 -04:00
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_wisdom.dat"))};
Add wisdom for the FFTs done by symspec_(), wsjtx[.exe]. Also complete the wrapper code in wisdom.c. TBD: should be possible to use fftw3f.f03 instead of the ad hoc wisdom.c. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-21 10:17:22 -05:00
QByteArray cfname=fname.toLocal8Bit();
Silence compiler warning. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-21 17:10:25 -05:00
fftwf_import_wisdom_from_filename(cfname);
Add wisdom for the FFTs done by symspec_(), wsjtx[.exe]. Also complete the wrapper code in wisdom.c. TBD: should be possible to use fftw3f.f03 instead of the ad hoc wisdom.c. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-21 10:17:22 -05:00
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
//genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_ntx = 6;
A number of minor cleanup efforts: 1. F1 accesses User's Guide for v1.2. 2. Larger font for "S" on the ui->readFreq button. 3. Finish removing the no-longer-used #ifdef's relaied to psk_reporter calls. 4. Set m_ntx=6 (Tx message #6) at program startup. 5. Remove obsolete file soundin_1.cpp. 6. Update credits displayed in the "About" window and in User's Guide. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3527 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-06 13:22:33 -04:00
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
connect (&m_wav_future_watcher, &QFutureWatcher<void>::finished, this, &MainWindow::diskDat);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
connect(&watcher3, SIGNAL(finished()),this,SLOT(fast_decode_done()));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
// Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (), m_framesAudioInputBuffered, &m_detector, m_downSampleFactor, m_config.audio_input_channel ());
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (), m_framesAudioInputBuffered, m_detector, m_downSampleFactor, m_config.audio_input_channel ());
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
Q_EMIT initializeAudioOutputStream (m_config.audio_output_device (), AudioDevice::Mono == m_config.audio_output_channel () ? 1 : 2, m_msAudioOutputBuffered);
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
First version of DXCC entity and worked B4 status git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3512 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 07:29:42 -04:00
Shading on Tab 2 labels. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3177 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-16 12:36:13 -04:00
ui->label_9->setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #aabec8}");
ui->label_10->setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #aabec8}");
Write dial frequency and JT9 submode to all.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3232 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-27 09:11:29 -04:00
Make sure that split doesn't get enabled on WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6150 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-22 09:39:36 -05:00
// this must be done before initializing the mode as some modes need
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
// to turn off split on the rig e.g. WSPR
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 15:33:33 -04:00
m_config.transceiver_online ();
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
bool vhf {m_config.enable_VHF_features ()};
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(m_txFirst);
morse_(const_cast<char *> (m_config.my_callsign ().toLatin1().constData()),
const_cast<int *> (icw), &m_ncw, m_config.my_callsign ().length());
on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered();
Save/Restore status of Sh box. Limit range of auto-generated short-message reports to -4 to +10 dB. Include +/- sign in all reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6907 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-12 11:45:27 -04:00
ui->cbShMsgs->setChecked(m_bShMsgs);
1. Starting to add SWL feature for MSK144 Sh messages. 2. Add (part of) a geometry patch from W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7433 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 16:46:29 -05:00
ui->cbSWL->setChecked(m_bSWL);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
if(m_bFast9) m_bFastMode=true;
Working on a possible (and experimental!) slow MSK144 mode. *** DO NOT USE ON THE AIR! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-07 15:58:25 -04:00
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(m_bFast9 or m_bFastMode);
Fix some initialization order issues introduced in r6755 These include the wide graph window not being suppressed when starting the application in a fast mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6762 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 14:50:41 -04:00
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") on_actionFT8_triggered();
Fix some initialization order issues introduced in r6755 These include the wide graph window not being suppressed when starting the application in a fast mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6762 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 14:50:41 -04:00
if(m_mode=="JT4") on_actionJT4_triggered();
if(m_mode=="JT9") on_actionJT9_triggered();
if(m_mode=="JT65") on_actionJT65_triggered();
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
Remove vestigial references to WSPR_2. Update wsjtx.pro. Add samples for all modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7208 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 11:43:03 -04:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR") on_actionWSPR_triggered();
Starting to implement experimental mode "WSPR-LF". Beware possible undesired side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-04-28 12:49:09 -04:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") on_actionWSPR_LF_triggered();
Fix some initialization order issues introduced in r6755 These include the wide graph window not being suppressed when starting the application in a fast mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6762 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 14:50:41 -04:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") on_actionISCAT_triggered();
if(m_mode=="MSK144") on_actionMSK144_triggered();
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 08:15:41 -04:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") on_actionQRA64_triggered();
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") on_actionEcho_triggered();
if(m_mode=="Echo") monitor(false); //Don't auto-start Monitor in Echo mode.
if(m_mode=="FreqCal") on_actionFreqCal_triggered();
Fix some initialization order issues introduced in r6755 These include the wide graph window not being suppressed when starting the application in a fast mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6762 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 14:50:41 -04:00
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
ui->sbSubmode->setValue (vhf ? m_nSubMode : 0);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 11:36:17 -04:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (1000.0);
} else {
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - m_XIT);
}
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_saveDecoded=ui->actionSave_decoded->isChecked();
m_saveAll=ui->actionSave_all->isChecked();
ui->sbTxPercent->setValue(m_pctx);
ui->TxPowerComboBox->setCurrentIndex(int(0.3*(m_dBm + 30.0)+0.2));
ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setChecked(m_uploadSpots);
if((m_ndepth&7)==1) ui->actionQuickDecode->setChecked(true);
if((m_ndepth&7)==2) ui->actionMediumDecode->setChecked(true);
if((m_ndepth&7)==3) ui->actionDeepestDecode->setChecked(true);
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setChecked(m_ndepth&16);
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setChecked(m_ndepth&32);
ui->actionEnable_AP_DXcall->setChecked(m_ndepth&64);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 09:34:40 -04:00
m_UTCdisk=-1;
Add a performance monitor for real-time MSK144 decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7116 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-29 09:29:20 -04:00
m_fCPUmskrtd=0.0;
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
m_bFastDone=false;
Correct a timing issue for saving MSK144 files in short (e.g. 5 s) sequences. Save after Alt-V even if Save = None. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7191 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 12:51:14 -04:00
m_bAltV=false;
Correct a flaw in deep4 (apparently caused by gfortran optimizer?). Move display of the "No More Files..." message until after the "Decode Finished" message is received. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7270 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-31 10:24:02 -04:00
m_bNoMoreFiles=false;
Add warning message if VHF features enabled on a lower band. Clean up "Decoded Lines" table in User Guide, and corresponding ISCAT end-of-line characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7283 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-03 10:05:05 -04:00
m_bVHFwarned=false;
Correct a flaw that could cause Tx to start as a result of a decode with AutoSeq active. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7329 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-22 10:47:59 -05:00
m_bDoubleClicked=false;
Add 'Call First' and 'Weak' checkboxes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7824 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 15:25:28 -04:00
m_bCallingCQ=false;
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and query operator if d>10000 km. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8100 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-20 15:11:04 -04:00
m_bCheckedContest=false;
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
m_bDisplayedOnce=false;
correct a flaw in "Decode remaining files in directory"; correct the widget visibility in ISCAT mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7201 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-19 14:09:27 -04:00
m_wait=0;
Some cleanup of new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 16:35:22 -04:00
m_isort=-3;
m_max_dB=30;
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for subsequent regenerations. This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until changed back. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-25 12:59:58 -04:00
m_CQtype="CQ";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_pctx>0) {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 15:02:25 -04:00
QPalette palette {ui->sbTxPercent->palette ()};
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::yellow);
ui->sbTxPercent->setPalette(palette);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
fixStop();
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 12:03:11 -04:00
VHF_features_enabled(m_config.enable_VHF_features());
Don't display dupes in JT65, even if minsync<0. Use VHFfeatures rather than single_decode to control display of Tol, etc., in plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7224 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-24 10:56:14 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setVHF(m_config.enable_VHF_features());
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 12:03:11 -04:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
connect( wsprNet, SIGNAL(uploadStatus(QString)), this, SLOT(uploadResponse(QString)));
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
statusChanged();
Startup messge box for Alpha Release. New sigma limit in detectmsk40. Minor tweaks to GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6994 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-04 11:20:16 -04:00
For now, we'll allow click-to-decode in ISCAT mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7218 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 14:07:12 -04:00
m_fastGraph->setMode(m_mode);
Some progress in QRA01 --> QRA02. Correct minor flaws in mode setting and plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6829 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 08:46:14 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
connect (&minuteTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_the_minute);
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (true);
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 22:31:50 -04:00
minuteTimer.start (ms_minute_error () + 60 * 1000);
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 09:52:14 -04:00
connect (&splashTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::splash_done);
splashTimer.setSingleShot (true);
splashTimer.start (20 * 1000);
Don't allow Hound to Tx even; dot't allow Fox to Tx odd.
2018-07-02 10:40:50 -04:00
Possible warning message for users of -devel and -rc? revisions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8476 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-07 15:53:11 -05:00
if(QCoreApplication::applicationVersion().contains("-devel") or
QCoreApplication::applicationVersion().contains("-rc")) {
Don't block main window construction with not GA version warning message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8531 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-24 19:57:45 -05:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (not_GA_warning_message ()));
Possible warning message for users of -devel and -rc? revisions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8476 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-07 15:53:11 -05:00
}
Preparing for v2.0-rc1 candidate release. - Add file contrib/lotw-user-activity.csv, install in data_dir(). - Add suggested frequencies on 20 and 40m for testing FT8 v2.0 messages. - Add a timeout date (Nov 1 2018) beyond which -rc1 will not run. - Change Versions.cmake to indicate v2.0.0-rc1.
2018-09-10 13:07:30 -04:00
Correct the save/restore behavior of hiding menus and controls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7782 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-04 10:39:07 -04:00
if(!ui->cbMenus->isChecked()) {
ui->cbMenus->setChecked(true);
ui->cbMenus->setChecked(false);
}
Highlight decodes of Tx stations not using LoTW in past year. File "lotw-user-activity.csv", downloaded from ARRL, should be put in WSJT-X resources and (still to do): installed in a better location.
2018-09-01 09:53:38 -04:00
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
// this must be the last statement of constructor
if (!m_valid) throw std::runtime_error {"Fatal initialization exception"};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
More code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-18 09:35:54 -04:00
Don't block main window construction with not GA version warning message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8531 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-24 19:57:45 -05:00
void MainWindow::not_GA_warning_message ()
{
Preparing for v2.0-rc1 candidate release. - Add file contrib/lotw-user-activity.csv, install in data_dir(). - Add suggested frequencies on 20 and 40m for testing FT8 v2.0 messages. - Add a timeout date (Nov 1 2018) beyond which -rc1 will not run. - Change Versions.cmake to indicate v2.0.0-rc1.
2018-09-10 13:07:30 -04:00
QDateTime now=QDateTime::currentDateTime();
Fix the -rc1 expiration date.
2018-09-13 09:51:04 -04:00
QDateTime timeout=QDateTime(QDate(2018,10,31));
Preparing for v2.0-rc1 candidate release. - Add file contrib/lotw-user-activity.csv, install in data_dir(). - Add suggested frequencies on 20 and 40m for testing FT8 v2.0 messages. - Add a timeout date (Nov 1 2018) beyond which -rc1 will not run. - Change Versions.cmake to indicate v2.0.0-rc1.
2018-09-10 13:07:30 -04:00
Don't block main window construction with not GA version warning message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8531 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-24 19:57:45 -05:00
MessageBox::critical_message (this,
Preparing for v2.0-rc1 candidate release. - Add file contrib/lotw-user-activity.csv, install in data_dir(). - Add suggested frequencies on 20 and 40m for testing FT8 v2.0 messages. - Add a timeout date (Nov 1 2018) beyond which -rc1 will not run. - Change Versions.cmake to indicate v2.0.0-rc1.
2018-09-10 13:07:30 -04:00
"This version of WSJT-X is a beta-level Release Candidate.\n\n"
Don't block main window construction with not GA version warning message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8531 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-24 19:57:45 -05:00
"On-the-air use carries an obligation to report problems\n"
"to the WSJT Development group and to upgrade to a GA\n"
Preparing for v2.0-rc1 candidate release. - Add file contrib/lotw-user-activity.csv, install in data_dir(). - Add suggested frequencies on 20 and 40m for testing FT8 v2.0 messages. - Add a timeout date (Nov 1 2018) beyond which -rc1 will not run. - Change Versions.cmake to indicate v2.0.0-rc1.
2018-09-10 13:07:30 -04:00
"(General Availability) release when it becomes available.\n\n"
Fix the -rc1 expiration date.
2018-09-13 09:51:04 -04:00
"This version cannot be used after October 31, 2018\n\n");
Preparing for v2.0-rc1 candidate release. - Add file contrib/lotw-user-activity.csv, install in data_dir(). - Add suggested frequencies on 20 and 40m for testing FT8 v2.0 messages. - Add a timeout date (Nov 1 2018) beyond which -rc1 will not run. - Change Versions.cmake to indicate v2.0.0-rc1.
2018-09-10 13:07:30 -04:00
if(now.daysTo(timeout) < 0) Q_EMIT finished();
Don't block main window construction with not GA version warning message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8531 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-24 19:57:45 -05:00
}
Fix initialization issue with user modified application font The main window font has to be set after main window construction otherwise the menu bar font does not get set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-09 15:34:54 -04:00
void MainWindow::initialize_fonts ()
{
set_application_font (m_config.text_font ());
setDecodedTextFont (m_config.decoded_text_font ());
}
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 09:52:14 -04:00
void MainWindow::splash_done ()
{
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 12:12:52 -04:00
m_splash && m_splash->close ();
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 09:52:14 -04:00
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_the_minute ()
{
if (minuteTimer.isSingleShot ())
{
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (false);
minuteTimer.start (60 * 1000); // run free
}
else
{
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 22:31:50 -04:00
auto const& ms_error = ms_minute_error ();
if (qAbs (ms_error) > 1000) // keep drift within +-1s
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
{
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (true);
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 22:31:50 -04:00
minuteTimer.start (ms_error + 60 * 1000);
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
}
}
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if (m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR"))
{
Further Tx watchdog refinements This should allow receivers of UDP Status messages to accurately track the Tx watchdog status. Also some defects in the Tx watchdog logic are repaired. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6900 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-08 22:27:57 -04:00
if (m_idleMinutes < m_config.watchdog ()) ++m_idleMinutes;
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
update_watchdog_label ();
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
}
else
{
tx_watchdog (false);
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
}
More code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-18 09:35:54 -04:00
//--------------------------------------------------- MainWindow destructor
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
MainWindow::~MainWindow()
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
m_astroWidget.reset ();
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_wisdom.dat"))};
Add wisdom for the FFTs done by symspec_(), wsjtx[.exe]. Also complete the wrapper code in wisdom.c. TBD: should be possible to use fftw3f.f03 instead of the ad hoc wisdom.c. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-21 10:17:22 -05:00
QByteArray cfname=fname.toLocal8Bit();
fftwf_export_wisdom_to_filename(cfname);
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
m_audioThread.quit ();
m_audioThread.wait ();
Ensure all main window child widgets are added to teh event filter This makes all child widgets able to reset the Tx watchdog by mouse click or key press. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6881 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 16:16:38 -04:00
remove_child_from_event_filter (this);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
//-------------------------------------------------------- writeSettings()
void MainWindow::writeSettings()
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_settings->beginGroup("MainWindow");
m_settings->setValue ("geometry", saveGeometry ());
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("geometryNoControls", m_geometryNoControls);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_settings->setValue ("state", saveState ());
m_settings->setValue("MRUdir", m_path);
m_settings->setValue("TxFirst",m_txFirst);
m_settings->setValue("DXcall",ui->dxCallEntry->text());
m_settings->setValue("DXgrid",ui->dxGridEntry->text());
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_settings->setValue ("AstroDisplayed", m_astroWidget && m_astroWidget->isVisible());
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
m_settings->setValue ("MsgAvgDisplayed", m_msgAvgWidget && m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible());
Save the last used free text message between runs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3982 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 17:55:51 -04:00
m_settings->setValue ("FreeText", ui->freeTextMsg->currentText ());
Correct the save/restore behavior of hiding menus and controls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7782 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-04 10:39:07 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("ShowMenus",ui->cbMenus->isChecked());
Add 'Call First' and 'Weak' checkboxes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7824 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 15:25:28 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("CallFirst",ui->cbFirst->isChecked());
Code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8276 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-01 15:54:35 -05:00
m_settings->setValue("HoundSort",ui->comboBoxHoundSort->currentIndex());
Code cleanup; more Fox-mode additions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 12:09:03 -05:00
m_settings->setValue("FoxNlist",ui->sbNlist->value());
Add user controls for Nsig, Nslots, Max_dB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8238 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 15:47:24 -05:00
m_settings->setValue("FoxNslots",ui->sbNslots->value());
m_settings->setValue("FoxMaxDB",ui->sbMax_dB->value());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_settings->endGroup();
m_settings->beginGroup("Common");
m_settings->setValue("Mode",m_mode);
m_settings->setValue("ModeTx",m_modeTx);
m_settings->setValue("SaveNone",ui->actionNone->isChecked());
m_settings->setValue("SaveDecoded",ui->actionSave_decoded->isChecked());
m_settings->setValue("SaveAll",ui->actionSave_all->isChecked());
m_settings->setValue("NDepth",m_ndepth);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("RxFreq",ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value());
m_settings->setValue("TxFreq",ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("WSPRfreq",ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->value());
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("SubMode",ui->sbSubmode->value());
m_settings->setValue("DTtol",m_DTtol);
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("Ftol", ui->sbFtol->value ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("MinSync",m_minSync);
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("AutoSeq", ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked ());
Save status of RxAll. In DXped mode, decode from low freq to high. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 16:02:01 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("RxAll", ui->cbRxAll->isChecked ());
Save/Restore status of Sh box. Limit range of auto-generated short-message reports to -4 to +10 dB. Include +/- sign in all reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6907 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-12 11:45:27 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("ShMsgs",m_bShMsgs);
1. Starting to add SWL feature for MSK144 Sh messages. 2. Add (part of) a geometry patch from W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7433 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 16:46:29 -05:00
m_settings->setValue("SWL",ui->cbSWL->isChecked());
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("DialFreq", QVariant::fromValue(m_lastMonitoredFrequency));
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("OutAttenuation", ui->outAttenuation->value ());
m_settings->setValue("NoSuffix",m_noSuffix);
m_settings->setValue("GUItab",ui->tabWidget->currentIndex());
m_settings->setValue("OutBufSize",outBufSize);
Revert to pre r8430 behaviour except when hound using FT8 The "Hold Tx Freq" check box allows one's Tx frequency to be fixed when replying by double-clicking a decode. When in FT8 hound mode one's Tx frequency is always held when double-clicking a decode unless directed by internal logic to change. Direct Tx offset changes are still allowed in hound mode, as are the normal waterfall clicks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8490 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-10 21:29:27 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("HoldTxFreq", ui->cbHoldTxFreq->isChecked ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("PctTx",m_pctx);
m_settings->setValue("dBm",m_dBm);
Save/restore the RRR/RR73 status of Tx4.
2018-07-30 11:48:18 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("RR73",m_send_RR73);
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("WSPRPreferType1", ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->isChecked ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("UploadSpots",m_uploadSpots);
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("BandHopping", ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked ());
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_settings->setValue ("TRPeriod", ui->sbTR->value ());
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_settings->setValue("FastMode",m_bFastMode);
m_settings->setValue("Fast9",m_bFast9);
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("CQTxfreq", ui->sbCQTxFreq->value ());
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("pwrBandTxMemory",m_pwrBandTxMemory);
m_settings->setValue("pwrBandTuneMemory",m_pwrBandTuneMemory);
Experimental implementation of AP decoding for JT65 - configured for testing only. Not usable on the air. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8219 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-04 13:03:56 -04:00
m_settings->setValue ("FT8AP", ui->actionEnable_AP_FT8->isChecked ());
Try to make decode menu work properly when moving between modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8278 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-02 11:04:52 -05:00
m_settings->setValue ("JT65AP", ui->actionEnable_AP_JT65->isChecked ());
New convention for setting frequency of Hound's R+rpt message. Also, save/restore the mainwindow splitter setting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8619 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-18 10:04:52 -04:00
m_settings->setValue("SplitterState",ui->splitter->saveState());
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
{
QList<QVariant> coeffs; // suitable for QSettings
for (auto const& coeff : m_phaseEqCoefficients)
{
Add reference spectrum to equalization plots and more plotting enhancements Use a header format for polynomial coefficients that includes the valid X range in scaled terms and a count of the number of coefficients. Use double precision consistently for polynomial coefficients. This includes formatting with sufficient DPs when writing to files. Many changes to the equalization plots, more to come. Add error handling for reading coefficient, plot and filter files. This includes being backward compatible for old format refspec.dat files with no header. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7578 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-23 11:21:26 -05:00
coeffs << coeff;
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
}
m_settings->setValue ("PhaseEqualizationCoefficients", QVariant {coeffs});
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_settings->endGroup();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
//---------------------------------------------------------- readSettings()
void MainWindow::readSettings()
{
Fix problem in restoring mainwindow width on restart. Tnx Mike, W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8581 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-21 16:15:46 -04:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(false);
ui->cbFirst->setVisible(false);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_settings->beginGroup("MainWindow");
restoreGeometry (m_settings->value ("geometry", saveGeometry ()).toByteArray ());
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
m_geometryNoControls = m_settings->value ("geometryNoControls",saveGeometry()).toByteArray();
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
restoreState (m_settings->value ("state", saveState ()).toByteArray ());
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
ui->dxCallEntry->setText (m_settings->value ("DXcall", QString {}).toString ());
ui->dxGridEntry->setText (m_settings->value ("DXgrid", QString {}).toString ());
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_path = m_settings->value("MRUdir", m_config.save_directory ().absolutePath ()).toString ();
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_txFirst = m_settings->value("TxFirst",false).toBool();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
auto displayAstro = m_settings->value ("AstroDisplayed", false).toBool ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
auto displayMsgAvg = m_settings->value ("MsgAvgDisplayed", false).toBool ();
if (m_settings->contains ("FreeText")) ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (
m_settings->value ("FreeText").toString ());
Correct the save/restore behavior of hiding menus and controls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7782 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-04 10:39:07 -04:00
ui->cbMenus->setChecked(m_settings->value("ShowMenus",true).toBool());
Add 'Call First' and 'Weak' checkboxes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7824 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 15:25:28 -04:00
ui->cbFirst->setChecked(m_settings->value("CallFirst",true).toBool());
Code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8276 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-01 15:54:35 -05:00
ui->comboBoxHoundSort->setCurrentIndex(m_settings->value("HoundSort",3).toInt());
Code cleanup; more Fox-mode additions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 12:09:03 -05:00
ui->sbNlist->setValue(m_settings->value("FoxNlist",12).toInt());
Add user controls for Nsig, Nslots, Max_dB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8238 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 15:47:24 -05:00
ui->sbNslots->setValue(m_settings->value("FoxNslots",5).toInt());
ui->sbMax_dB->setValue(m_settings->value("FoxMaxDB",30).toInt());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_settings->endGroup();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// do this outside of settings group because it uses groups internally
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
ui->actionAstronomical_data->setChecked (displayAstro);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_settings->beginGroup("Common");
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_mode=m_settings->value("Mode","JT9").toString();
m_modeTx=m_settings->value("ModeTx","JT9").toString();
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
if(m_modeTx.mid(0,3)=="JT9") ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
Warning: these changes have not yet been thoroughly tested! 1. Correct the TxMode label on program startup. 2. Insert TxMode (not RxMode) into the "Transmitting..." lines in ALL.TXT. 3. Put TxMode in wsjtx_status.txt. 4. F4 clears Az, Dist, and all Tx messages as well as DxCall and DxGrid. 5. Make it possible to decode JT9 in the "JT65 region", and vice-versa, with directed double-click on signal in waterfall. 6. Improved logic for enabling/disabling TestPTT button on setup screen. 7. Do not call getFreq() when TestPTT is activated under CAT control. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 15:57:01 -04:00
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
ui->actionNone->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveNone",true).toBool());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
ui->actionSave_decoded->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveDecoded",false).toBool());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
ui->actionSave_all->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveAll",false).toBool());
Ensure Tx and Rx cursor are initialized from settings git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5072 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-18 12:28:49 -04:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("RxFreq",1500).toInt());
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
m_nSubMode=m_settings->value("SubMode",0).toInt();
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
ui->sbFtol->setValue (m_settings->value("Ftol", 20).toInt());
Correct the sending of minsync to decoder. Fix statement ordering that affects timer calls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7370 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-08 10:38:54 -05:00
m_minSync=m_settings->value("MinSync",0).toInt();
ui->syncSpinBox->setValue(m_minSync);
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setChecked (m_settings->value ("AutoSeq", false).toBool());
Save status of RxAll. In DXped mode, decode from low freq to high. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 16:02:01 -05:00
ui->cbRxAll->setChecked (m_settings->value ("RxAll", false).toBool());
Save/Restore status of Sh box. Limit range of auto-generated short-message reports to -4 to +10 dB. Include +/- sign in all reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6907 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-12 11:45:27 -04:00
m_bShMsgs=m_settings->value("ShMsgs",false).toBool();
1. Starting to add SWL feature for MSK144 Sh messages. 2. Add (part of) a geometry patch from W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7433 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 16:46:29 -05:00
m_bSWL=m_settings->value("SWL",false).toBool();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_bFast9=m_settings->value("Fast9",false).toBool();
m_bFastMode=m_settings->value("FastMode",false).toBool();
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
ui->sbTR->setValue (m_settings->value ("TRPeriod", 30).toInt());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_lastMonitoredFrequency = m_settings->value ("DialFreq",
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
QVariant::fromValue<Frequency> (default_frequency)).value<Frequency> ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("WSPRfreq",1500).toInt());
Ensure Tx and Rx cursor are initialized from settings git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5072 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-18 12:28:49 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("TxFreq",1500).toInt());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_ndepth=m_settings->value("NDepth",3).toInt();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_pctx=m_settings->value("PctTx",20).toInt();
m_dBm=m_settings->value("dBm",37).toInt();
Save/restore the RRR/RR73 status of Tx4.
2018-07-30 11:48:18 -04:00
m_send_RR73=m_settings->value("RR73",37).toBool();
if(m_send_RR73) {
m_send_RR73=false;
on_txrb4_doubleClicked();
}
Now 6 digit locators are possible again add option to prefer type 1 WSPR messages This option, on by default, maintains backwards compatibility for non-compound callsign holders. If switched off and they have specified a 6 digit grid then it will be sent in the type 2 protocol using two messages and a hashed callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7053 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-03 19:33:13 -04:00
ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->setChecked (m_settings->value ("WSPRPreferType1", true).toBool ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_uploadSpots=m_settings->value("UploadSpots",false).toBool();
if(!m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet("QCheckBox{background-color: yellow}");
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
ui->band_hopping_group_box->setChecked (m_settings->value ("BandHopping", false).toBool());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
// setup initial value of tx attenuator
Make sure tune power tool tip only shows when adjusting the tune power using the UI git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6761 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 14:50:34 -04:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip = true;
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
ui->outAttenuation->setValue (m_settings->value ("OutAttenuation", 0).toInt ());
Make sure tune power tool tip only shows when adjusting the tune power using the UI git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6761 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 14:50:34 -04:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip = false;
Default CQ nnn freq should be 260. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7821 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 10:16:09 -04:00
ui->sbCQTxFreq->setValue (m_settings->value ("CQTxFreq", 260).toInt());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_noSuffix=m_settings->value("NoSuffix",false).toBool();
int n=m_settings->value("GUItab",0).toInt();
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(n);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
outBufSize=m_settings->value("OutBufSize",4096).toInt();
Revert to pre r8430 behaviour except when hound using FT8 The "Hold Tx Freq" check box allows one's Tx frequency to be fixed when replying by double-clicking a decode. When in FT8 hound mode one's Tx frequency is always held when double-clicking a decode unless directed by internal logic to change. Direct Tx offset changes are still allowed in hound mode, as are the normal waterfall clicks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8490 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-10 21:29:27 -05:00
ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setChecked (m_settings->value ("HoldTxFreq", false).toBool ());
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
m_pwrBandTxMemory=m_settings->value("pwrBandTxMemory").toHash();
m_pwrBandTuneMemory=m_settings->value("pwrBandTuneMemory").toHash();
Experimental implementation of AP decoding for JT65 - configured for testing only. Not usable on the air. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8219 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-04 13:03:56 -04:00
ui->actionEnable_AP_FT8->setChecked (m_settings->value ("FT8AP", false).toBool());
Try to make decode menu work properly when moving between modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8278 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-02 11:04:52 -05:00
ui->actionEnable_AP_JT65->setChecked (m_settings->value ("JT65AP", false).toBool());
New convention for setting frequency of Hound's R+rpt message. Also, save/restore the mainwindow splitter setting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8619 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-18 10:04:52 -04:00
ui->splitter->restoreState(m_settings->value("SplitterState").toByteArray());
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
{
auto const& coeffs = m_settings->value ("PhaseEqualizationCoefficients"
, QList<QVariant> {0., 0., 0., 0., 0.}).toList ();
m_phaseEqCoefficients.clear ();
for (auto const& coeff : coeffs)
{
m_phaseEqCoefficients.append (coeff.value<double> ());
}
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_settings->endGroup();
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 12:51:57 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// use these initialisation settings to tune the audio o/p buffer
Added tuning parameters for audio subsystem. By adding the following section to the initialisation file the audio buffer sizes and audio thread priority may be adjusted. [Tune] Audio\InputBufferFrames=1200 Audio\OutputBufferMs=1000 Audio\ThreadPriority=4 The values above are the program defaults that will be used if the initialisation parameters are omitted. Thread prioritis are the QThread::Priority enumumeration values. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3576 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-26 21:06:23 -04:00
// size and audio thread priority
m_settings->beginGroup ("Tune");
m_msAudioOutputBuffered = m_settings->value ("Audio/OutputBufferMs").toInt ();
m_framesAudioInputBuffered = m_settings->value ("Audio/InputBufferFrames", RX_SAMPLE_RATE / 10).toInt ();
m_audioThreadPriority = static_cast<QThread::Priority> (m_settings->value ("Audio/ThreadPriority", QThread::HighPriority).toInt () % 8);
m_settings->endGroup ();
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
if (displayMsgAvg) on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered();
Pass "nContest" value to ft8_decode.f90.
2018-07-27 09:30:00 -04:00
setContestType();
}
void MainWindow::setContestType()
{
m_nContest=NONE;
if(m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) m_nContest=NA_VHF;
if(m_config.bEU_VHF_Contest()) m_nContest=EU_VHF;
if(m_config.bFieldDay()) m_nContest=FIELD_DAY;
if(m_config.bRTTYroundup()) m_nContest=RTTY;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Fix initialization issue with user modified application font The main window font has to be set after main window construction otherwise the menu bar font does not get set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-09 15:34:54 -04:00
void MainWindow::set_application_font (QFont const& font)
{
qApp->setFont (font);
// set font in the application style sheet as well in case it has
// been modified in the style sheet which has priority
qApp->setStyleSheet (qApp->styleSheet () + "* {" + font_as_stylesheet (font) + '}');
for (auto& widget : qApp->topLevelWidgets ())
{
widget->updateGeometry ();
}
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::setDecodedTextFont (QFont const& font)
{
Sort out decoded text font and font changes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5159 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-05 08:22:01 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->setContentFont (font);
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setContentFont (font);
More work on Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8241 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-16 11:33:15 -05:00
ui->textBrowser4->setContentFont(font);
Work-in-progress with Fox-mode code. Contains incomplete and untested code! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8270 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-30 13:45:51 -05:00
ui->textBrowser4->displayFoxToBeCalled(" ","#ffffff");
ui->textBrowser4->setText("");
Fix font setting Several issues mainly related to the rather complex interaction of style sheets and widget properties with respect to fonts. Font setting on the astro window should now be consistent and not overridden by application style sheet driven font settings. Decoded text font setting should now be consistent and not revert back to Courier 10 on the next decode after a font change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5179 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-07 08:08:55 -04:00
auto style_sheet = "QLabel {" + font_as_stylesheet (font) + '}';
Bring colour settings into line with general configuration strategy Colours behave like other configuration items and changes are only applied when the Settings UI is dismissed via the "OK" button. Simplified font settings and use style sheets consistently to set the application and decoded text fonts. This is necessary because any UI widget that has a style sheet applied does not honor a font set by QWidget::setFont() even if there is no font setting in the style sheet, this is broken behaviour IMHO but that is the way Qt currently works. Use a style sheet to style the frequency display and clock. This is necessary to allow fonts to be cascaded through parent style sheets and still be overridden on these widgets. Simplify the decoded text widgets, there is no need to use the QTextBrowser as a super class since the simpler QTextEdit set as read-only is sufficient. Also removed colour setting via a background brush as it doesn't work and the HTML 'bgcolor' attribute works correctly. Change to UI properties of the decoded text widgets to allow horizontal scrolling if required, this allows larger fonts to be used without truncating decoded messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4957 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-13 03:53:02 -05:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setStyleSheet (ui->decodedTextLabel->styleSheet () + style_sheet);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setStyleSheet (ui->decodedTextLabel2->styleSheet () + style_sheet);
Message averaging window fonts controlled by configuration Use the decoded text font for the message averaging window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6684 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-18 19:22:24 -04:00
if (m_msgAvgWidget) {
m_msgAvgWidget->changeFont (font);
}
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 18:41:13 -04:00
updateGeometry ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
void MainWindow::fixStop()
{
Fix a bug intruduced in r7060 that prevented reading .wav files in fast modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7069 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 13:46:09 -04:00
m_hsymStop=179;
Change "WSPR-2" to "WSPR" everywhere; update some WSPR labels. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7181 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-14 10:15:34 -04:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR") {
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
m_hsymStop=396;
Starting to implement experimental mode "WSPR-LF". Beware possible undesired side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-04-28 12:49:09 -04:00
} else if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") {
Fix the behavior of WSPR-LF (-fsk8) for real-time decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7690 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-18 16:02:32 -04:00
m_hsymStop=813;
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
} else if(m_mode=="Echo") {
Slightly shorten Tx duration in Echo mode. This fixes a timing issue that was preventing received data from being processed in certain setups. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8369 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 20:04:12 -05:00
m_hsymStop=9;
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
} else if (m_mode=="JT4"){
m_hsymStop=176;
Correct some values of the m_hsymStop. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 12:11:21 -04:00
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
} else if (m_mode=="JT9"){
m_hsymStop=173;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
} else if (m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="JT9+JT65"){
m_hsymStop=174;
Correct some values of the m_hsymStop. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 12:11:21 -04:00
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
} else if (m_mode=="QRA64"){
Correct some values of the m_hsymStop. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 12:11:21 -04:00
m_hsymStop=179;
Extend the Rx period in QRA64 mode to 53.5 s; an improved label on Settings -> General tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7385 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 11:25:07 -05:00
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=186;
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
} else if (m_mode=="FreqCal"){
Several changes to operational logic for FreqCal mode. 1. Menu item *Tools -> Execute frequency calibration cycle* is renamed and checkable. Cycling does not start until checked. 2. Ctrl+F10 now allows you to cycle manually through the list of calibration frequencies. 3. Calibration sequence lengths can be set to 5, 10, 15, or 30 s with the sbTR spinBox. Also: don't set sbTR index to 0 when entering a slow mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 13:21:58 -05:00
m_hsymStop=((int(m_TRperiod/0.288))/8)*8;
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
} else if (m_mode=="FT8") {
Extend FT8 Rx interval slightly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7790 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-06 12:12:32 -04:00
m_hsymStop=50;
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
}
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
//-------------------------------------------------------------- dataSink()
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
void MainWindow::dataSink(qint64 frames)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
static float s[NSMAX];
More work on FreqCal mode. Some of this code is temporary! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7451 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 13:35:26 -05:00
char line[80];
Progress on symspecx and timf2x, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-25 16:26:12 -04:00
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 11:23:32 -04:00
int k (frames);
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("refspec.dat"))};
First working code offering optional computation and use of a reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 16:53:54 -04:00
QByteArray bafname = fname.toLatin1();
const char *c_fname = bafname.data();
int len=fname.length();
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 11:23:32 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
if(m_diskData) {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=1;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
} else {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Minor code cleanup... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-21 15:35:10 -04:00
Do not apply reference spectrum in fast modes Using the reference spectrum discards a short part of the front of the period's received samples which may have contained a decode candidate. As far as the MSK modes are concerned the reference spectrum correction is probably not applicable anyway. Comment from Steve K9AN after offline discussions about this: "In any case, I don’t think that there is any reason to apply the reference spectrum correction to the MSK modes. I do think that we are paying a performance penalty in the MSK modes for non-ideal filter responses at the TX and RX ends of the link — but we would need to implement an equalizer that looks at the received sync words as a “training sequence” in order to come up with anything that could improve the results. This would take into account the receiver and transmitter filters, and would probably be different for every TX/RX/meteor burst. My current thinking is that for the low SNRs that we are most interested in, and with the short sync words that we use, we wouldn’t be able to do a very good job of estimating the coefficients of the equalizer..." git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6776 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-13 15:52:23 -04:00
m_bUseRef=m_wideGraph->useRef();
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7895 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-15 20:10:37 -04:00
refspectrum_(&dec_data.d2[k-m_nsps/2],&m_bClearRefSpec,&m_bRefSpec,
Add "Clear reference spectrum" to the File menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7426 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-24 15:05:28 -05:00
&m_bUseRef,c_fname,len);
m_bClearRefSpec=false;
Do not apply reference spectrum in fast modes Using the reference spectrum discards a short part of the front of the period's received samples which may have contained a decode candidate. As far as the MSK modes are concerned the reference spectrum correction is probably not applicable anyway. Comment from Steve K9AN after offline discussions about this: "In any case, I don’t think that there is any reason to apply the reference spectrum correction to the MSK modes. I do think that we are paying a performance penalty in the MSK modes for non-ideal filter responses at the TX and RX ends of the link — but we would need to implement an equalizer that looks at the received sync words as a “training sequence” in order to come up with anything that could improve the results. This would take into account the receiver and transmitter filters, and would probably be different for every TX/RX/meteor burst. My current thinking is that for the low SNRs that we are most interested in, and with the short sync words that we use, we wouldn’t be able to do a very good job of estimating the coefficients of the equalizer..." git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6776 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-13 15:52:23 -04:00
Allow measuring refspec in fast modes. Better display format for phase coeffs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-20 15:35:17 -04:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
fastSink(frames);
Working on a possible (and experimental!) slow MSK144 mode. *** DO NOT USE ON THE AIR! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-07 15:58:25 -04:00
if(m_bFastMode) return;
Allow measuring refspec in fast modes. Better display format for phase coeffs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-20 15:35:17 -04:00
}
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
// Get power, spectrum, and ihsym
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
int trmin=m_TRperiod/60;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
// int k (frames - 1);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.nfa=m_wideGraph->nStartFreq();
dec_data.params.nfb=m_wideGraph->Fmax();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
int nsps=m_nsps;
if(m_bFastMode) nsps=6912;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
int nsmo=m_wideGraph->smoothYellow()-1;
Code cleanup following level meter changes. New screen shot for main-left controls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 10:52:09 -05:00
symspec_(&dec_data,&k,&trmin,&nsps,&m_inGain,&nsmo,&m_px,s,&m_df3,&m_ihsym,&m_npts8,&m_pxmax);
Change "WSPR-2" to "WSPR" everywhere; update some WSPR labels. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7181 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-14 10:15:34 -04:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR") wspr_downsample_(dec_data.d2,&k);
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
if(m_ihsym <=0) return;
Code cleanup following level meter changes. New screen shot for main-left controls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 10:52:09 -05:00
if(ui) ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(m_px,m_pxmax); // Update thermometer
Progress on symspecx and timf2x, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-25 16:26:12 -04:00
if(m_monitoring || m_diskData) {
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
m_wideGraph->dataSink2(s,m_df3,m_ihsym,m_diskData);
Running OK with sound input, and plotting green line. Next task: implement specjtms() in new fashion. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2507 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-12 17:22:55 -04:00
}
Working on a possible (and experimental!) slow MSK144 mode. *** DO NOT USE ON THE AIR! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-07 15:58:25 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") return;
Running OK with sound input, and plotting green line. Next task: implement specjtms() in new fashion. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2507 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-12 17:22:55 -04:00
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
fixStop();
Do not do FreqCal calculations on period when rig changes frequency git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-09 20:39:27 -05:00
if (m_mode == "FreqCal"
// only calculate after 1st chunk, also skip chunk where rig
// changed frequency
Several changes to operational logic for FreqCal mode. 1. Menu item *Tools -> Execute frequency calibration cycle* is renamed and checkable. Cycling does not start until checked. 2. Ctrl+F10 now allows you to cycle manually through the list of calibration frequencies. 3. Calibration sequence lengths can be set to 5, 10, 15, or 30 s with the sbTR spinBox. Also: don't set sbTR index to 0 when entering a slow mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 13:21:58 -05:00
&& !(m_ihsym % 8) && m_ihsym > 8 && m_ihsym <= m_hsymStop) {
Remove some unnecessary code git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-08 20:09:58 -05:00
int RxFreq=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ();
int nkhz=(m_freqNominal+RxFreq)/1000;
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
int ftol = ui->sbFtol->value ();
freqcal_(&dec_data.d2[0],&k,&nkhz,&RxFreq,&ftol,&line[0],80);
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
QString t=QString::fromLatin1(line);
More cleanup; fix several auto-sequencing problems.
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText decodedtext {t};
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
m_logBook,m_currentBand, m_config.ppfx());
Improved frequency calibration Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the impact of the current calibration parameters. The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit. A calibration procedure might proceed thus:- 1) select FreqCal mode, 2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those that have no usable signal, 3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check that suitable signals are present, 4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period, 5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather data, 6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the fmt.all file with your favourite editor, 7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if you like what you see, 8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:21 -04:00
if (ui->measure_check_box->isChecked ()) {
// Append results text to file "fmt.all".
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("fmt.all")};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
out << t << endl;
f.close();
} else {
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Open Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
}
First usable-at-K1JT version of a semi-automated Frequency Calibration routine. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 15:20:43 -05:00
}
Filter general working frequencies in FreqCal mode Allow band drop down list to be used to select FreqCal frequencies, also resets position in automatic cycle. Tidy up some unnecessary code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7486 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 16:03:30 -05:00
if(m_ihsym==m_hsymStop && ui->actionFrequency_calibration->isChecked()) {
Several changes to operational logic for FreqCal mode. 1. Menu item *Tools -> Execute frequency calibration cycle* is renamed and checkable. Cycling does not start until checked. 2. Ctrl+F10 now allows you to cycle manually through the list of calibration frequencies. 3. Calibration sequence lengths can be set to 5, 10, 15, or 30 s with the sbTR spinBox. Also: don't set sbTR index to 0 when entering a slow mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 13:21:58 -05:00
freqCalStep();
First usable-at-K1JT version of a semi-automated Frequency Calibration routine. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 15:20:43 -05:00
}
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
}
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
if(m_ihsym==3*m_hsymStop/4) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
m_dialFreqRxWSPR=m_freqNominal;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
if(m_ihsym == m_hsymStop) {
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 10:20:30 -04:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
Basic functionality of Echo spectrum is in place. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 15:42:20 -04:00
float snr=0;
int nfrit=0;
int nqual=0;
float f1=1500.0;
Results of Echo mode to text window. (Not yet calibrated!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5567 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 15:04:21 -04:00
float xlevel=0.0;
Basic functionality of Echo spectrum is in place. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 15:42:20 -04:00
float sigdb=0.0;
float dfreq=0.0;
float width=0.0;
echocom_.nclearave=m_nclearave;
Echo spectrum appears OK; must test Doppler corrections in both modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5559 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 20:43:07 -04:00
int nDop=0;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
avecho_(dec_data.d2,&nDop,&nfrit,&nqual,&f1,&xlevel,&sigdb,
Basic functionality of Echo spectrum is in place. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 15:42:20 -04:00
&snr,&dfreq,&width);
Results of Echo mode to text window. (Not yet calibrated!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5567 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 15:04:21 -04:00
QString t;
t.sprintf("%3d %7.1f %7.1f %7.1f %7.1f %3d",echocom_.nsum,xlevel,sigdb,
dfreq,width,nqual);
t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("hh:mm:ss ") + t;
Do not access ui widgets after the UI has been destroyed During orderly close down the UI can be destroyed while Rx audio blocks are still being delivered. Therefore the UI pointer must be checked in MainWindow::datasink before attempting to access the UI widgets. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6683 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 16:45:40 -04:00
if (ui) ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 10:20:30 -04:00
if(m_echoGraph->isVisible()) m_echoGraph->plotSpec();
Basic functionality of Echo spectrum is in place. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 15:42:20 -04:00
m_nclearave=0;
Correct the bounds error test in avecho. Ensure proper GUI controls visible in Echo mode. Reset nsum=0 when Tx Enable is toggled ON in Echo mode. Don't restart Monitor after finishing a sequence of Echo transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 11:32:55 -04:00
//Don't restart Monitor after an Echo transmission
Fix logical flaw in Echo mode sequencing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5585 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 11:48:00 -04:00
if(m_bEchoTxed and !m_auto) {
monitor(false);
m_bEchoTxed=false;
}
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 10:20:30 -04:00
return;
}
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FreqCal") {
return;
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if( m_dialFreqRxWSPR==0) m_dialFreqRxWSPR=m_freqNominal;
Updates to Users Guide. Double-click on waterfall sets Tol to a reduced (mode-dependent) value. Tol is saved/restored on program restart. Added digital gain slider for setting input level. Garbage decode "15P6715P67WCV" is rejected. Arrays ss and c0 are copied and saved when newdat=1. Further processing is done on the copies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2712 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-01 15:54:40 -04:00
m_dataAvailable=true;
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
dec_data.params.npts8=(m_ihsym*m_nsps)/16;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.newdat=1;
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
dec_data.params.nzhsym=m_hsymStop;
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
QDateTime now {QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ()};
m_dateTime = now.toString ("yyyy-MMM-dd hh:mm");
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) decode(); //Start decoder
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Save all files, then possibly remove after decoding finishes. Some code cleanup; remove unused code. Add sub-mode number to wsjtx_rx.log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2767 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 09:36:45 -05:00
if(!m_diskData) { //Always save; may delete later
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") {
int n=now.time().second() % m_TRperiod;
if(n<(m_TRperiod/2)) n=n+m_TRperiod;
auto const& period_start=now.addSecs(-n);
m_fnameWE=m_config.save_directory().absoluteFilePath (period_start.toString("yyMMdd_hhmmss"));
} else {
auto const& period_start = now.addSecs (-(now.time ().minute () % (m_TRperiod / 60)) * 60);
m_fnameWE=m_config.save_directory ().absoluteFilePath (period_start.toString ("yyMMdd_hhmm"));
}
Only delete last .wav file on exit if it is not to be saved Also enhanced delete .wav files menu entry to delete .c2 files as well. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5672 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 13:33:05 -04:00
m_fileToSave.clear ();
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
// the following is potential a threading hazard - not a good
// idea to pass pointer to be processed in another thread
Re-enable "Save decoded". In fast modes, we no longer save all files and delete some later. Rather, we save only those with real-time decodes (or we save all). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7188 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 09:28:30 -04:00
m_saveWAVWatcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (&MainWindow::save_wave_file,
this, m_fnameWE, &dec_data.d2[0], m_TRperiod, m_config.my_callsign(),
m_config.my_grid(), m_mode, m_nSubMode, m_freqNominal, m_hisCall, m_hisGrid)));
Implement Tx for WSPR-LF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7670 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-11 15:56:18 -04:00
if (m_mode=="WSPR") {
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
QString c2name_string {m_fnameWE + ".c2"};
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
int len1=c2name_string.length();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
char c2name[80];
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
strcpy(c2name,c2name_string.toLatin1 ().constData ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
int nsec=120;
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
int nbfo=1500;
double f0m1500=m_freqNominal/1000000.0 + nbfo - 1500;
Produce a warning message if the WSPR .c2 file cannot be written Thanks to Mike W9MDB for this patch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7039 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-29 13:01:38 -04:00
int err = savec2_(c2name,&nsec,&f0m1500,len1);
if (err!=0) MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Error saving c2 file"), c2name);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
}
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Provide Fast/Normal/Deep options for wspr decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8413 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-14 13:12:41 -05:00
QString t2,cmnd,depth_string;
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
double f0m1500=m_dialFreqRxWSPR/1000000.0; // + 0.000001*(m_BFO - 1500);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
t2.sprintf(" -f %.6f ",f0m1500);
Provide Fast/Normal/Deep options for wspr decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8413 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-14 13:12:41 -05:00
if((m_ndepth&7)==1) depth_string=" -qB "; //2 pass w subtract, no Block detection, no shift jittering
Remove -d option from call to wsprd when Deep decoding is selected. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-03 17:35:34 -05:00
if((m_ndepth&7)==2) depth_string=" -B "; //2 pass w subtract, no Block detection
Refine and clean up wspr osd code.
2018-09-11 17:45:17 -04:00
if((m_ndepth&7)==3) depth_string=" -C 5000 -o 4"; //2 pass w subtract, Block detection and OSD.
Correct the real-time filename being sent to wspr_fsk8d. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7693 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-19 11:52:48 -04:00
QString degrade;
degrade.sprintf("-d %4.1f ",m_config.degrade());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Correct the real-time filename being sent to wspr_fsk8d. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7693 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-19 11:52:48 -04:00
if(m_diskData) {
Provide Fast/Normal/Deep options for wspr decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8413 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-14 13:12:41 -05:00
cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wsprd " + depth_string + " -a \"" +
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "\" \"" + m_path + "\"";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
Correct the real-time filename being sent to wspr_fsk8d. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7693 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-19 11:52:48 -04:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") {
Modify CMakeLists.txt so that we only build what is needed for the release, more or less.
2018-09-12 17:22:01 -04:00
// cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wspr_fsk8d " + degrade + t2 +" -a \"" +
// QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "\" " +
// '"' + m_fnameWE + ".wav\"";
Correct the real-time filename being sent to wspr_fsk8d. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7693 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-19 11:52:48 -04:00
} else {
Provide Fast/Normal/Deep options for wspr decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8413 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-14 13:12:41 -05:00
cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wsprd " + depth_string + " -a \"" +
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "\" " +
Correct the real-time filename being sent to wspr_fsk8d. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7693 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-19 11:52:48 -04:00
t2 + '"' + m_fnameWE + ".wav\"";
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
QString t3=cmnd;
int i1=cmnd.indexOf("/wsprd ");
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
cmnd=t3.mid(0,i1+7) + t3.mid(i1+7);
Correct the real-time filename being sent to wspr_fsk8d. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7693 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-19 11:52:48 -04:00
Modify CMakeLists.txt so that we only build what is needed for the release, more or less.
2018-09-12 17:22:01 -04:00
// if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") cmnd=cmnd.replace("/wsprd ","/wspr_fsk8d "+degrade+t2);
Do not access ui widgets after the UI has been destroyed During orderly close down the UI can be destroyed while Rx audio blocks are still being delivered. Therefore the UI pointer must be checked in MainWindow::datasink before attempting to access the UI widgets. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6683 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 16:45:40 -04:00
if (ui) ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (true);
Introduce a 1-second delay before starting wsprd. (There is probably a better way to make sure that the new .wav file is ready, before starting wsprd?) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7242 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:01:46 -04:00
m_cmndP1=QDir::toNativeSeparators(cmnd);
p1Timer.start(1000);
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
m_decoderBusy = true;
statusUpdate ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_rxDone=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
}
Introduce a 1-second delay before starting wsprd. (There is probably a better way to make sure that the new .wav file is ready, before starting wsprd?) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7242 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:01:46 -04:00
void MainWindow::startP1()
{
p1.start(m_cmndP1);
}
Re-enable "Save decoded". In fast modes, we no longer save all files and delete some later. Rather, we save only those with real-time decodes (or we save all). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7188 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 09:28:30 -04:00
QString MainWindow::save_wave_file (QString const& name, short const * data, int seconds,
QString const& my_callsign, QString const& my_grid, QString const& mode, qint32 sub_mode,
Frequency frequency, QString const& his_call, QString const& his_grid) const
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
{
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
//
// This member function runs in a thread and should not access
// members that may be changed in the GUI thread or any other thread
// without suitable synchronization.
//
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
QAudioFormat format;
format.setCodec ("audio/pcm");
format.setSampleRate (12000);
format.setChannelCount (1);
format.setSampleSize (16);
format.setSampleType (QAudioFormat::SignedInt);
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
auto source = QString {"%1, %2"}.arg (my_callsign).arg (my_grid);
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
auto comment = QString {"Mode=%1%2, Freq=%3%4"}
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
.arg (mode)
.arg (QString {mode.contains ('J') && !mode.contains ('+')
? QString {", Sub Mode="} + QChar {'A' + sub_mode}
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
: QString {}})
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
.arg (Radio::frequency_MHz_string (frequency))
.arg (QString {!mode.startsWith ("WSPR") ? QString {", DXCall=%1, DXGrid=%2"}
.arg (his_call)
.arg (his_grid).toLocal8Bit () : ""});
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
BWFFile::InfoDictionary list_info {
Fix another CLang++ warning git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6410 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-20 15:50:24 -05:00
{{{'I','S','R','C'}}, source.toLocal8Bit ()},
{{{'I','S','F','T'}}, program_title (revision ()).simplified ().toLocal8Bit ()},
{{{'I','C','R','D'}}, QDateTime::currentDateTime ()
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
.toString ("yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.zzzZ").toLocal8Bit ()},
Fix another CLang++ warning git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6410 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-20 15:50:24 -05:00
{{{'I','C','M','T'}}, comment.toLocal8Bit ()},
Include path of .WAV file in .WAV file write error message box Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for this contribution. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8626 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:02 -04:00
};
auto file_name = name + ".wav";
BWFFile wav {format, file_name, list_info};
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
if (!wav.open (BWFFile::WriteOnly)
|| 0 > wav.write (reinterpret_cast<char const *> (data)
, sizeof (short) * seconds * format.sampleRate ()))
{
Include path of .WAV file in .WAV file write error message box Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for this contribution. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8626 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:02 -04:00
return file_name + ": " + wav.errorString ();
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 19:39:41 -04:00
}
return QString {};
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
//-------------------------------------------------------------- fastSink()
void MainWindow::fastSink(qint64 frames)
{
int k (frames);
bool decodeNow=false;
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
if(k < m_k0) { //New sequence ?
memcpy(fast_green2,fast_green,4*703); //Copy fast_green[] to fast_green2[]
memcpy(fast_s2,fast_s,4*703*64); //Copy fast_s[] into fast_s2[]
fast_jh2=fast_jh;
if(!m_diskData) memset(dec_data.d2,0,2*30*12000); //Zero the d2[] array
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_bFastDecodeCalled=false;
Re-enable "Save decoded". In fast modes, we no longer save all files and delete some later. Rather, we save only those with real-time decodes (or we save all). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7188 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 09:28:30 -04:00
m_bDecoded=false;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 12:25:25 -04:00
QDateTime tnow=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
int ihr=tnow.toString("hh").toInt();
int imin=tnow.toString("mm").toInt();
int isec=tnow.toString("ss").toInt();
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
int nutc0=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
if(m_diskData) nutc0=m_UTCdisk;
char line[80];
bool bmsk144=((m_mode=="MSK144") and (m_monitoring or m_diskData));
line[0]=0;
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
Remove some unnecessary code git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-08 20:09:58 -05:00
int RxFreq=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ();
Send ndepth (value = 1, 2, or 3) to hspec(). MSK144 click-to-decode now calls the old fast_decode(); probably it should call hspec() instead? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7113 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 16:41:41 -04:00
int nTRpDepth=m_TRperiod + 1000*(m_ndepth & 3);
Add a performance monitor for real-time MSK144 decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7116 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-29 09:29:20 -04:00
qint64 ms0 = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch();
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
strncpy(dec_data.params.mycall, (m_baseCall+" ").toLatin1(),12);
Send MyCall, HisCall, and state of Sh checkbox to mskrtd, to enable MSK144 Sh messages with the realtime decoder. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7150 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-04 10:01:02 -04:00
QString hisCall {ui->dxCallEntry->text ()};
bool bshmsg=ui->cbShMsgs->isChecked();
Progress toward SWL capability. Not finished and not tested. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7434 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 21:05:51 -05:00
bool bswl=ui->cbSWL->isChecked();
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
strncpy(dec_data.params.hiscall,(Radio::base_callsign (hisCall) + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), 12);
Complete the implementation of MSK144 contest mode. Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7393 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-17 16:18:47 -05:00
strncpy(dec_data.params.mygrid, (m_config.my_grid()+" ").toLatin1(),6);
After measuring phase response, write pcoeff file to the data directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7551 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-21 22:20:46 -05:00
QString dataDir;
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
dataDir = m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath ();
After measuring phase response, write pcoeff file to the data directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7551 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-21 22:20:46 -05:00
char ddir[512];
strncpy(ddir,dataDir.toLatin1(), sizeof (ddir) - 1);
Modified behavior of audio level meter and adjacent slider; Tx6 at program startup. 1. Level meter range increased to 0-90 dB. 2. Level meter reading is independent of slider setting. 3. For a trial period: thermometer bar goes red if a 16-bit sample is within 5 dB A/D limit. 4. Slider can be used to adjust levels sent to waterfall. 5. Tx6 message is selected on program startup. Thanks to W9MDB for most of this code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7596 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 09:34:25 -05:00
float pxmax = 0;
float rmsNoGain = 0;
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
int ftol = ui->sbFtol->value ();
Pass nContest value to hspec.f90.
2018-07-27 09:45:14 -04:00
int nContest=m_nContest;
hspec_(dec_data.d2,&k,&nutc0,&nTRpDepth,&RxFreq,&ftol,&nContest,&bmsk144,
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
&m_bTrain,m_phaseEqCoefficients.constData(),&m_inGain,&dec_data.params.mycall[0],
&dec_data.params.hiscall[0],&bshmsg,&bswl,
Modified behavior of audio level meter and adjacent slider; Tx6 at program startup. 1. Level meter range increased to 0-90 dB. 2. Level meter reading is independent of slider setting. 3. For a trial period: thermometer bar goes red if a 16-bit sample is within 5 dB A/D limit. 4. Slider can be used to adjust levels sent to waterfall. 5. Tx6 message is selected on program startup. Thanks to W9MDB for most of this code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7596 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 09:34:25 -05:00
&ddir[0],fast_green,fast_s,&fast_jh,&pxmax,&rmsNoGain,&line[0],&dec_data.params.mygrid[0],
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
12,12,512,80,6);
Remove the arbitrary "-5 dB" from signal-meter readings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 08:51:34 -04:00
float px = fast_green[fast_jh];
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
QString t;
t.sprintf(" Rx noise: %5.1f ",px);
Modified behavior of audio level meter and adjacent slider; Tx6 at program startup. 1. Level meter range increased to 0-90 dB. 2. Level meter reading is independent of slider setting. 3. For a trial period: thermometer bar goes red if a 16-bit sample is within 5 dB A/D limit. 4. Slider can be used to adjust levels sent to waterfall. 5. Tx6 message is selected on program startup. Thanks to W9MDB for most of this code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7596 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 09:34:25 -05:00
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(rmsNoGain,pxmax); // Update thermometer
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 09:34:40 -04:00
m_fastGraph->plotSpec(m_diskData,m_UTCdisk);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 12:25:25 -04:00
if(bmsk144 and (line[0]!=0)) {
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing 73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather than being processed. Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++ code in the logbook directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8047 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-29 22:27:57 -04:00
QString message {QString::fromLatin1 (line)};
More cleanup; fix several auto-sequencing problems.
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText decodedtext {message.replace (QChar::LineFeed, "")};
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 12:25:25 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
m_logBook,m_currentBand,m_config.ppfx());
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 12:25:25 -04:00
m_bDecoded=true;
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
auto_sequence (decodedtext, ui->sbFtol->value (), std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max ());
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
if (m_mode != "ISCAT") postDecode (true, decodedtext.string ());
Fast modes: all decodes should go to ALL.TXT. MAK144: label the right text window "QSO Messages". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7157 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-07 11:23:37 -04:00
writeAllTxt(message);
MSK144 mode: minimum Ftol=20; report received copied to Log screen; spots sent to PSKreporter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7140 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-02 19:16:47 -04:00
bool stdMsg = decodedtext.report(m_baseCall,
Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()),m_rptRcvd);
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match the original decode. See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7957 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 17:18:59 -04:00
if (stdMsg) pskPost (decodedtext);
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
}
MSK144 mode: minimum Ftol=20; report received copied to Log screen; spots sent to PSKreporter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7140 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-02 19:16:47 -04:00
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
float fracTR=float(k)/(12000.0*m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
decodeNow=false;
Correct a timing issue for saving MSK144 files in short (e.g. 5 s) sequences. Save after Alt-V even if Save = None. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7191 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 12:51:14 -04:00
if(fracTR>0.92) {
Send ndepth (value = 1, 2, or 3) to hspec(). MSK144 click-to-decode now calls the old fast_decode(); probably it should call hspec() instead? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7113 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 16:41:41 -04:00
m_dataAvailable=true;
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
fast_decode_done();
This should have been committed with r7121. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-30 11:55:53 -04:00
m_bFastDone=true;
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_k0=k;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
if(m_diskData and m_k0 >= dec_data.params.kin - 7 * 512) decodeNow=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(!m_diskData and m_tRemaining<0.35 and !m_bFastDecodeCalled) decodeNow=true;
1. Gray-out "Include averaging" and "Include Deep Search" if not in JT4 or JT65 mode. 2. Make the "MSK144 Realtime decode" checkbox invisible, in preparation for removing it entirely. 3. Always use RealTime decoding in MSK144 mode. (For now, at least, click-to-decode works as before.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 14:21:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") decodeNow=false;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(decodeNow) {
m_dataAvailable=true;
m_t0=0.0;
m_t1=k/12000.0;
m_kdone=k;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.newdat=1;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
m_bFastDecodeCalled=true;
decode();
}
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
}
Correct a timing issue for saving MSK144 files in short (e.g. 5 s) sequences. Save after Alt-V even if Save = None. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7191 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 12:51:14 -04:00
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
if(decodeNow or m_bFastDone) {
Re-enable "Save decoded". In fast modes, we no longer save all files and delete some later. Rather, we save only those with real-time decodes (or we save all). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7188 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 09:28:30 -04:00
if(!m_diskData) {
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
QDateTime now {QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc()};
Fix a defect that could cause mis-naming a .wav file in fast modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6914 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-14 10:22:05 -04:00
int n=now.time().second() % m_TRperiod;
if(n<(m_TRperiod/2)) n=n+m_TRperiod;
auto const& period_start = now.addSecs (-n);
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
m_fnameWE = m_config.save_directory ().absoluteFilePath (period_start.toString ("yyMMdd_hhmmss"));
m_fileToSave.clear ();
Correct a timing issue for saving MSK144 files in short (e.g. 5 s) sequences. Save after Alt-V even if Save = None. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7191 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 12:51:14 -04:00
if(m_saveAll or m_bAltV or (m_bDecoded and m_saveDecoded) or (m_mode!="MSK144")) {
m_bAltV=false;
Re-enable "Save decoded". In fast modes, we no longer save all files and delete some later. Rather, we save only those with real-time decodes (or we save all). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7188 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 09:28:30 -04:00
// the following is potential a threading hazard - not a good
// idea to pass pointer to be processed in another thread
m_saveWAVWatcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (&MainWindow::save_wave_file,
this, m_fnameWE, &dec_data.d2[0], m_TRperiod, m_config.my_callsign(),
m_config.my_grid(), m_mode, m_nSubMode, m_freqNominal, m_hisCall, m_hisGrid)));
}
if(m_mode!="MSK144") {
killFileTimer.start (3*1000*m_TRperiod/4); //Kill 3/4 period from now
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
This should have been committed with r7121. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-30 11:55:53 -04:00
m_bFastDone=false;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
More complete definition of CPU usage for MSK144 RT decoding. Speed is back to that of r7139. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-03 09:48:30 -04:00
float tsec=0.001*(QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() - ms0);
m_fCPUmskrtd=0.9*m_fCPUmskrtd + 0.1*tsec;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::showSoundInError(const QString& errorMsg)
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 12:12:52 -04:00
{
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Error in Sound Input"), errorMsg);
}
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
void MainWindow::showSoundOutError(const QString& errorMsg)
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 12:12:52 -04:00
{
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Error in Sound Output"), errorMsg);
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::showStatusMessage(const QString& statusMsg)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
{statusBar()->showMessage(statusMsg);}
1. Removed all vestiges of rigctl use. Now using calls to hamlib functions. 2. Restored "Test CAT Control" and "Test PTT" buttons on the Setup | Configuration screen. These features need thorough testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3204 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 16:46:04 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionSettings_triggered() //Setup Dialog
{
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
// things that might change that we need know about
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
auto callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
Add UDP message to set temporary Maidenhead locator When "Auto Grid" is checked in "Settings->General" UDP messages of type "Location" will update a temporary DE grid square. The intent is to allow an external application joining the WSJT-X UDP message protocol to dynamically update the DE grid during mobile operation. This change also tidies up some outstanding issues around logging the operator call. This change adds a new UDP message "Logged ADIF" that is emitted in parallel with "QSO Logged" messages. The new message is valid ADIF file format and contains the logged QSO fields. The intent is that basic UDP server applications might already have ADIF log record capture capabilities and could use this message to feed existing ADIF parsing routines to log QSOs. All that should be needed is to identify this message type and the single field is ADIF compatible ASCII. Thanks to Brian, N9ADG, for the patches that lead to these enhancements. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8454 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-04 17:42:35 -05:00
auto my_grid = m_config.my_grid ();
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
if (QDialog::Accepted == m_config.exec ()) {
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
setContestType();
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
if (m_config.my_callsign () != callsign) {
m_baseCall = Radio::base_callsign (m_config.my_callsign ());
morse_(const_cast<char *> (m_config.my_callsign ().toLatin1().constData()),
const_cast<int *> (icw), &m_ncw, m_config.my_callsign ().length());
}
Add UDP message to set temporary Maidenhead locator When "Auto Grid" is checked in "Settings->General" UDP messages of type "Location" will update a temporary DE grid square. The intent is to allow an external application joining the WSJT-X UDP message protocol to dynamically update the DE grid during mobile operation. This change also tidies up some outstanding issues around logging the operator call. This change adds a new UDP message "Logged ADIF" that is emitted in parallel with "QSO Logged" messages. The new message is valid ADIF file format and contains the logged QSO fields. The intent is that basic UDP server applications might already have ADIF log record capture capabilities and could use this message to feed existing ADIF parsing routines to log QSOs. All that should be needed is to identify this message type and the single field is ADIF compatible ASCII. Thanks to Brian, N9ADG, for the patches that lead to these enhancements. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8454 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-04 17:42:35 -05:00
if (m_config.my_callsign () != callsign || m_config.my_grid () != my_grid) {
statusUpdate ();
}
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
on_dxGridEntry_textChanged (m_hisGrid); // recalculate distances in case of units change
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
if(m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter ()) pskSetLocal ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
if(m_config.restart_audio_input ()) {
Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (),
m_framesAudioInputBuffered, m_detector, m_downSampleFactor,
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_config.audio_input_channel ());
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
if(m_config.restart_audio_output ()) {
Q_EMIT initializeAudioOutputStream (m_config.audio_output_device (),
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
AudioDevice::Mono == m_config.audio_output_channel () ? 1 : 2,
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
m_msAudioOutputBuffered);
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
displayDialFrequency ();
Don't display dupes in JT65, even if minsync<0. Use VHFfeatures rather than single_decode to control display of Tol, etc., in plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7224 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-24 10:56:14 -04:00
bool vhf {m_config.enable_VHF_features()};
m_wideGraph->setVHF(vhf);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if (!vhf) ui->sbSubmode->setValue (0);
Another tweak to User Guide. Disable Deep Search and Averaging if VHF features is turned off. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7387 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 12:14:00 -05:00
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
setup_status_bar (vhf);
bool b = vhf && (m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="ISCAT" or
Fix Ftolgreen bar on startup; fix gray-out of 'Enable AP...' on access to Settings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7856 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-12 09:50:17 -04:00
m_mode=="JT9" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="QRA64");
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if(b) VHF_features_enabled(b);
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") on_actionFT8_triggered();
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if(m_mode=="JT4") on_actionJT4_triggered();
if(m_mode=="JT9") on_actionJT9_triggered();
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
Resuming work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-14 16:01:20 -05:00
if(m_mode=="JT65") on_actionJT65_triggered();
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") on_actionQRA64_triggered();
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FreqCal") on_actionFreqCal_triggered();
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") on_actionISCAT_triggered();
Resuming work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-14 16:01:20 -05:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") on_actionMSK144_triggered();
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR") on_actionWSPR_triggered();
Starting to implement experimental mode "WSPR-LF". Beware possible undesired side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-04-28 12:49:09 -04:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") on_actionWSPR_LF_triggered();
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") on_actionEcho_triggered();
Fix Ftolgreen bar on startup; fix gray-out of 'Enable AP...' on access to Settings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7856 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-12 09:50:17 -04:00
if(b) VHF_features_enabled(b);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Do not change anything if the settings dialog is cancelled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7919 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-16 17:42:18 -04:00
m_config.transceiver_online ();
if(!m_bFastMode) setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
if(m_config.single_decode() or m_mode=="JT4") {
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
}
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
Do not change anything if the settings dialog is cancelled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7919 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-16 17:42:18 -04:00
update_watchdog_label ();
if(!m_splitMode) ui->cbCQTx->setChecked(false);
if(!m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 06:56:12 -04:00
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setVisible(false);
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setVisible (false);
Do not change anything if the settings dialog is cancelled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7919 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-16 17:42:18 -04:00
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setChecked(false);
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setChecked(false);
Try to make decode menu work properly when moving between modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8278 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-02 11:04:52 -05:00
ui->actionEnable_AP_JT65->setVisible(false);
Do not change anything if the settings dialog is cancelled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7919 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-16 17:42:18 -04:00
}
Operator field for DXpeditions and other Multi-Op events. Operator callsign is sent to DIF log if not empty. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8267 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-29 14:43:27 -05:00
m_opCall=m_config.opCall();
Another tweak to User Guide. Disable Deep Search and Averaging if VHF features is turned off. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7387 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 12:14:00 -05:00
}
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
setColorHighlighting();
}
void MainWindow::setColorHighlighting()
{
//Inform the decoded text windows about our color-highlighting scheme.
ui->decodedTextBrowser->setDecodedTextColors(m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),
m_config.color_DXCC(),m_config.color_DXCCband(),m_config.color_NewCall(),
m_config.color_NewCallBand(),m_config.color_NewGrid(),m_config.color_NewGridBand(),
Allow user choice of "Not in LoTW" highlighting color.
2018-09-01 15:42:02 -04:00
m_config.color_TxMsg(),m_config.color_LoTW());
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setDecodedTextColors(m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),
m_config.color_DXCC(),m_config.color_DXCCband(),m_config.color_NewCall(),
m_config.color_NewCallBand(),m_config.color_NewGrid(),m_config.color_NewGridBand(),
Allow user choice of "Not in LoTW" highlighting color.
2018-09-01 15:42:02 -04:00
m_config.color_TxMsg(),m_config.color_LoTW());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_monitorButton_clicked (bool checked)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8131 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-28 11:09:46 -04:00
if (!m_transmitting) {
auto prior = m_monitoring;
monitor (checked);
if (checked && !prior) {
if (m_config.monitor_last_used ()) {
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
// put rig back where it was when last in control
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8131 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-28 11:09:46 -04:00
setRig (m_lastMonitoredFrequency);
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
}
Ensure that startup in FreqCal mode selects the first monitoring frequency git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7469 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-09 17:54:40 -05:00
// ensure FreqCal triggers
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8131 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-28 11:09:46 -04:00
on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ());
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8131 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-28 11:09:46 -04:00
//Get Configuration in/out of strict split and mode checking
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, checked);
} else {
ui->monitorButton->setChecked (false); // disallow
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::monitor (bool state)
{
ui->monitorButton->setChecked (state);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if (state) {
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx frequency. Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7970 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-28 19:25:32 -04:00
m_diskData = false; // no longer reading WAV files
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if (!m_monitoring) Q_EMIT resumeAudioInputStream ();
} else {
Q_EMIT suspendAudioInputStream ();
}
Fix a regression introduced in r3986 - no decode after "Halt TX". The new suspend/resume approach to the received audio stream causes a reset to the input sample buffer on resume. This is desired behaviour except when the stream in not actually suspended. The monitor function was not checking this when resuming monitoring and this caused decodes for a period to be abandonded simply by using the "Halt TX" button to turn off automatic transmission mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4059 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-21 10:39:39 -04:00
m_monitoring = state;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Corrected the logic for when Tx freq is changed after double-clicking on a decoded texdt line. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3142 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-09 13:52:44 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionAbout_triggered() //Display "About"
{
Clean up program identification to pskreporter and other places git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4987 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-23 10:19:41 -05:00
CAboutDlg {this}.exec ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_autoButton_clicked (bool checked)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_auto = checked;
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an auto-reply QSO. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7943 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 12:51:42 -04:00
if (checked
&& ui->cbFirst->isVisible () && ui->cbFirst->isChecked()
&& CALLING == m_QSOProgress) {
m_bAutoReply = false; // ready for next
m_bCallingCQ = true; // allows tail-enders to be picked up
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet ("QCheckBox{color:red}");
To keep calling Fox, Hound must reactivate Enable Tx at least once every 2 minutes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8458 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 14:58:03 -05:00
} else {
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an auto-reply QSO. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7943 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 12:51:42 -04:00
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet("");
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (!checked) m_bCallingCQ = false;
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
statusUpdate ();
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 14:02:39 -04:00
m_bEchoTxOK=false;
Correct the bounds error test in avecho. Ensure proper GUI controls visible in Echo mode. Reset nsum=0 when Tx Enable is toggled ON in Echo mode. Don't restart Monitor after finishing a sequence of Echo transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 11:32:55 -04:00
if(m_auto and (m_mode=="Echo")) {
m_nclearave=1;
echocom_.nsum=0;
}
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 15:02:25 -04:00
QPalette palette {ui->sbTxPercent->palette ()};
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if(m_auto or m_pctx==0) {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 15:02:25 -04:00
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::white);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 15:02:25 -04:00
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::yellow);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 15:02:25 -04:00
ui->sbTxPercent->setPalette(palette);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
To keep calling Fox, Hound must reactivate Enable Tx at least once every 2 minutes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8458 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 14:58:03 -05:00
m_tAutoOn=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::auto_tx_mode (bool state)
{
ui->autoButton->setChecked (state);
on_autoButton_clicked (state);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Ant mouse press or key press in the main window resets the Tx watchdog git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6831 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 12:25:47 -04:00
void MainWindow::keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent * e)
{
Some cleanup of new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 16:35:22 -04:00
if(m_config.bFox()) {
switch (e->key()) {
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-03 14:27:46 -04:00
case Qt::Key_Return:
doubleClickOnCall2(Qt::KeyboardModifier(Qt::ShiftModifier + Qt::ControlModifier + Qt::AltModifier));
return;
case Qt::Key_Enter:
doubleClickOnCall2(Qt::KeyboardModifier(Qt::ShiftModifier + Qt::ControlModifier + Qt::AltModifier));
return;
Resuming work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-14 16:01:20 -05:00
case Qt::Key_Backspace:
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
qDebug() << "Key Backspace";
Resuming work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-14 16:01:20 -05:00
return;
Some cleanup of new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 16:35:22 -04:00
}
QMainWindow::keyPressEvent (e);
Several tweaks and additions to GUI behavior in DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8332 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-15 10:26:18 -05:00
}
Some cleanup of new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 16:35:22 -04:00
Several tweaks and additions to GUI behavior in DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8332 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-15 10:26:18 -05:00
if(m_config.bHound()) {
switch (e->key()) {
case Qt::Key_Return:
auto_tx_mode(true);
return;
case Qt::Key_Enter:
auto_tx_mode(true);
return;
}
QMainWindow::keyPressEvent (e);
Some cleanup of new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 16:35:22 -04:00
}
Several tweaks and additions to GUI behavior in DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8332 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-15 10:26:18 -05:00
TxFreq tracks fQSO unless CTRL is held down. Red marker for TxFreq. Max Tol = 500. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2763 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 11:05:50 -05:00
int n;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
switch(e->key())
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
{
case Qt::Key_D:
Change "WSPR-2" to "WSPR" everywhere; update some WSPR labels. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7181 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-14 10:15:34 -04:00
if(m_mode != "WSPR" && e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
decode();
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 12:51:57 -04:00
}
break;
Patch from W9MDB: add even/odd shortcuts, make F1-F3 work when menus are hidden. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7803 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:08:48 -04:00
case Qt::Key_F1:
on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered();
return;
case Qt::Key_F2:
on_actionSettings_triggered();
return;
case Qt::Key_F3:
on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered();
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_F4:
Clear generated messages when clearing DX after logging git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-18 18:18:05 -04:00
clearDX ();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
ui->dxCallEntry->setFocus();
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Patch from W9MDB: add even/odd shortcuts, make F1-F3 work when menus are hidden. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7803 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:08:48 -04:00
case Qt::Key_F5:
on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered();
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_F6:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered();
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Patch from W9MDB: add even/odd shortcuts, make F1-F3 work when menus are hidden. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7803 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:08:48 -04:00
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_F11:
n=11;
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) n+=100;
Shift+F11/F12 to move Tx Freq down/up to 50Hz rounded increments. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7820 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 09:40:54 -04:00
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value()-60);
Shift+F11/F12 should not move Rx Freq. Fixed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7850 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-11 15:02:46 -04:00
} else{
bumpFqso(n);
Shift+F11/F12 to move Tx Freq down/up to 50Hz rounded increments. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7820 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 09:40:54 -04:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_F12:
n=12;
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) n+=100;
Shift+F11/F12 to move Tx Freq down/up to 50Hz rounded increments. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7820 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 09:40:54 -04:00
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value()+60);
Shift+F11/F12 should not move Rx Freq. Fixed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7850 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-11 15:02:46 -04:00
} else {
bumpFqso(n);
Shift+F11/F12 to move Tx Freq down/up to 50Hz rounded increments. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7820 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 09:40:54 -04:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
case Qt::Key_X:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
foxTest();
return;
}
Patch from W9MDB: add even/odd shortcuts, make F1-F3 work when menus are hidden. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7803 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:08:48 -04:00
case Qt::Key_E:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(false);
return;
}
else if (e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(true);
return;
}
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_F:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==0) {
ui->tx5->clearEditText();
ui->tx5->setFocus();
} else {
ui->freeTextMsg->clearEditText();
ui->freeTextMsg->setFocus();
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_G:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, true);
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_H:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_L:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match" Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from CALL3.TXT. This reverts commit r7959 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-27 21:20:22 -04:00
lookup();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
break;
Patch from W9MDB: add even/odd shortcuts, make F1-F3 work when menus are hidden. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7803 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:08:48 -04:00
case Qt::Key_O:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
on_actionOpen_triggered();
return;
}
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
case Qt::Key_V:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
m_fileToSave = m_fnameWE;
Correct a timing issue for saving MSK144 files in short (e.g. 5 s) sequences. Save after Alt-V even if Save = None. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7191 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 12:51:14 -04:00
m_bAltV=true;
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
break;
Don't execute AutoSeq steps after sending a 73. For FT8 mode: 1. Open LU 13 in the proper way. 2. Disable diagnostic LU 51. 3. Add keyboard shortcuts CTRL+Plus, CTRL-Minus, to adjust audio Tx frequency in even 50 Hz steps. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7749 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-29 09:42:24 -04:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 07:35:50 -04:00
QMainWindow::keyPressEvent (e);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
TxFreq tracks fQSO unless CTRL is held down. Red marker for TxFreq. Max Tol = 500. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2763 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 11:05:50 -05:00
void MainWindow::bumpFqso(int n) //bumpFqso()
{
Make freqs in mainwindow properly follow mouse clicks on waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2764 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 11:44:40 -05:00
int i;
bool ctrl = (n>=100);
n=n%100;
Keyboard shoirtcuts Ctrl+F11 and Ctrl+F12 should change Tx freq only when equal to Rx freq. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8665 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-18 11:35:29 -04:00
i=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value();
bool bTrackTx=ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() == i;
Make freqs in mainwindow properly follow mouse clicks on waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2764 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 11:44:40 -05:00
if(n==11) i--;
if(n==12) i++;
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text. 1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed. It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers. 2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now behave as follows: Click on Action --------------------------------------------------------------------- Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency Shift-click to set Tx frequency Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded signal's frequency; generate standard messages. Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down and Lock Tx Freq not checked. If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated. 3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu, "Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished; DO NOT USE in its present form. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 08:39:50 -04:00
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) {
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (i);
}
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(ctrl and m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Make the WSPR-mode Tx Freq spinner track the red Tx Freq marker on Waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5537 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 09:42:45 -04:00
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(i);
} else {
Keyboard shoirtcuts Ctrl+F11 and Ctrl+F12 should change Tx freq only when equal to Rx freq. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8665 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-18 11:35:29 -04:00
if(ctrl and bTrackTx) {
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue (i);
}
Make the WSPR-mode Tx Freq spinner track the red Tx Freq marker on Waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5537 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 09:42:45 -04:00
}
TxFreq tracks fQSO unless CTRL is held down. Red marker for TxFreq. Max Tol = 500. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2763 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 11:05:50 -05:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::displayDialFrequency ()
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
Frequency dial_frequency {m_rigState.ptt () && m_rigState.split () ?
m_rigState.tx_frequency () : m_rigState.frequency ()};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// lookup band
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
auto const& band_name = m_config.bands ()->find (dial_frequency);
if (m_lastBand != band_name)
{
// only change this when necessary as we get called a lot and it
// would trash any user input to the band combo box line edit
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (band_name);
m_wideGraph->setRxBand (band_name);
m_lastBand = band_name;
Ensure power per band settings are honoured when changing band from the rig Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for this patch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8553 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-12 07:30:31 -04:00
band_changed(dial_frequency);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
// search working frequencies for one we are within 10kHz of (1 Mhz
// of on VHF and up)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
bool valid {false};
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
quint64 min_offset {99999999};
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:31 -04:00
for (auto const& item : *m_config.frequencies ())
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
{
Remove compiler warning and avoid a potential issue with IB Subtracting unsigned types is tricky, made sure result does not wrap to avoid potentially implementation defined behaviour. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-11 11:29:37 -04:00
// we need to do specific checks for above and below here to
// ensure that we can use unsigned Radio::Frequency since we
// potentially use the full 64-bit unsigned range.
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
auto const& working_frequency = item.frequency_;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
auto const& offset = dial_frequency > working_frequency ?
dial_frequency - working_frequency :
working_frequency - dial_frequency;
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
if (offset < min_offset) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
min_offset = offset;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
}
if (min_offset < 10000u || (m_config.enable_VHF_features() && min_offset < 1000000u)) {
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
valid = true;
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
Refactor astro functionality into Astro class Improved astronomical data and Doppler tracking control window widgets and layout management to make it more platform independent and font change tolerant. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5580 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 09:36:13 -04:00
update_dynamic_property (ui->labDialFreq, "oob", !valid);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
ui->labDialFreq->setText (Radio::pretty_frequency_MHz_string (dial_frequency));
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 09:24:50 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::statusChanged()
{
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
statusUpdate ();
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
QFile f {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_status.txt")};
Once again, working to implement direct calls to basic hamlib functiions. *** This code is not finished, and may not work correctly! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-22 20:52:51 -04:00
if(f.open(QFile::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
Add DX grid to wsjtx_status.txt if available Thanks to Mike W9MDB for this patch which allows applications like PstRotatorAZ to make use of this file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8546 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 08:19:41 -05:00
QString tmpGrid = m_hisGrid;
if (!tmpGrid.size ()) tmpGrid="n/a"; // Not Available
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
out << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6)
<< ";" << m_mode << ";" << m_hisCall << ";"
Add DX grid to wsjtx_status.txt if available Thanks to Mike W9MDB for this patch which allows applications like PstRotatorAZ to make use of this file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8546 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 08:19:41 -05:00
<< ui->rptSpinBox->value() << ";" << m_modeTx << ";" << tmpGrid << endl;
Once again, working to implement direct calls to basic hamlib functiions. *** This code is not finished, and may not work correctly! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-22 20:52:51 -04:00
f.close();
} else {
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 12:12:52 -04:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Status File Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for writing: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 09:24:50 -04:00
}
Display Hot A/B and El in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7173 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 14:02:44 -04:00
on_dxGridEntry_textChanged(m_hisGrid);
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 09:24:50 -04:00
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
bool MainWindow::eventFilter (QObject * object, QEvent * event)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
switch (event->type())
{
case QEvent::KeyPress:
// fall through
case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
// reset the Tx watchdog
tx_watchdog (false);
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
break;
case QEvent::ChildAdded:
// ensure our child widgets get added to our event filter
add_child_to_event_filter (static_cast<QChildEvent *> (event)->child ());
break;
case QEvent::ChildRemoved:
// ensure our child widgets get d=removed from our event filter
remove_child_from_event_filter (static_cast<QChildEvent *> (event)->child ());
break;
default: break;
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
return QObject::eventFilter(object, event);
}
void MainWindow::createStatusBar() //createStatusBar
{
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
tx_status_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {150, 18});
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #00ff00}");
tx_status_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addWidget (&tx_status_label);
Use Qt signals to process configuration name changes This change maintains the encapsulation of the MultiSettings class by using a signal to notify clients of changes to the current configuration name. Modifications to the MainWindow class to display the current configuration name in the status bar, if it is not "Default", based on MultiSettings events rather than polling for changes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7257 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-28 13:15:04 -04:00
config_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
config_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {80, 18});
config_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addWidget (&config_label);
config_label.hide (); // only shown for non-default configuration
Add a status bar label for configuration name (if other than "Default"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7252 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-28 10:33:00 -04:00
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
mode_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
mode_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {80, 18});
mode_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addWidget (&mode_label);
last_tx_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
last_tx_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {150, 18});
last_tx_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addWidget (&last_tx_label);
band_hopping_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
band_hopping_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {90, 18});
band_hopping_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addPermanentWidget(&progressBar, 1);
progressBar.setMinimumSize (QSize {100, 18});
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
progressBar.setFormat ("%v/%m");
statusBar ()->addPermanentWidget (&watchdog_label);
update_watchdog_label ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
void MainWindow::setup_status_bar (bool vhf)
{
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
auto submode = current_submode ();
GNU gcc/g++ v6.x and Qt v5.8.x compatibility git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-28 14:13:49 -05:00
if (vhf && submode != QChar::Null)
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
{
mode_label.setText (m_mode + " " + submode);
}
else
{
mode_label.setText (m_mode);
Trying to make position and status of the central GUI controls correct and logical for VHF and non-VHF usage. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 12:33:18 -04:00
}
if ("ISCAT" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff9933}");
} else if ("JT9" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff6ec7}");
} else if ("JT4" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #cc99ff}");
} else if ("Echo" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #66ffff}");
} else if ("JT9+JT65" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ffff66}");
} else if ("JT65" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #66ff66}");
} else if ("QRA64" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #99ff33}");
} else if ("MSK144" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff6666}");
1. ft8sim now generates 25 signals: f=300, 400, ... 2700 Hz. 2. ft8d is now a bare-bones multi-decoder. 3. wsjt-x now includes the bare-bones multi-decoder for FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7729 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 16:15:43 -04:00
} else if ("FT8" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #6699ff}");
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
} else if ("FreqCal" == m_mode) {
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff9933}"); }
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
last_tx_label.setText (QString {});
Trying to make position and status of the central GUI controls correct and logical for VHF and non-VHF usage. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 12:33:18 -04:00
if (m_mode.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(Echo|ISCAT))"})) {
if (band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) statusBar ()->removeWidget (&band_hopping_label);
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
} else if (m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Trying to make position and status of the central GUI controls correct and logical for VHF and non-VHF usage. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 12:33:18 -04:00
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff66ff}");
if (!band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) {
statusBar ()->addWidget (&band_hopping_label);
band_hopping_label.show ();
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
}
Trying to make position and status of the central GUI controls correct and logical for VHF and non-VHF usage. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 12:33:18 -04:00
} else {
if (band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) statusBar ()->removeWidget (&band_hopping_label);
}
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
}
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
void MainWindow::subProcessFailed (QProcess * process, int exit_code, QProcess::ExitStatus status)
{
if (m_valid && (exit_code || QProcess::NormalExit != status))
{
QStringList arguments;
for (auto argument: process->arguments ())
{
if (argument.contains (' ')) argument = '"' + argument + '"';
arguments << argument;
}
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 12:12:52 -04:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Subprocess Error")
, tr ("Subprocess failed with exit code %1")
.arg (exit_code)
, tr ("Running: %1\n%2")
.arg (process->program () + ' ' + arguments.join (' '))
.arg (QString {process->readAllStandardError()}));
Fix close down semantics and suppress subprocess errors during close down git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6705 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-26 19:40:16 -04:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
m_valid = false; // ensures exit if still constructing
}
}
void MainWindow::subProcessError (QProcess * process, QProcess::ProcessError)
{
if (m_valid)
{
QStringList arguments;
for (auto argument: process->arguments ())
{
if (argument.contains (' ')) argument = '"' + argument + '"';
arguments << argument;
}
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 12:12:52 -04:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Subprocess error")
, tr ("Running: %1\n%2")
.arg (process->program () + ' ' + arguments.join (' '))
.arg (process->errorString ()));
Fix close down semantics and suppress subprocess errors during close down git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6705 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-26 19:40:16 -04:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
m_valid = false; // ensures exit if still constructing
}
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
void MainWindow::closeEvent(QCloseEvent * e)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Fix close down semantics and suppress subprocess errors during close down git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6705 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-26 19:40:16 -04:00
m_valid = false; // suppresses subprocess errors
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_config.transceiver_offline ();
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
writeSettings ();
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8086 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 06:12:38 -04:00
m_astroWidget.reset ();
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
m_guiTimer.stop ();
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 07:41:18 -04:00
m_prefixes.reset ();
m_shortcuts.reset ();
m_mouseCmnds.reset ();
Finish implementing the color-highlighting window.
2018-08-25 15:37:30 -04:00
m_colorHighlighting.reset();
Minor code tweak. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7883 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-14 15:29:31 -04:00
if(m_mode!="MSK144" and m_mode!="FT8") killFile();
Deallocate the sw array on program exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8417 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-17 12:56:01 -05:00
float sw=0.0;
int nw=400;
int nh=100;
int irow=-99;
plotsave_(&sw,&nw,&nh,&irow);
Moved initialization of shared memory segment to the main funcion in order to exit gracefully in case of errors. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3163 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-13 08:28:03 -04:00
mem_jt9->detach();
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
QFile quitFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".quit")};
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
quitFile.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.remove(); // Allow jt9 to terminate
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
bool b=proc_jt9.waitForFinished(1000);
Fix close down semantics and suppress subprocess errors during close down git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6705 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-26 19:40:16 -04:00
if(!b) proc_jt9.close();
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
quitFile.remove();
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
Q_EMIT finished ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
QMainWindow::closeEvent (e);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_stopButton_clicked() //stopButton
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
monitor (false);
Starting to implement accumulation of reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6598 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-07 16:02:32 -04:00
m_loopall=false;
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 11:23:32 -04:00
if(m_bRefSpec) {
Reactivate the "Reference spectrum saved" message box. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7280 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-02 13:57:25 -04:00
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Reference spectrum saved"));
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 11:23:32 -04:00
m_bRefSpec=false;
Starting to implement accumulation of reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6598 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-07 16:02:32 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 09:52:14 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionRelease_Notes_triggered ()
{
Reference to Release Notes should be generic, not version-specific. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8501 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 08:46:03 -05:00
QDesktopServices::openUrl (QUrl {"http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/k1jt/Release_Notes.txt"});
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 09:52:14 -04:00
}
Access to "FT8 DXpedition Mode User Guide" from the Help menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8503 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:29:16 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionFT8_DXpedition_Mode_User_Guide_triggered()
{
QDesktopServices::openUrl (QUrl {"http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/k1jt/FT8_DXpedition_Mode.pdf"});
}
Add local HTML help file to help menu. So that a manual can be viewed without an Internet connection a second manual action has been added to the WSJT_X help menu. This shells out to the default web browser with a local file target. The build has been enhanced to install and package the current version of the HTML user manual as downloaded from the project web site at build time The package file locations have been adjusted to be compatible with the QStandardPaths class so that its locate() method can be used to portably access resources like this local help file git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4359 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 19:46:32 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered() //Display manual
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Moving WSJT-X "trunk" on to v1.5. If built with qmake the version string will now be "Not for Release" since some many features essential to making a complete package are currently only build when using CMake. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4372 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 15:17:19 -04:00
#if defined (CMAKE_BUILD)
User Guide localization git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6341 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-02 17:30:12 -05:00
m_manual.display_html_url (QUrl {PROJECT_MANUAL_DIRECTORY_URL}, PROJECT_MANUAL);
Moving WSJT-X "trunk" on to v1.5. If built with qmake the version string will now be "Not for Release" since some many features essential to making a complete package are currently only build when using CMake. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4372 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 15:17:19 -04:00
#endif
Add local HTML help file to help menu. So that a manual can be viewed without an Internet connection a second manual action has been added to the WSJT_X help menu. This shells out to the default web browser with a local file target. The build has been enhanced to install and package the current version of the HTML user manual as downloaded from the project web site at build time The package file locations have been adjusted to be compatible with the QStandardPaths class so that its locate() method can be used to portably access resources like this local help file git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4359 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 19:46:32 -04:00
}
//Display local copy of manual
void MainWindow::on_actionLocal_User_Guide_triggered()
{
Moving WSJT-X "trunk" on to v1.5. If built with qmake the version string will now be "Not for Release" since some many features essential to making a complete package are currently only build when using CMake. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4372 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 15:17:19 -04:00
#if defined (CMAKE_BUILD)
User Guide localization git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6341 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-02 17:30:12 -05:00
m_manual.display_html_file (m_config.doc_dir (), PROJECT_MANUAL);
Moving WSJT-X "trunk" on to v1.5. If built with qmake the version string will now be "Not for Release" since some many features essential to making a complete package are currently only build when using CMake. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4372 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 15:17:19 -04:00
#endif
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered() //Display Waterfalls
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph->show();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionEcho_Graph_triggered()
{
m_echoGraph->show();
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionFast_Graph_triggered()
{
m_fastGraph->show();
}
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text. 1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed. It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers. 2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now behave as follows: Click on Action --------------------------------------------------------------------- Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency Shift-click to set Tx frequency Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded signal's frequency; generate standard messages. Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down and Lock Tx Freq not checked. If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated. 3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu, "Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished; DO NOT USE in its present form. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 08:39:50 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionSolve_FreqCal_triggered()
{
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8127 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 21:35:09 -04:00
QString dpath{QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir().absolutePath()+"/")};
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text. 1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed. It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers. 2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now behave as follows: Click on Action --------------------------------------------------------------------- Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency Shift-click to set Tx frequency Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded signal's frequency; generate standard messages. Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down and Lock Tx Freq not checked. If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated. 3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu, "Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished; DO NOT USE in its present form. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 08:39:50 -04:00
char data_dir[512];
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8127 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 21:35:09 -04:00
int len=dpath.length();
int iz,irc;
double a,b,rms,sigmaa,sigmab;
strncpy(data_dir,dpath.toLatin1(),len);
calibrate_(data_dir,&iz,&a,&b,&rms,&sigmaa,&sigmab,&irc,len);
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations can be applied sequentially if desired. Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8153 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-01 17:44:15 -04:00
QString t2;
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8127 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 21:35:09 -04:00
if(irc==-1) t2="Cannot open " + dpath + "fmt.all";
if(irc==-2) t2="Cannot open " + dpath + "fcal2.out";
if(irc==-3) t2="Insufficient data in fmt.all";
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations can be applied sequentially if desired. Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8153 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-01 17:44:15 -04:00
if(irc==-4) t2 = tr ("Invalid data in fmt.all at line %1").arg (iz);
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8127 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 21:35:09 -04:00
if(irc>0 or rms>1.0) t2="Check fmt.all for possible bad data.";
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations can be applied sequentially if desired. Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8153 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-01 17:44:15 -04:00
if (irc < 0 || irc > 0 || rms > 1.) {
MessageBox::warning_message (this, "Calibration Error", t2);
}
else if (MessageBox::Apply == MessageBox::query_message (this
, tr ("Good Calibration Solution")
, tr ("<pre>"
"%1%L2 ±%L3 ppm\n"
"%4%L5 ±%L6 Hz\n\n"
"%7%L8\n"
"%9%L10 Hz"
"</pre>")
.arg ("Slope: ", 12).arg (b, 0, 'f', 3).arg (sigmab, 0, 'f', 3)
.arg ("Intercept: ", 12).arg (a, 0, 'f', 2).arg (sigmaa, 0, 'f', 2)
.arg ("N: ", 12).arg (iz)
.arg ("StdDev: ", 12).arg (rms, 0, 'f', 2)
, QString {}
, MessageBox::Cancel | MessageBox::Apply)) {
Improved frequency calibration Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the impact of the current calibration parameters. The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit. A calibration procedure might proceed thus:- 1) select FreqCal mode, 2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those that have no usable signal, 3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check that suitable signals are present, 4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period, 5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather data, 6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the fmt.all file with your favourite editor, 7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if you like what you see, 8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:21 -04:00
m_config.set_calibration (Configuration::CalibrationParams {a, b});
if (MessageBox::Yes == MessageBox::query_message (this
, tr ("Delete Calibration Measurements")
, tr ("The \"fmt.all\" file will be renamed as \"fmt.bak\""))) {
// rename fmt.all as we have consumed the resulting calibration
// solution
auto const& backup_file_name = m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("fmt.bak");
QFile::remove (backup_file_name);
QFile::rename (m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("fmt.all"), backup_file_name);
}
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations can be applied sequentially if desired. Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8153 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-01 17:44:15 -04:00
}
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text. 1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed. It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers. 2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now behave as follows: Click on Action --------------------------------------------------------------------- Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency Shift-click to set Tx frequency Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded signal's frequency; generate standard messages. Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down and Lock Tx Freq not checked. If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated. 3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu, "Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished; DO NOT USE in its present form. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 08:39:50 -04:00
}
Add more on Copyright protections. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8156 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-02 14:27:08 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionCopyright_Notice_triggered()
{
auto const& message = tr("If you make fair use of any part of WSJT-X under terms of the GNU "
"General Public License, you must display the following copyright "
"notice prominently in your derivative work:\n\n"
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8159 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-02 21:23:24 -04:00
"\"The algorithms, source code, look-and-feel of WSJT-X and related "
Add more on Copyright protections. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8156 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-02 14:27:08 -04:00
"programs, and protocol specifications for the modes FSK441, FT8, JT4, "
"JT6M, JT9, JT65, JTMS, QRA64, ISCAT, MSK144 are Copyright (C) "
Update copyright notices. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8433 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-26 09:52:44 -05:00
"2001-2018 by one or more of the following authors: Joseph Taylor, "
Add more on Copyright protections. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8156 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-02 14:27:08 -04:00
"K1JT; Bill Somerville, G4WJS; Steven Franke, K9AN; Nico Palermo, "
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8159 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-02 21:23:24 -04:00
"IV3NWV; Greg Beam, KI7MT; Michael Black, W9MDB; Edson Pereira, PY2SDR; "
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8160 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-03 11:59:47 -04:00
"Philip Karn, KA9Q; and other members of the WSJT Development Group.\"");
Add more on Copyright protections. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8156 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-02 14:27:08 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message(this, message);
}
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
// This allows the window to shrink by removing certain things
// and reducing space used by controls
Correct the save/restore behavior of hiding menus and controls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7782 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-04 10:39:07 -04:00
void MainWindow::hideMenus(bool checked)
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
{
Do not use menu shortcut that hides shortcut key used in widgets Ctrl+M (Cmd+M) was being used as a menu shortcut and in key press event handlers which leads to inconsistent behaviour on some platforms. Removed menu action shortcut. Also tidied up handling of the hide controls menu action by making it a checkable action and using its checked state to store the control hiding state. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-15 14:25:21 -04:00
int spacing = checked ? 1 : 6;
if (checked) {
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
statusBar ()->removeWidget (&auto_tx_label);
minimumSize().setHeight(450);
minimumSize().setWidth(700);
restoreGeometry(m_geometryNoControls);
updateGeometry();
Add checkBoxes to (potentially) replace the CTRL+M commands for minimizing window sizes. Suggestions for better positioning, etc, are welcome. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7769 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-01 15:05:52 -04:00
} else {
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
m_geometryNoControls = saveGeometry();
statusBar ()->addWidget(&auto_tx_label);
minimumSize().setHeight(520);
minimumSize().setWidth(770);
}
Do not use menu shortcut that hides shortcut key used in widgets Ctrl+M (Cmd+M) was being used as a menu shortcut and in key press event handlers which leads to inconsistent behaviour on some platforms. Removed menu action shortcut. Also tidied up handling of the hide controls menu action by making it a checkable action and using its checked state to store the control hiding state. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-15 14:25:21 -04:00
ui->menuBar->setVisible(!checked);
Correct a WSPR-mode flaw in hideMenus(). Thanks to JH3XCU! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8578 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-20 08:36:39 -04:00
if(m_mode!="FreqCal" and m_mode!="WSPR") {
Do not use menu shortcut that hides shortcut key used in widgets Ctrl+M (Cmd+M) was being used as a menu shortcut and in key press event handlers which leads to inconsistent behaviour on some platforms. Removed menu action shortcut. Also tidied up handling of the hide controls menu action by making it a checkable action and using its checked state to store the control hiding state. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-15 14:25:21 -04:00
ui->label_6->setVisible(!checked);
ui->label_7->setVisible(!checked);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(!checked);
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
}
Do not use menu shortcut that hides shortcut key used in widgets Ctrl+M (Cmd+M) was being used as a menu shortcut and in key press event handlers which leads to inconsistent behaviour on some platforms. Removed menu action shortcut. Also tidied up handling of the hide controls menu action by making it a checkable action and using its checked state to store the control hiding state. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-15 14:25:21 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setVisible(!checked);
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
ui->gridLayout_5->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_2->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_3->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_5->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_6->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_7->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_8->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_9->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_10->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_11->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_12->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_13->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->horizontalLayout_14->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->verticalLayout->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->verticalLayout_2->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->verticalLayout_3->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->verticalLayout_4->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->verticalLayout_5->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->verticalLayout_7->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->verticalLayout_8->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
ui->tab->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionAstronomical_data_toggled (bool checked)
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if (checked)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
{
Refactor astro functionality into Astro class Improved astronomical data and Doppler tracking control window widgets and layout management to make it more platform independent and font change tolerant. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5580 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 09:36:13 -04:00
m_astroWidget.reset (new Astro {m_settings, &m_config});
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// hook up termination signal
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_astroWidget.data (), &Astro::close);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
connect (m_astroWidget.data (), &Astro::tracking_update, [this] {
m_astroCorrection = {};
setRig ();
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
displayDialFrequency ();
});
m_astroWidget->showNormal();
m_astroWidget->raise ();
m_astroWidget->activateWindow ();
m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
}
else
{
m_astroWidget.reset ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
}
Minor code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 14:12:59 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionFox_Log_triggered()
Use 30 s intevals for "Age" units. Clean up labels when Message Avg window used for Fox Log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8348 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 12:01:38 -05:00
{
on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered();
m_msgAvgWidget->foxLogSetup();
}
Starting to implement a color-highlighting reminder window.
2018-08-25 11:19:43 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionColors_triggered()
{
if (!m_colorHighlighting) {
Finish implementing the color-highlighting window.
2018-08-25 15:37:30 -04:00
m_colorHighlighting.reset (new ColorHighlighting {m_settings});
Starting to implement a color-highlighting reminder window.
2018-08-25 11:19:43 -04:00
}
m_colorHighlighting->showNormal();
m_colorHighlighting->raise ();
m_colorHighlighting->activateWindow ();
Finish implementing the color-highlighting window.
2018-08-25 15:37:30 -04:00
m_colorHighlighting->colorHighlightlingSetup(m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),
m_config.color_DXCC(),m_config.color_DXCCband(),m_config.color_NewCall(),
m_config.color_NewCallBand(),m_config.color_NewGrid(),m_config.color_NewGridBand(),
Allow user choice of "Not in LoTW" highlighting color.
2018-09-01 15:42:02 -04:00
m_config.color_TxMsg(),m_config.color_LoTW());
Starting to implement a color-highlighting reminder window.
2018-08-25 11:19:43 -04:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered()
{
if (!m_msgAvgWidget)
{
Message averaging window fonts controlled by configuration Use the decoded text font for the message averaging window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6684 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-18 19:22:24 -04:00
m_msgAvgWidget.reset (new MessageAveraging {m_settings, m_config.decoded_text_font ()});
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
// Connect signals from Message Averaging window
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_msgAvgWidget.data (), &MessageAveraging::close);
}
m_msgAvgWidget->showNormal();
Finally getting the hang of UIs that work on Mac and elsewhere git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:01:12 -04:00
m_msgAvgWidget->raise ();
m_msgAvgWidget->activateWindow ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_triggered() //Open File
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
monitor (false);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
QString fname;
JTMS3 now compiles and runs, although most of its functions are still those of MAP65. Have removed the Astro, BandMap, and Messages windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-02 11:33:33 -04:00
fname=QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this, "Open File", m_path,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
"WSJT Files (*.wav)");
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
if(!fname.isEmpty ()) {
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
m_path=fname;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
int i1=fname.lastIndexOf("/");
QString baseName=fname.mid(i1+1);
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #99ffff}");
tx_status_label.setText(" " + baseName + " ");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
on_stopButton_clicked();
m_diskData=true;
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
read_wav_file (fname);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
}
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
void MainWindow::read_wav_file (QString const& fname)
{
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
// call diskDat() when done
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 09:34:40 -04:00
int i0=fname.lastIndexOf("_");
int i1=fname.indexOf(".wav");
m_nutc0=m_UTCdisk;
m_UTCdisk=fname.mid(i0+1,i1-i0-1).toInt();
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
m_wav_future_watcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run ([this, fname] {
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
auto basename = fname.mid (fname.lastIndexOf ('/') + 1);
auto pos = fname.indexOf (".wav", 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive);
// global variables and threads do not mix well, this needs changing
dec_data.params.nutc = 0;
if (pos > 0)
{
if (pos == fname.indexOf ('_', -11) + 7)
{
dec_data.params.nutc = fname.mid (pos - 6, 6).toInt ();
}
else
{
dec_data.params.nutc = 100 * fname.mid (pos - 4, 4).toInt ();
}
}
BWFFile file {QAudioFormat {}, fname};
1. As a test, zap any data at start if id2() that appears to be a T/R transient. 2. Send emedelay (now 0 or 2.5) to QRA64 decoder. 3. Tweaks to sync64, making it better for QRA64A. 4. Mainwindow MessageBox if it attempts to open a file with wrong format. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 15:51:27 -05:00
bool ok=file.open (BWFFile::ReadOnly);
if(ok) {
auto bytes_per_frame = file.format ().bytesPerFrame ();
qint64 max_bytes = std::min (std::size_t (m_TRperiod * RX_SAMPLE_RATE),
sizeof (dec_data.d2) / sizeof (dec_data.d2[0]))* bytes_per_frame;
auto n = file.read (reinterpret_cast<char *> (dec_data.d2),
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
std::min (max_bytes, file.size ()));
1. As a test, zap any data at start if id2() that appears to be a T/R transient. 2. Send emedelay (now 0 or 2.5) to QRA64 decoder. 3. Tweaks to sync64, making it better for QRA64A. 4. Mainwindow MessageBox if it attempts to open a file with wrong format. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 15:51:27 -05:00
int frames_read = n / bytes_per_frame;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
// zero unfilled remaining sample space
Starting to implement experimental mode "WSPR-LF". Beware possible undesired side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-04-28 12:49:09 -04:00
std::memset(&dec_data.d2[frames_read],0,max_bytes - n);
1. As a test, zap any data at start if id2() that appears to be a T/R transient. 2. Send emedelay (now 0 or 2.5) to QRA64 decoder. 3. Tweaks to sync64, making it better for QRA64A. 4. Mainwindow MessageBox if it attempts to open a file with wrong format. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 15:51:27 -05:00
if (11025 == file.format ().sampleRate ()) {
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
short sample_size = file.format ().sampleSize ();
wav12_ (dec_data.d2, dec_data.d2, &frames_read, &sample_size);
}
1. As a test, zap any data at start if id2() that appears to be a T/R transient. 2. Send emedelay (now 0 or 2.5) to QRA64 decoder. 3. Tweaks to sync64, making it better for QRA64A. 4. Mainwindow MessageBox if it attempts to open a file with wrong format. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 15:51:27 -05:00
dec_data.params.kin = frames_read;
dec_data.params.newdat = 1;
} else {
dec_data.params.kin = 0;
dec_data.params.newdat = 0;
}
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
Make nutc print correctly when processing simulated JT65 files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8386 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-01 12:03:55 -05:00
if(basename.mid(0,10)=="000000_000" && m_mode == "FT8") {
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
dec_data.params.nutc=15*basename.mid(10,3).toInt();
}
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
}));
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered() //Open Next
{
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:26:03 -04:00
monitor (false);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
int i,len;
QFileInfo fi(m_path);
QStringList list;
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
list= fi.dir().entryList().filter(".wav",Qt::CaseInsensitive);
Fix the faulty logic in test for "No more files to open". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-19 09:45:59 -04:00
for (i = 0; i < list.size()-1; ++i) {
Running OK with sound input, and plotting green line. Next task: implement specjtms() in new fashion. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2507 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-12 17:22:55 -04:00
len=list.at(i).length();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
if(list.at(i)==m_path.right(len)) {
int n=m_path.length();
QString fname=m_path.replace(n-len,len,list.at(i+1));
m_path=fname;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
int i1=fname.lastIndexOf("/");
QString baseName=fname.mid(i1+1);
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #99ffff}");
tx_status_label.setText(" " + baseName + " ");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
m_diskData=true;
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 10:00:43 -05:00
read_wav_file (fname);
correct a flaw in "Decode remaining files in directory"; correct the widget visibility in ISCAT mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7201 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-19 14:09:27 -04:00
if(m_loopall and (i==list.size()-2)) {
Fix the faulty logic in test for "No more files to open". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-19 09:45:59 -04:00
m_loopall=false;
Correct a flaw in deep4 (apparently caused by gfortran optimizer?). Move display of the "No More Files..." message until after the "Decode Finished" message is received. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7270 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-31 10:24:02 -04:00
m_bNoMoreFiles=true;
Fix the faulty logic in test for "No more files to open". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-19 09:45:59 -04:00
}
Fix regression from r6383 that broke decode rest in directory git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6390 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-12 09:47:29 -05:00
return;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
}
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
//Open all remaining files
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered()
{
m_loopall=true;
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
}
void MainWindow::diskDat() //diskDat()
{
1. As a test, zap any data at start if id2() that appears to be a T/R transient. 2. Send emedelay (now 0 or 2.5) to QRA64 decoder. 3. Tweaks to sync64, making it better for QRA64A. 4. Mainwindow MessageBox if it attempts to open a file with wrong format. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 15:51:27 -05:00
if(dec_data.params.kin>0) {
int k;
int kstep=m_FFTSize;
m_diskData=true;
float db=m_config.degrade();
float bw=m_config.RxBandwidth();
if(db > 0.0) degrade_snr_(dec_data.d2,&dec_data.params.kin,&db,&bw);
for(int n=1; n<=m_hsymStop; n++) { // Do the waterfall spectra
k=(n+1)*kstep;
if(k > dec_data.params.kin) break;
dec_data.params.npts8=k/8;
dataSink(k);
qApp->processEvents(); //Update the waterfall
}
} else {
MessageBox::information_message(this, tr("No data read from disk. Wrong file format?"));
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
}
First successful decode from within WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-15 15:18:45 -04:00
//Delete ../save/*.wav
Cleaning up the "devsetup" screen. NB: List of audio input devices is not being populated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2476 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-02 12:13:21 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionDelete_all_wav_files_in_SaveDir_triggered()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
auto button = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Delete"),
tr ("Are you sure you want to delete all *.wav and *.c2 files in \"%1\"?")
.arg (QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_config.save_directory ().absolutePath ())));
if (MessageBox::Yes == button) {
Only delete last .wav file on exit if it is not to be saved Also enhanced delete .wav files menu entry to delete .c2 files as well. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5672 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 13:33:05 -04:00
Q_FOREACH (auto const& file
, m_config.save_directory ().entryList ({"*.wav", "*.c2"}, QDir::Files | QDir::Writable)) {
m_config.save_directory ().remove (file);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
}
}
void MainWindow::on_actionNone_triggered() //Save None
{
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 12:49:24 -04:00
m_saveDecoded=false;
m_saveAll=false;
ui->actionNone->setChecked(true);
}
void MainWindow::on_actionSave_decoded_triggered()
{
m_saveDecoded=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
m_saveAll=false;
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 12:49:24 -04:00
ui->actionSave_decoded->setChecked(true);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_actionSave_all_triggered() //Save All
{
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 12:49:24 -04:00
m_saveDecoded=false;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
m_saveAll=true;
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 12:49:24 -04:00
ui->actionSave_all->setChecked(true);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
More code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-18 09:35:54 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered()
{
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 07:41:18 -04:00
if (!m_shortcuts)
{
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 12:05:01 -04:00
QFont font;
font.setPointSize (10);
m_shortcuts.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Keyboard Shortcuts")
, ":/shortcuts.txt", font});
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 07:41:18 -04:00
}
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 12:05:01 -04:00
m_shortcuts->showNormal ();
Finally getting the hang of UIs that work on Mac and elsewhere git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:01:12 -04:00
m_shortcuts->raise ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
More code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-18 09:35:54 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered()
{
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 07:41:18 -04:00
if (!m_mouseCmnds)
{
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 12:05:01 -04:00
QFont font;
font.setPointSize (10);
m_mouseCmnds.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Special Mouse Commands")
, ":/mouse_commands.txt", font});
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 07:41:18 -04:00
}
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 12:05:01 -04:00
m_mouseCmnds->showNormal ();
Finally getting the hang of UIs that work on Mac and elsewhere git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:01:12 -04:00
m_mouseCmnds->raise ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx frequency. Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7970 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-28 19:25:32 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_DecodeButton_clicked (bool /* checked */) //Decode request
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Decode button now does nothing in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7189 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 10:35:59 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked(false);
} else {
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") && !m_decoderBusy) {
Decode button now does nothing in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7189 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 10:35:59 -04:00
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
dec_data.params.nagain=1;
m_blankLine=false; // don't insert the separator again
decode();
}
Implement wsjtx_rx.log, and fix the newdat and nagain parameters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2695 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-26 12:52:04 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::freezeDecode(int n) //freezeDecode()
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if((n%100)==2) on_DecodeButton_clicked (true);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_ClrAvgButton_clicked()
{
m_nclearave=1;
Fix erroneous use of a potentially NULL pointer. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5604 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 08:08:32 -04:00
if(m_msgAvgWidget != NULL) {
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) m_msgAvgWidget->displayAvg("");
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::msgAvgDecode2()
{
on_DecodeButton_clicked (true);
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
void MainWindow::decode() //decode()
{
Do only AP1 (CQ ??? ???) if we are processing live data and haven't transmitted, or enabled Tune, for 10 minutes or more. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8282 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-03 19:46:19 -05:00
QDateTime now = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
Remember time of last transmission. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8279 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-03 16:59:59 -05:00
if( m_dateTimeLastTX.isValid () ) {
qint64 isecs_since_tx = m_dateTimeLastTX.secsTo(now);
Do only AP1 (CQ ??? ???) if we are processing live data and haven't transmitted, or enabled Tune, for 10 minutes or more. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8282 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-03 19:46:19 -05:00
dec_data.params.lapcqonly= (isecs_since_tx > 600);
// QTextStream(stdout) << "last tx " << isecs_since_tx << endl;
} else {
m_dateTimeLastTX = now.addSecs(-900);
dec_data.params.lapcqonly=true;
}
if( m_diskData ) {
dec_data.params.lapcqonly=false;
Remember time of last transmission. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8279 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-03 16:59:59 -05:00
}
Do only AP1 (CQ ??? ???) if we are processing live data and haven't transmitted, or enabled Tune, for 10 minutes or more. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8282 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-03 19:46:19 -05:00
More work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8237 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 11:38:35 -05:00
m_msec0=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(!m_dataAvailable or m_TRperiod==0) return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (true);
Many GUI adjustments for FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7736 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-26 11:24:56 -04:00
if(!dec_data.params.nagain && m_diskData && !m_bFastMode && m_mode!="FT8") {
Implement "Single decode" logic; write to "avemsg.txt" in jt65_decode; list the correct UTC in decoded text line when using the "Decode" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6519 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-10 13:35:41 -05:00
dec_data.params.nutc=dec_data.params.nutc/100;
}
if(dec_data.params.nagain==0 && dec_data.params.newdat==1 && (!m_diskData)) {
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
qint64 ms = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() % 86400000;
int imin=ms/60000;
int ihr=imin/60;
imin=imin % 60;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_TRperiod>=60) imin=imin - (imin % (m_TRperiod/60));
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.nutc=100*ihr + imin;
Correct the displayed UTC for FT8 decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7739 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-26 19:45:19 -04:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9 or m_mode=="FT8") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(2-m_TRperiod);
ihr=t.toString("hh").toInt();
imin=t.toString("mm").toInt();
int isec=t.toString("ss").toInt();
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.nutc=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
}
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 09:34:40 -04:00
if(m_nPick==1 and !m_diskData) {
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
int ihr=t.toString("hh").toInt();
int imin=t.toString("mm").toInt();
int isec=t.toString("ss").toInt();
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
dec_data.params.nutc=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
}
if(m_nPick==2) dec_data.params.nutc=m_nutc0;
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7958 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 17:19:21 -04:00
dec_data.params.nQSOProgress = m_QSOProgress;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.nfqso=m_wideGraph->rxFreq();
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7958 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 17:19:21 -04:00
dec_data.params.nftx = ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
qint32 depth {m_ndepth};
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 06:56:12 -04:00
if (!ui->actionInclude_averaging->isVisible ()) depth &= ~16;
if (!ui->actionInclude_correlation->isVisible ()) depth &= ~32;
if (!ui->actionEnable_AP_DXcall->isVisible ()) depth &= ~64;
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
dec_data.params.ndepth=depth;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.n2pass=1;
if(m_config.twoPass()) dec_data.params.n2pass=2;
dec_data.params.nranera=m_config.ntrials();
dec_data.params.naggressive=m_config.aggressive();
dec_data.params.nrobust=0;
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
if(m_diskData) dec_data.params.ndiskdat=1;
dec_data.params.nfa=m_wideGraph->nStartFreq();
dec_data.params.nfSplit=m_wideGraph->Fmin();
dec_data.params.nfb=m_wideGraph->Fmax();
Several tweaks and additions to GUI behavior in DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8332 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-15 10:26:18 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bHound() and !ui->cbRxAll->isChecked()) dec_data.params.nfb=1000;
Hound decodes should use the selected nfqso, to allow better use of AP. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8380 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-29 13:10:23 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bFox()) dec_data.params.nfqso=200;
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
dec_data.params.ntol=ui->sbFtol->value ();
Rationalize several VHF-oriented features of the JT4 and JT64 decoders. More additions to the User Guide. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7227 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-24 16:48:24 -04:00
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65" or !m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
Force naggressive=0 when in JT9+JT65 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6331 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-01 10:33:48 -05:00
dec_data.params.ntol=20;
dec_data.params.naggressive=0;
}
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
if(dec_data.params.nutc < m_nutc0) m_RxLog = 1; //Date and Time to ALL.TXT
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 09:34:40 -04:00
if(dec_data.params.newdat==1 and !m_diskData) m_nutc0=dec_data.params.nutc;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.ntxmode=9;
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") dec_data.params.ntxmode=65;
dec_data.params.nmode=9;
First functional decoder for QRA01. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6805 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 10:36:03 -04:00
if(m_mode=="JT65") dec_data.params.nmode=65;
Try to make decode menu work properly when moving between modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8278 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-02 11:04:52 -05:00
if(m_mode=="JT65") dec_data.params.ljt65apon = ui->actionEnable_AP_JT65->isVisible () && ui->actionEnable_AP_JT65->isChecked ();
Plot a red "sync" curve in QRA64 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6876 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 10:18:23 -04:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.nmode=164;
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.ntxmode=164;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") dec_data.params.nmode=9+65; // = 74
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if(m_mode=="JT4") {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.nmode=4;
dec_data.params.ntxmode=4;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Start a framework for FT8 decoder. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7727 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 11:55:30 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") dec_data.params.nmode=8;
Experimental implementation of AP decoding for JT65 - configured for testing only. Not usable on the air. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8219 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-04 13:03:56 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") dec_data.params.lft8apon = ui->actionEnable_AP_FT8->isVisible () && ui->actionEnable_AP_FT8->isChecked ();
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7933 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-21 23:01:09 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") dec_data.params.napwid=50;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.ntrperiod=m_TRperiod;
dec_data.params.nsubmode=m_nSubMode;
First good decode in submode QRA64D. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6961 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-28 11:18:06 -04:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.nsubmode=100 + m_nSubMode;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.minw=0;
dec_data.params.nclearave=m_nclearave;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if(m_nclearave!=0) {
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("avemsg.txt"));
f.remove();
}
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.dttol=m_DTtol;
dec_data.params.emedelay=0.0;
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 11:36:17 -04:00
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) dec_data.params.emedelay=2.5;
Pass sensible default min sync to decoders if spin box is not visible git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6673 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 14:52:47 -04:00
dec_data.params.minSync=ui->syncSpinBox->isVisible () ? m_minSync : 0;
Pass "nContest" value to ft8_decode.f90.
2018-07-27 09:30:00 -04:00
dec_data.params.nexp_decode=m_nContest;
Use bVHF rather than single_decode to control display of params at end of decode line. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-24 11:25:25 -04:00
if(m_config.single_decode()) dec_data.params.nexp_decode += 32;
if(m_config.enable_VHF_features()) dec_data.params.nexp_decode += 64;
Wire up the 'Decode only 77-bit messages' checkbox.
2018-07-05 08:51:10 -04:00
dec_data.params.ldecode77 = m_config.bDecode77();
Add a "Single decode" checkbox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6516 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-10 10:13:06 -05:00
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
strncpy(dec_data.params.datetime, m_dateTime.toLatin1(), 20);
strncpy(dec_data.params.mycall, (m_config.my_callsign()+" ").toLatin1(),12);
strncpy(dec_data.params.mygrid, (m_config.my_grid()+" ").toLatin1(),6);
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
QString hisCall {ui->dxCallEntry->text ()};
QString hisGrid {ui->dxGridEntry->text ()};
strncpy(dec_data.params.hiscall,(hisCall + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), 12);
strncpy(dec_data.params.hisgrid,(hisGrid + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), 6);
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
//newdat=1 ==> this is new data, must do the big FFT
//nagain=1 ==> decode only at fQSO +/- Tol
Moved initialization of shared memory segment to the main funcion in order to exit gracefully in case of errors. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3163 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-13 08:28:03 -04:00
char *to = (char*)mem_jt9->data();
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
char *from = (char*) dec_data.ss;
int size=sizeof(struct dec_data);
if(dec_data.params.newdat==0) {
int noffset {offsetof (struct dec_data, params.nutc)};
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
to += noffset;
from += noffset;
size -= noffset;
}
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
float t0=m_t0;
float t1=m_t1;
qApp->processEvents(); //Update the waterfall
if(m_nPick > 0) {
t0=m_t0Pick;
t1=m_t1Pick;
}
static short int d2b[360000];
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
narg[0]=dec_data.params.nutc;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_kdone>12000*m_TRperiod) {
m_kdone=12000*m_TRperiod;
}
narg[1]=m_kdone;
narg[2]=m_nSubMode;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
narg[3]=dec_data.params.newdat;
narg[4]=dec_data.params.minSync;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
narg[5]=m_nPick;
narg[6]=1000.0*t0;
narg[7]=1000.0*t1;
narg[8]=2; //Max decode lines per decode attempt
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
if(dec_data.params.minSync<0) narg[8]=50;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") narg[9]=101; //ISCAT
if(m_mode=="JT9") narg[9]=102; //Fast JT9
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") narg[9]=104; //MSK144
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
narg[10]=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value();
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
narg[11]=ui->sbFtol->value ();
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
narg[12]=0;
Correct the Tx message length and adjust reported SNR for short JTMSK messages. Commit some things omitted last time. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-22 12:06:57 -05:00
narg[13]=-1;
Pass naggressive to fast_decode(). Display <...> messages only if naggressive>0. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-03 15:23:52 -05:00
narg[14]=m_config.aggressive();
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
memcpy(d2b,dec_data.d2,2*360000);
Start GUI mods to enable short messages in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6877 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 11:06:47 -04:00
watcher3.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (fast_decode_,&d2b[0],
Remove some dead code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7432 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 15:26:59 -05:00
&narg[0],&m_TRperiod,&m_msg[0][0],
No bounds-check for Release build; increase Windows stack size, again; some fixes for ISCAT mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7186 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-16 13:36:00 -04:00
dec_data.params.mycall,dec_data.params.hiscall,8000,12,12)));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
} else {
memcpy(to, from, qMin(mem_jt9->size(), size));
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.remove (); // Allow jt9 to start
decodeBusy(true);
}
}
void::MainWindow::fast_decode_done()
{
float t,tmax=-99.0;
1. Fix cause of "frozen UTC" bug in MSK144 mode. (Could there be more than one cause?) 2. Fix failure to remember Ftol setting in MSK144 mode. 3. Remove obsolete controls from Advanced tab. 4. Add control for "x 2 Tone spacing" on Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6981 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-01 15:46:19 -04:00
dec_data.params.nagain=false;
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=false;
Re-enable "Save decoded". In fast modes, we no longer save all files and delete some later. Rather, we save only those with real-time decodes (or we save all). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7188 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 09:28:30 -04:00
// if(m_msg[0][0]==0) m_bDecoded=false;
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
for(int i=0; m_msg[i][0] && i<100; i++) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
QString message=QString::fromLatin1(m_msg[i]);
Try to squash double-decodes and gibberish prints. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7133 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-01 14:13:39 -04:00
m_msg[i][0]=0;
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
if(message.length()>80) message=message.left (80);
Further improvements to decoder for short JTMSK messages. In mainwindow.cpp, return after executing call to fastSink(). ###???### git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-04 11:10:55 -05:00
if(narg[13]/8==narg[12]) message=message.trimmed().replace("<...>",m_calls);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
//Left (Band activity) window
More cleanup; fix several auto-sequencing problems.
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText decodedtext {message.replace (QChar::LineFeed, "")};
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
if(!m_bFastDone) {
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
m_logBook,m_currentBand,m_config.ppfx());
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
t=message.mid(10,5).toFloat();
if(t>tmax) {
tmax=t;
m_bDecoded=true;
}
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
postDecode (true, decodedtext.string ());
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
writeAllTxt(message);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="JT9" or m_mode=="MSK144") {
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
// find and extract any report for myCall
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
bool stdMsg = decodedtext.report(m_baseCall,
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()), m_rptRcvd);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
// extract details and send to PSKreporter
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing 73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather than being processed. Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++ code in the logbook directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8047 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-29 22:27:57 -04:00
if (stdMsg) pskPost (decodedtext);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
if (tmax >= 0.0) auto_sequence (decodedtext, ui->sbFtol->value (), ui->sbFtol->value ());
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
m_nPick=0;
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
m_bFastDone=false;
}
void MainWindow::writeAllTxt(QString message)
{
// Write decoded text to file "ALL.TXT".
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
if(m_RxLog==1) {
Use ISO 8601 format for Date/Time in ALL.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7312 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-14 10:29:38 -05:00
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm")
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
<< m_mode << endl;
m_RxLog=0;
}
No need to truncate the decoded text line going to ALL.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7415 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-20 16:35:16 -05:00
out << message << endl;
Progress toward full implementation of real-time decoding of MSK144. I believe file saving and auto-sequencing nor work. Not sure about posting to PSK reporter: please check. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7112 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-28 15:08:19 -04:00
f.close();
} else {
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Open Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
}
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
void MainWindow::decodeDone ()
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
{
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
m_nclearave=0;
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
decodeBusy(false);
m_RxLog=0;
m_blankLine=true;
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
if(m_config.bFox()) houndCallers();
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
}
void MainWindow::readFromStdout() //readFromStdout
{
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
while(proc_jt9.canReadLine()) {
QByteArray t=proc_jt9.readLine();
More work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8237 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 11:38:35 -05:00
// qint64 ms=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() - m_msec0;
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 15:32:08 -04:00
bool bAvgMsg=false;
int navg=0;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if(t.indexOf("<DecodeFinished>") >= 0) {
Better scheme for displaying QRA65 sync results. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7561 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-10 11:38:19 -05:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") m_wideGraph->drawRed(0,0);
Minor code tweak. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7883 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-14 15:29:31 -04:00
m_bDecoded = t.mid(20).trimmed().toInt() > 0;
int mswait=3*1000*m_TRperiod/4;
if(!m_diskData) killFileTimer.start(mswait); //Kill in 3/4 period
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 15:32:52 -04:00
decodeDone ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
Correct a flaw in deep4 (apparently caused by gfortran optimizer?). Move display of the "No More Files..." message until after the "Decode Finished" message is received. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7270 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-31 10:24:02 -04:00
if(m_bNoMoreFiles) {
MessageBox::information_message(this, tr("No more files to open."));
m_bNoMoreFiles=false;
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
return;
} else {
Decodes at QSO freq to right window in FT8 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7795 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-06 15:21:55 -04:00
if(m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="QRA64" or m_mode=="FT8") {
Clarify what VHF-enabled JT65 messages get sent to the right window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7226 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-24 13:01:47 -04:00
int n=t.indexOf("f");
if(n<0) n=t.indexOf("d");
if(n>0) {
QString tt=t.mid(n+1,1);
navg=tt.toInt();
if(navg==0) {
char c = tt.data()->toLatin1();
if(int(c)>=65 and int(c)<=90) navg=int(c)-54;
}
if(navg>1 or t.indexOf("f*")>0) bAvgMsg=true;
}
}
Work-in-progress with Fox-mode code. Contains incomplete and untested code! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8270 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-30 13:45:51 -05:00
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
if(m_RxLog==1) {
Use ISO 8601 format for Date/Time in ALL.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7312 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-14 10:29:38 -05:00
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm")
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
<< m_mode << endl;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_RxLog=0;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
int n=t.length();
out << t.mid(0,n-2) << endl;
f.close();
} else {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Open Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
if (m_config.insert_blank () && m_blankLine && !m_config.bFox()) {
QString band;
if((QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() / 1000 - m_secBandChanged) > 4*m_TRperiod/4) {
band = ' ' + m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal);
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing 73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather than being processed. Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++ code in the logbook directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8047 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-29 22:27:57 -04:00
}
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->insertLineSpacer (band.rightJustified (40, '-'));
m_blankLine = false;
}
First version of DXCC entity and worked B4 status git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3512 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 07:29:42 -04:00
Improved auto-sequencing for the contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 10:45:32 -04:00
DecodedText decodedtext {QString::fromUtf8(t.constData()).remove(QRegularExpression {"\r|\n"})};
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bFox() and
(decodedtext.string().contains("R+") or decodedtext.string().contains("R-"))) {
Clean up behavior for Fox with compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8363 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 12:25:16 -05:00
auto for_us = decodedtext.string().contains(" " + m_config.my_callsign() + " ") or
decodedtext.string().contains(" "+m_baseCall) or
decodedtext.string().contains(m_baseCall+" ");
More changes for Hounds with compound calls. Maybe all OK now? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8654 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 11:09:57 -04:00
if(decodedtext.string().contains(" DE ")) for_us=true; //Hound with compound callsign
Clean up behavior for Fox with compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8363 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 12:25:16 -05:00
if(for_us) {
QString houndCall,houndGrid;
decodedtext.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/houndCall,houndGrid);
foxRxSequencer(decodedtext.string(),houndCall,houndGrid);
}
More work on Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8242 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-16 13:43:59 -05:00
}
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing 73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather than being processed. Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++ code in the logbook directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8047 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-29 22:27:57 -04:00
//Left (Band activity) window
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 15:32:08 -04:00
if(!bAvgMsg) {
Write the "bare dot" to left text window only in FT8 mode! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8248 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-20 16:04:19 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bFox()) {
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
if(!m_bDisplayedOnce) {
// This hack sets the font. Surely there's a better way!
More cleanup; fix several auto-sequencing problems.
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText dt{"."};
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText(dt,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
m_logBook,m_currentBand,m_config.ppfx());
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
m_bDisplayedOnce=true;
}
} else {
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText(decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
m_logBook,m_currentBand,m_config.ppfx(),
Remove my new QHash stuff; adapt the existing logbook code instead. We now display "new call on current band" as well as "new call on any band". Something similar should be done for DXCCs and grids.
2018-08-03 16:31:19 -04:00
(ui->cbCQonly->isVisible() and ui->cbCQonly->isChecked()));
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
1. Only the left 'band activity' display has DXCC and worked B4 status 2. Moved some of the text handling code from MainWindow to Displaytext git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3550 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-15 08:24:12 -04:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
//Right (Rx Frequency) window
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 15:32:08 -04:00
bool bDisplayRight=bAvgMsg;
Fix yet another mistake in coding "Call 1st". JT65 and JT9 decodes should now go correctly to Rx Freq window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7838 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 11:17:03 -04:00
int audioFreq=decodedtext.frequencyOffset();
Better logic for 'Call first' feature. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7828 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 18:54:26 -04:00
Add 'Call First' and 'Weak' checkboxes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7824 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 15:25:28 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") {
Improved auto-sequencing for the contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 10:45:32 -04:00
auto const& parts = decodedtext.string().remove("<").remove(">")
.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (parts.size () > 6) {
auto for_us = parts[5].contains (m_baseCall)
|| ("DE" == parts[5] && qAbs (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value () - audioFreq) <= 10);
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8162 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-05 14:27:34 -04:00
if(m_baseCall==m_config.my_callsign() and m_baseCall!=parts[5]) for_us=false;
Final(?) fix to allow use of compound callsign for Fox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8370 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-23 17:01:05 -05:00
if(m_bCallingCQ && !m_bAutoReply && for_us && ui->cbFirst->isChecked() and
!m_config.bFox() and !m_config.bHound()) {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_bDoubleClicked=true;
m_bAutoReply = true;
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
if(!m_config.bFox()) processMessage (decodedtext);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet("");
}
More changes for Hounds with compound calls. Maybe all OK now? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8654 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 11:09:57 -04:00
if(m_config.bFox() and decodedtext.string().contains(" DE ")) for_us=true; //Hound with compound callsign
Minor adjustments to auto-seq logic. All 73 messages addressed to me shouls go to right panel' don't issue certain duplicate RRR messages. Tnx to W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8449 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-02 11:43:49 -05:00
if(m_config.bFox() and for_us and (audioFreq<1000)) bDisplayRight=true;
if(!m_config.bFox() and (for_us or (abs(audioFreq - m_wideGraph->rxFreq()) <= 10))) bDisplayRight=true;
Add 'Call First' and 'Weak' checkboxes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7824 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 15:25:28 -04:00
}
Fix yet another mistake in coding "Call 1st". JT65 and JT9 decodes should now go correctly to Rx Freq window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7838 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 11:17:03 -04:00
} else {
if(abs(audioFreq - m_wideGraph->rxFreq()) <= 10) bDisplayRight=true;
Add 'Call First' and 'Weak' checkboxes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7824 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 15:25:28 -04:00
}
Hound now transmits correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8300 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-08 14:53:27 -05:00
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 15:32:08 -04:00
if (bDisplayRight) {
Remove "WSPR-LF" from Mode menu. Another try at getting the "Call First" logic right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7834 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 09:20:33 -04:00
// This msg is within 10 hertz of our tuned frequency, or a JT4 or JT65 avg,
// or contains MyCall
Color highlighting to right (as well as left) text window.
2018-08-27 13:21:06 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayDecodedText(decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
m_logBook,m_currentBand,m_config.ppfx());
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 10:20:30 -04:00
if(m_mode!="JT4") {
bool b65=decodedtext.isJT65();
if(b65 and m_modeTx!="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
if(!b65 and m_modeTx=="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
}
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
m_QSOText = decodedtext.string ().trimmed ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Hound now transmits correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8300 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-08 14:53:27 -05:00
Correct the logic for handling messages received by Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8323 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 13:36:08 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bHound()) {
if(decodedtext.string().contains(";")) {
QStringList w=decodedtext.string().mid(24).split(" ",QString::SkipEmptyParts);
QString foxCall=w.at(3);
foxCall=foxCall.remove("<").remove(">");
More changes for Hounds with compound calls. Maybe all OK now? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8654 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 11:09:57 -04:00
if(w.at(0)==m_config.my_callsign() or w.at(0)==Radio::base_callsign(m_config.my_callsign())) {
Correct the logic for handling messages received by Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8323 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 13:36:08 -05:00
//### Check for ui->dxCallEntry->text()==foxCall before logging! ###
Guard against superfluous transmission of R+rpt by Hound, caused by late decode of Fox's RR73. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8660 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-15 09:13:10 -04:00
ui->stopTxButton->click ();
Correct the logic for handling messages received by Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8323 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 13:36:08 -05:00
on_logQSOButton_clicked();
}
Enable ";" messages to work properly for Hounds with complex callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8656 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 15:07:31 -04:00
if((w.at(2)==m_config.my_callsign() or w.at(2)==Radio::base_callsign(m_config.my_callsign()))
and ui->tx3->text().length()>0) {
Correct the logic for handling messages received by Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8323 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 13:36:08 -05:00
m_rptRcvd=w.at(4);
m_rptSent=decodedtext.string().mid(7,3);
New convention for setting frequency of Hound's R+rpt message. Also, save/restore the mainwindow splitter setting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8619 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-18 10:04:52 -04:00
m_nFoxFreq=decodedtext.string().mid(16,4).toInt();
Tidy up recent fixes for Hound frequency shifts git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-22 08:32:32 -04:00
hound_reply ();
Correct the logic for handling messages received by Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8323 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 13:36:08 -05:00
}
} else {
QStringList w=decodedtext.string().mid(24).split(" ",QString::SkipEmptyParts);
Several enhancements to DXpedition mode: 1. Insert dummy report when Hound is called by complex-callsign Fox. 2. Allow Fox to transmit anywhere between 300 and 900 Hz. 3. Restrict randomized Hound freq to the range 1000 - 3000 Hz. 4. Suppress Fox signals that would be duplicates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8376 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-27 16:06:57 -05:00
if(decodedtext.string().contains("/")) w.append(" +00"); //Add a dummy report
Allow for possible "a3", etc., at end of lines decoded by Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8381 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-29 13:26:10 -05:00
if(w.size()>=3) {
Fix a number of minor bugs in FT8 DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 14:07:10 -05:00
QString foxCall=w.at(1);
More changes for Hounds with compound calls. Maybe all OK now? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8654 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 11:09:57 -04:00
if((w.at(0)==m_config.my_callsign() or w.at(0)==Radio::base_callsign(m_config.my_callsign())) and
ui->tx3->text().length()>0) {
Fix a number of minor bugs in FT8 DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 14:07:10 -05:00
if(w.at(2)=="RR73") {
Guard against superfluous transmission of R+rpt by Hound, caused by late decode of Fox's RR73. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8660 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-15 09:13:10 -04:00
ui->stopTxButton->click ();
Fix a number of minor bugs in FT8 DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 14:07:10 -05:00
on_logQSOButton_clicked();
} else {
Bug fix: only Fox (=DxCall) should be able to trigger a Hound Tx3 transmission. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8549 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 09:32:14 -05:00
if(w.at(1)==Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()) and
(w.at(2).mid(0,1)=="+" or w.at(2).mid(0,1)=="-")) {
m_rptRcvd=w.at(2);
m_rptSent=decodedtext.string().mid(7,3);
New convention for setting frequency of Hound's R+rpt message. Also, save/restore the mainwindow splitter setting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8619 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-18 10:04:52 -04:00
m_nFoxFreq=decodedtext.string().mid(16,4).toInt();
Tidy up recent fixes for Hound frequency shifts git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-22 08:32:32 -04:00
hound_reply ();
Bug fix: only Fox (=DxCall) should be able to trigger a Hound Tx3 transmission. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8549 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 09:32:14 -05:00
}
Fix a number of minor bugs in FT8 DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 14:07:10 -05:00
}
Correct the logic for handling messages received by Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8323 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 13:36:08 -05:00
}
}
Hound now transmits correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8300 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-08 14:53:27 -05:00
}
}
Correct the logic for handling messages received by Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8323 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 13:36:08 -05:00
Update the ToDo list.
2018-07-05 16:51:52 -04:00
//### I think this is where we are preventing Hounds from spotting Fox ###
Fix the Blue Button issue. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 08:56:37 -05:00
if(m_mode!="FT8" or !m_config.bHound()) {
if(m_mode=="FT8" or m_mode=="QRA64" or m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or
m_mode=="JT9") auto_sequence (decodedtext, 25, 50);
postDecode (true, decodedtext.string ());
Fix a bug in saving the correct "Rpt Rcvd" when someone tailends a QSO by sending Tx2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-28 11:46:48 -04:00
// find and extract any report for myCall, but save in m_rptRcvd only if it's from DXcall
QString rpt;
Fix the Blue Button issue. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 08:56:37 -05:00
bool stdMsg = decodedtext.report(m_baseCall,
Fix a bug in saving the correct "Rpt Rcvd" when someone tailends a QSO by sending Tx2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-28 11:46:48 -04:00
Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()), rpt);
QString deCall;
QString grid;
decodedtext.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/deCall,grid);
Another attempt to get m_rptRcvd logged correctly in special circumstances. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8592 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-30 15:28:30 -04:00
{
QString t=Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text());
if((t==deCall or t=="") and rpt!="") m_rptRcvd=rpt;
}
Fix a bug in saving the correct "Rpt Rcvd" when someone tailends a QSO by sending Tx2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-28 11:46:48 -04:00
// extract details and send to PSKreporter
Fix the Blue Button issue. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 08:56:37 -05:00
int nsec=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000-m_secBandChanged;
bool okToPost=(nsec>(4*m_TRperiod)/5);
if (stdMsg && okToPost) pskPost(decodedtext);
if((m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="QRA64") and m_msgAvgWidget!=NULL) {
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) {
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("avemsg.txt"));
if(f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
QTextStream s(&f);
QString t=s.readAll();
m_msgAvgWidget->displayAvg(t);
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Initial tests with new PSK Reporter interface. Only on UNIX for now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3186 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-16 16:15:25 -04:00
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
}
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx frequency. Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7970 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-28 19:25:32 -04:00
//
// start_tolerance - only respond to "DE ..." and free text 73
// messages within +/- this value
//
// stop_tolerance - kill Tx if running station is seen to reply to
// another caller and we are going to transmit within
// +/- this value of the reply to another caller
//
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
void MainWindow::auto_sequence (DecodedText const& message, unsigned start_tolerance, unsigned stop_tolerance)
{
auto const& message_words = message.messageWords ();
More work on goofy calls.
2018-08-29 09:31:12 -04:00
auto is_73 = message_words.filter (QRegularExpression {"^(73|RR73)$"}).size();
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8105 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-22 13:38:51 -04:00
bool is_OK=false;
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and message.string().indexOf(ui->dxCallEntry->text()+" R ")>0) is_OK=true;
More work on goofy calls.
2018-08-29 09:31:12 -04:00
if (message_words.size () > 2 && (message.isStandardMessage() || (is_73 or is_OK))) {
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
auto df = message.frequencyOffset ();
More cleanup; fix several auto-sequencing problems.
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
auto within_tolerance = (qAbs (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value () - df) <= int (start_tolerance)
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
|| qAbs (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - df) <= int (start_tolerance));
bool acceptable_73 = is_73
&& m_QSOProgress >= ROGER_REPORT
&& ((message.isStandardMessage ()
&& (message_words.contains (m_baseCall)
|| message_words.contains (m_config.my_callsign ())
|| message_words.contains (ui->dxCallEntry->text ())
|| message_words.contains (Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry->text ()))
|| message_words.contains ("DE")))
Hound now transmits correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8300 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-08 14:53:27 -05:00
|| !message.isStandardMessage ()); // free text 73/RR73
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
QString w2=message_words.at(2);
Save contest exchanges for NA_VHF and EU_VHF.
2018-07-31 15:42:51 -04:00
QString w34;
Make message like "CQ YW18FIFA" acceptable.
2018-07-27 16:50:58 -04:00
int nrpt=0;
if(message_words.size()>3) {
Save contest exchanges for NA_VHF and EU_VHF.
2018-07-31 15:42:51 -04:00
w34=message_words.at(3);
Make message like "CQ YW18FIFA" acceptable.
2018-07-27 16:50:58 -04:00
nrpt=w2.toInt();
if(w2=="R") {
nrpt=w34.toInt();
w34=message_words.at(4);
}
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
bool bEU_VHF_w2=(nrpt>=520001 and nrpt<=594000);
Fix bugs found in test with K9AN on Aug 28. Double-click on "CQ K9AN EN50" mistakenly put EN50 into DXcall. Enable Tx was turned off after 73 is sent. Sh mode did not auto-sequence correctly. Received exchange not logged correctly in EU VHF mode.
2018-08-28 09:44:00 -04:00
if(bEU_VHF_w2) m_xRcvd=message.string().left(45).trimmed().right(13);
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7953 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:30 -04:00
if (m_auto
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
&& (m_QSOProgress==REPLYING or (!ui->tx1->isEnabled () and m_QSOProgress==REPORT))
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx frequency. Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7970 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-28 19:25:32 -04:00
&& qAbs (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - df) <= int (stop_tolerance)
Fix erroneous auto stop critera for auto reply in FT8 We cannot assume that a "DE <dx-call> <anything>" is or is not for us so we must continue calling and risk possible QRM. Calling split avoids this issue. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8066 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 19:28:44 -04:00
&& message_words.at (1) != "DE"
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
&& !message_words.at (1).contains (QRegularExpression {"(^(CQ|QRZ))|" + m_baseCall})
&& message_words.at (2).contains (Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry->text ()))) {
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7953 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:30 -04:00
// auto stop to avoid accidental QRM
Stop Tx rather than just disable auto Tx on failed auto_sequence Slower decodes may mean that confirmation that a called station is working another station arrives after start of Tx. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8071 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-02 19:46:38 -04:00
ui->stopTxButton->click (); // halt any transmission
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
} else if (m_auto // transmit allowed
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
&& ui->cbAutoSeq->isVisible () && ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked() // auto-sequencing allowed
&& ((!m_bCallingCQ // not calling CQ/QRZ
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
&& !m_sentFirst73 // not finished QSO
&& ((message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall)
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
// being called and not already in a QSO
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
&& (message_words.at(2).contains(Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text())) or bEU_VHF_w2))
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
// type 2 compound replies
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
|| (within_tolerance &&
(acceptable_73 ||
("DE" == message_words.at (1) &&
w2.contains(Radio::base_callsign (m_hisCall)))))))
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
|| (m_bCallingCQ && m_bAutoReply
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
// look for type 2 compound call replies on our Tx and Rx offsets
&& ((within_tolerance && "DE" == message_words.at (1))
More cleanup; fix several auto-sequencing problems.
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
|| message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall))))) {
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
if(!m_config.bFox()) processMessage (message);
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8105 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-22 13:38:51 -04:00
}
Many GUI adjustments for FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7736 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-26 11:24:56 -04:00
}
}
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing 73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather than being processed. Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++ code in the logbook directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8047 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-29 22:27:57 -04:00
void MainWindow::pskPost (DecodedText const& decodedtext)
MSK144 mode: minimum Ftol=20; report received copied to Log screen; spots sent to PSKreporter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7140 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-02 19:16:47 -04:00
{
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match the original decode. See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7957 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 17:18:59 -04:00
if (m_diskData || !m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter() || decodedtext.isLowConfidence ()) return;
MSK144 mode: minimum Ftol=20; report received copied to Log screen; spots sent to PSKreporter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7140 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-02 19:16:47 -04:00
QString msgmode=m_mode;
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") {
msgmode="JT9";
if (decodedtext.isJT65()) msgmode="JT65";
}
QString deCall;
QString grid;
Further speed improvements for MSK144 RT decoding. Fiz what I broke in the "click-on-CQ-message" logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7144 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-03 13:08:02 -04:00
decodedtext.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/deCall,grid);
MSK144 mode: minimum Ftol=20; report received copied to Log screen; spots sent to PSKreporter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7140 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-02 19:16:47 -04:00
int audioFrequency = decodedtext.frequencyOffset();
Fix freq sent to PSRreporter for modes with short sequences. Thanks to Sandro, IW3RAB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7816 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-08 12:10:23 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" or m_mode=="MSK144") {
audioFrequency=decodedtext.string().mid(16,4).toInt();
}
MSK144 mode: minimum Ftol=20; report received copied to Log screen; spots sent to PSKreporter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7140 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-02 19:16:47 -04:00
int snr = decodedtext.snr();
Frequency frequency = m_freqNominal + audioFrequency;
pskSetLocal ();
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if(grid.contains (grid_regexp)) {
Remove a qDebug() flagging posts to PSKreporter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7758 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-01 09:37:29 -04:00
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter:" << deCall << grid << frequency << msgmode << snr;
MSK144 mode: minimum Ftol=20; report received copied to Log screen; spots sent to PSKreporter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7140 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-02 19:16:47 -04:00
psk_Reporter->addRemoteStation(deCall,grid,QString::number(frequency),msgmode,
QString::number(snr),QString::number(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toTime_t()));
}
}
Only delete last .wav file on exit if it is not to be saved Also enhanced delete .wav files menu entry to delete .c2 files as well. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5672 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 13:33:05 -04:00
void MainWindow::killFile ()
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 13:57:20 -04:00
{
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
if (m_fnameWE.size () &&
!(m_saveAll || (m_saveDecoded && m_bDecoded) || m_fnameWE == m_fileToSave)) {
QFile f1 {m_fnameWE + ".wav"};
No short messages (yet?) in MSK144 mode. Max message length = 80. Don't try to remove a noexistent file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6722 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 14:20:53 -04:00
if(f1.exists()) f1.remove();
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 13:01:51 -04:00
QFile f2 {m_fnameWE + ".c2"};
No short messages (yet?) in MSK144 mode. Max message length = 80. Don't try to remove a noexistent file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6722 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 14:20:53 -04:00
if(f2.exists()) f2.remove();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 13:57:20 -04:00
}
}
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The "Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is implemented differently now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8090 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 16:27:33 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_EraseButton_clicked ()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 12:51:57 -04:00
qint64 ms=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch();
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The "Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is implemented differently now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8090 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 16:27:33 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->erase ();
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") or m_mode=="Echo" or m_mode=="ISCAT") {
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The "Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is implemented differently now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8090 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 16:27:33 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->erase ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
if((ms-m_msErase)<500) {
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The "Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is implemented differently now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8090 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 16:27:33 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->erase ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Further code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3199 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-22 11:43:02 -04:00
}
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 12:51:57 -04:00
m_msErase=ms;
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The "Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is implemented differently now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8090 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 16:27:33 -04:00
}
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8091 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 18:20:51 -04:00
void MainWindow::band_activity_cleared ()
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The "Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is implemented differently now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8090 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 16:27:33 -04:00
{
m_messageClient->clear_decodes ();
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("decoded.txt"));
if(f.exists()) f.remove();
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8091 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 18:20:51 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::rx_frequency_activity_cleared ()
{
m_QSOText.clear();
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The "Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is implemented differently now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8090 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 16:27:33 -04:00
set_dateTimeQSO(-1); // G4WJS: why do we do this?
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::decodeBusy(bool b) //decodeBusy()
{
Decode button now does nothing in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7189 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 10:35:59 -04:00
if (!b) m_optimizingProgress.reset ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
m_decoderBusy=b;
ui->DecodeButton->setEnabled(!b);
ui->actionOpen->setEnabled(!b);
ui->actionOpen_next_in_directory->setEnabled(!b);
ui->actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory->setEnabled(!b);
Add decoding is busy flag to UDP Status message Updated message_aggregator reference application to show the mode label in the status bar with a cyan background colour when decoding is busy. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-13 10:44:11 -05:00
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
statusUpdate ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
//------------------------------------------------------------- //guiUpdate()
void MainWindow::guiUpdate()
{
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
static char message[38];
static char msgsent[38];
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
double txDuration;
This is test code!! I have changed the declarations of the Rig class functions we use: open() setConf() getFreq() setFreq() setPTT() close() ... so that each one returns the (negative) error code returned by hamlib. These functions no longer throw exceptions. Initial tests seem to show things working well. I have found one condition that causes a crash. The rig is initially opened and is running OK (in this case, with the Polling interval set to 1 s). Then the radio is turned off. The next call to getFreq() never returns. Probably we need to set a timeout limit? The code is kinda on the quick-and-dirty side. Improvements will be welcom! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3246 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-30 14:54:11 -04:00
QString rt;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_TRperiod==0) m_TRperiod=60;
txDuration=0.0;
Correct NSPS in the GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7791 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-06 12:27:22 -04:00
if(m_modeTx=="FT8") txDuration=1.0 + 79*1920/12000.0; // FT8
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_modeTx=="JT4") txDuration=1.0 + 207.0*2520/11025.0; // JT4
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") txDuration=1.0 + 85.0*m_nsps/12000.0; // JT9
Some progress in QRA01 --> QRA02. Correct minor flaws in mode setting and plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6829 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 08:46:14 -04:00
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") txDuration=1.0 + 126*4096/11025.0; // JT65
Add date and seconds to all transmit message log entries ALL.TXT and ALL_WSPR.TXT git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7817 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-08 14:44:42 -04:00
if(m_modeTx=="QRA64") txDuration=1.0 + 84*6912/12000.0; // QRA64
if(m_modeTx=="WSPR") txDuration=2.0 + 162*8192/12000.0; // WSPR
if(m_modeTx=="WSPR-LF") txDuration=2.0 + 114*24576/12000.0; // WSPR-LF
if(m_modeTx=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
txDuration=m_TRperiod-0.25; // ISCAT, JT9-fast, MSK144
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
double tx1=0.0;
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
double tx2=txDuration;
No CW ID in FT8 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7829 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 19:01:26 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") icw[0]=0; //No CW ID in FT8 mode
Fix the broken "click-on-callsign" logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7178 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 17:32:30 -04:00
if((icw[0]>0) and (!m_bFast9)) tx2 += icw[0]*2560.0/48000.0; //Full length including CW ID
Don't allow CW ID to extend Tx stop time beyond normal sequence boundary. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7323 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-19 13:28:14 -05:00
if(tx2>m_TRperiod) tx2=m_TRperiod;
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(!m_txFirst and !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 15:11:31 -04:00
tx1 += m_TRperiod;
tx2 += m_TRperiod;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
qint64 ms = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() % 86400000;
int nsec=ms/1000;
double tsec=0.001*ms;
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 15:11:31 -04:00
double t2p=fmod(tsec,2*m_TRperiod);
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
m_s6=fmod(tsec,6.0);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_nseq = nsec % m_TRperiod;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_tRemaining=m_TRperiod - fmod(tsec,double(m_TRperiod));
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 14:02:39 -04:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
Slightly shorten Tx duration in Echo mode. This fixes a timing issue that was preventing received data from being processed in certain setups. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8369 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 20:04:12 -05:00
txDuration=2.4;
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 14:02:39 -04:00
tx1=0.0;
tx2=txDuration;
if(m_auto and m_s6>4.0) m_bEchoTxOK=true;
Correct the bounds error test in avecho. Ensure proper GUI controls visible in Echo mode. Reset nsum=0 when Tx Enable is toggled ON in Echo mode. Don't restart Monitor after finishing a sequence of Echo transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 11:32:55 -04:00
if(m_transmitting) m_bEchoTxed=true;
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 14:02:39 -04:00
}
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Better logic for WSPR scheduling. Don't overwrite a grid6 with grid4 obtained by double-clicking on a decode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 18:58:24 -04:00
if(m_nseq==0 and m_ntr==0) { //Decide whether to Tx or Rx
m_tuneup=false; //This is not an ATU tuneup
Fix the Tx duration in WSPR-LF (8-FSK) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7685 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-17 10:43:16 -04:00
if(m_pctx==0) m_WSPR_tx_next = false; //Don't transmit if m_pctx=0
bool btx = m_auto && m_WSPR_tx_next; // To Tx, we need m_auto and
// scheduled transmit
Better logic for WSPR scheduling. Don't overwrite a grid6 with grid4 obtained by double-clicking on a decode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 18:58:24 -04:00
if(m_auto and m_txNext) btx=true; //TxNext button overrides
if(m_auto and m_pctx==100) btx=true; //Always transmit
if(btx) {
Fix the Tx duration in WSPR-LF (8-FSK) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7685 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-17 10:43:16 -04:00
m_ntr=-1; //This says we will have transmitted
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_txNext=false;
ui->pbTxNext->setChecked(false);
Fix the Tx duration in WSPR-LF (8-FSK) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7685 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-17 10:43:16 -04:00
m_bTxTime=true; //Start a WSPR Tx sequence
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
// This will be a WSPR Rx sequence.
Fix the Tx duration in WSPR-LF (8-FSK) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7685 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-17 10:43:16 -04:00
m_ntr=1; //This says we will have received
m_bTxTime=false; //Start a WSPR Rx sequence
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
}
} else {
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
// For all modes other than WSPR
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
m_bTxTime = (t2p >= tx1) and (t2p < tx2);
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 14:02:39 -04:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") m_bTxTime = m_bTxTime and m_bEchoTxOK;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
if(m_tune) m_bTxTime=true; //"Tune" takes precedence
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if(m_transmitting or m_auto or m_tune) {
Remember time of last transmission. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8279 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-03 16:59:59 -05:00
m_dateTimeLastTX = QDateTime::currentDateTime ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
// Check for "txboth" (testing purposes only)
Back out the r5491 changes to where Doppler is applied. They were wrong! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5493 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-02 10:06:26 -04:00
QFile f(m_appDir + "/txboth");
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
if(f.exists() and
fmod(tsec,m_TRperiod)<(1.0 + 85.0*m_nsps/12000.0)) m_bTxTime=true;
Many improvements to GUI. Fixed the "yellow waterfall" problem; fixed generated names for *.wav files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2694 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-26 12:01:57 -04:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
// Don't transmit another mode in the 30 m WSPR sub-band
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
Frequency onAirFreq = m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value();
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
if ((onAirFreq > 10139900 and onAirFreq < 10140320) and
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_bTxTime=false;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if (m_auto) auto_tx_mode (false);
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
if(onAirFreq!=m_onAirFreq0) {
m_onAirFreq0=onAirFreq;
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
auto const& message = tr ("Please choose another Tx frequency."
" WSJT-X will not knowingly transmit another"
" mode in the WSPR sub-band on 30m.");
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 09:22:56 -04:00
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050400
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, [=] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("WSPR Guard Band"), message);
});
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 09:22:56 -04:00
#else
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("WSPR Guard Band"), message);
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 09:22:56 -04:00
#endif
1. New startup default frequencies for 40, 30, and 6m. 2. Don'l knowingly allow transmitting in the 30m WSPR band. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3479 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-11 15:37:01 -04:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
1. New startup default frequencies for 40, 30, and 6m. 2. Don'l knowingly allow transmitting in the 30m WSPR band. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3479 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-11 15:37:01 -04:00
Don't allow Fox mode in any of the default FT8 sub-bands. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-01 14:27:59 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bFox()) {
// Don't allow Fox mode in any of the default FT8 sub-bands.
qint32 ft8Freq[]={1840,3573,7074,10136,14074,18100,21074,24915,28074,50313,70100};
for(int i=0; i<11; i++) {
int kHzdiff=m_freqNominal/1000 - ft8Freq[i];
if(qAbs(kHzdiff) < 4) {
m_bTxTime=false;
if (m_auto) auto_tx_mode (false);
auto const& message = tr ("Please choose another dial frequency."
" WSJT-X will not operate in Fox mode"
" in the standard FT8 sub-bands.");
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050400
QTimer::singleShot (0, [=] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Fox Mode warning"), message);
});
#else
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Fox Mode warning"), message);
#endif
break;
}
}
}
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if (m_config.watchdog() && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")
Refactor a poor variable name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6898 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-08 16:45:45 -04:00
&& m_idleMinutes >= m_config.watchdog ()) {
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
tx_watchdog (true); // disable transmit
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
}
Tweak the "late start" logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8486 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-09 10:04:31 -05:00
float fTR=float((ms%(1000*m_TRperiod)))/(1000*m_TRperiod);
Don't allow transmitting an all-blank message. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-12 14:01:25 -04:00
QString txMsg;
if(m_ntx == 1) txMsg=ui->tx1->text();
if(m_ntx == 2) txMsg=ui->tx2->text();
if(m_ntx == 3) txMsg=ui->tx3->text();
if(m_ntx == 4) txMsg=ui->tx4->text();
if(m_ntx == 5) txMsg=ui->tx5->currentText();
if(m_ntx == 6) txMsg=ui->tx6->text();
if(m_ntx == 7) txMsg=ui->genMsg->text();
if(m_ntx == 8) txMsg=ui->freeTextMsg->currentText();
int msgLength=txMsg.trimmed().length();
Tune should work even if selected Tx message is blank. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-28 10:53:07 -04:00
if(msgLength==0 and !m_tune) on_stopTxButton_clicked();
Don't allow transmitting an all-blank message. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-12 14:01:25 -04:00
Tune should work even if selected Tx message is blank. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-28 10:53:07 -04:00
if(g_iptt==0 and ((m_bTxTime and fTR<0.75 and msgLength>0) or m_tune)) {
//### Allow late starts
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 21:24:47 -04:00
icw[0]=m_ncw;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
g_iptt = 1;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
setRig ();
Fix Hound logic for automatic audio offset changes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:30 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") {
Tidy up recent fixes for Hound frequency shifts git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-22 08:32:32 -04:00
if (m_config.bFox()) {
if (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() > 900) {
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(300);
}
Fix Hound logic for automatic audio offset changes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:30 -04:00
}
Tidy up recent fixes for Hound frequency shifts git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-22 08:32:32 -04:00
else if (m_config.bHound ()) {
Fix Hound logic for automatic audio offset changes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:30 -04:00
if(m_auto && !m_tune) {
if (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() < 999 && m_ntx != 3) {
int nf = (qrand() % 2000) + 1000; // Hound randomized range: 1000-3000 Hz
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(nf);
}
}
Hound TxFreq at FoxFreq+300 ONLY if Tx3; and keep it below 900 Hz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8636 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-24 10:42:36 -04:00
if (m_nSentFoxRrpt==2 and m_ntx==3) {
// move off the original Fox frequency on subsequent tries of Tx3
int nfreq=m_nFoxFreq + 300;
if(m_nFoxFreq>600) nfreq=m_nFoxFreq - 300; //keep nfreq below 900 Hz
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(nfreq);
Fix Hound logic for automatic audio offset changes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:30 -04:00
}
if (m_nSentFoxRrpt == 1) {
++m_nSentFoxRrpt;
}
}
Enforce Tx audio ranges for Fox and Hounds. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8330 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-14 11:24:06 -05:00
}
Fix Hound logic for automatic audio offset changes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:30 -04:00
If Hold Tx Freq is unchecked, randomize Fox's Tx Freq in the range 300-600 Hz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-02 11:02:00 -05:00
// If HoldTxFreq is not checked, randomize Fox's Tx Freq
// NB: Maybe this should be done no more than once every 5 minutes or so ?
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bFox() and !ui->cbHoldTxFreq->isChecked()) {
int fTx = 300.0 + 300.0*double(qrand())/RAND_MAX;
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(fTx);
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Don't transmit all-blank messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8518 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-21 11:34:02 -05:00
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
Add a user control for Tx Delay, on the Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7058 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 19:18:48 -04:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_ptt (true); //Assert the PTT
Smarter Tx sequencing that allows for CAT processing latency When using split operating and/or rig mode setting there is a delay before PTT is asserted while the CAT commands are processed. There will even be a small delay if CAT is only used for PTT. This change waits for these commands to be completed before starting the user Tx delay specified in the settings. There is a notable exception to this in that DX Lab Suite Commander does not give us a way of knowing when CAT commands have actually been completed. This combined with the way that Commander spaces CAT commands, rather than being paced by the rig's CAT responses, means that delays of more than 1 second are likely. As most rigs suffer some sort of ALC overshoot when PTT is asserted with audio already present, it is strongly recommended not to use the DX Lab Suite Commander as a rig control proxy if your rig may suffer ALC overshoot and you use an external PA. Please note that using a typical RF power meter to detect ALC overshoots is unwise as they are rarely fast enough. It is probably wise to assume that all rigs suffer ALC overshoot since it is very difficult to design an ALC loop that avoids it. This change also increases the range of the "Settings->Advanced->Tx Delay" spin box to 0s up to 2s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7756 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-30 20:19:58 -04:00
m_tx_when_ready = true;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
if(!m_bTxTime and !m_tune) m_btxok=false; //Time to stop transmitting
}
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
((m_ntr==1 and m_rxDone) or (m_ntr==-1 and m_nseq>tx2))) {
if(m_monitoring) {
m_rxDone=false;
}
if(m_transmitting) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
WSPR_history(m_freqNominal,-1);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_bTxTime=false; //Time to stop a WSPR transmission
m_btxok=false;
}
Fix regression in CAT sequencing from r5700 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5714 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-11 18:50:05 -04:00
else if (m_ntr != -1) {
Improved function name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5547 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 09:40:10 -04:00
WSPR_scheduling ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_ntr=0; //This WSPR Rx sequence is complete
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
}
Work-in-progress with Fox-mode code. Contains incomplete and untested code! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8270 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-30 13:45:51 -05:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// Calculate Tx tones when needed
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
if((g_iptt==1 && m_iptt0==0) || m_restart) {
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
QByteArray ba;
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8. DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8120 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-25 13:02:52 -04:00
QByteArray ba0;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
QString sdBm,msg0,msg1,msg2;
sdBm.sprintf(" %d",m_dBm);
m_tx=1-m_tx;
int i2=m_config.my_callsign().indexOf("/");
Now 6 digit locators are possible again add option to prefer type 1 WSPR messages This option, on by default, maintains backwards compatibility for non-compound callsign holders. If switched off and they have specified a 6 digit grid then it will be sent in the type 2 protocol using two messages and a hashed callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7053 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-03 19:33:13 -04:00
if(i2>0
|| (6 == m_config.my_grid ().size ()
&& !ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->isChecked ())) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if(i2<0) { // "Type 2" WSPR message
msg1=m_config.my_callsign() + " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4) + sdBm;
} else {
msg1=m_config.my_callsign() + sdBm;
}
msg0="<" + m_config.my_callsign() + "> " + m_config.my_grid()+ sdBm;
if(m_tx==0) msg2=msg0;
if(m_tx==1) msg2=msg1;
} else {
msg2=m_config.my_callsign() + " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4) + sdBm; // Normal WSPR message
}
ba=msg2.toLatin1();
} else {
Several enhancements to DXpedition mode: 1. Insert dummy report when Hound is called by complex-callsign Fox. 2. Allow Fox to transmit anywhere between 300 and 900 Hz. 3. Restrict randomized Hound freq to the range 1000 - 3000 Hz. 4. Suppress Fox signals that would be duplicates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8376 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-27 16:06:57 -05:00
if(m_config.bHound() and m_ntx!=3) { //Hound transmits only Tx1 or Tx3
m_ntx=1;
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if(m_ntx == 1) ba=ui->tx1->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 2) ba=ui->tx2->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 3) ba=ui->tx3->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 4) ba=ui->tx4->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 5) ba=ui->tx5->currentText().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 6) ba=ui->tx6->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 7) ba=ui->genMsg->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 8) ba=ui->freeTextMsg->currentText().toLocal8Bit();
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
ba2msg(ba,message);
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
int ichk=0;
if (m_lastMessageSent != m_currentMessage
|| m_lastMessageType != m_currentMessageType)
{
m_lastMessageSent = m_currentMessage;
m_lastMessageType = m_currentMessageType;
}
m_currentMessageType = 0;
Senc correct Tx tone after switching from JT4 to Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5573 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-10 10:58:55 -04:00
if(m_tune or m_mode=="Echo") {
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
itone[0]=0;
} else {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7971 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-30 21:28:25 -04:00
geniscat_(message, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone), 28, 28);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
msgsent[28]=0;
} else {
if(m_modeTx=="JT4") gen4_(message, &ichk , msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7971 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-30 21:28:25 -04:00
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 22);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") gen9_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7971 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-30 21:28:25 -04:00
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 22);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") gen65_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7971 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-30 21:28:25 -04:00
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 22);
Add date and seconds to all transmit message log entries ALL.TXT and ALL_WSPR.TXT git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7817 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-08 14:44:42 -04:00
if(m_modeTx=="QRA64") genqra64_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7971 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-30 21:28:25 -04:00
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 22);
Add date and seconds to all transmit message log entries ALL.TXT and ALL_WSPR.TXT git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7817 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-08 14:44:42 -04:00
if(m_modeTx=="WSPR") genwspr_(message, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7971 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-30 21:28:25 -04:00
22, 22);
Modify CMakeLists.txt so that we only build what is needed for the release, more or less.
2018-09-12 17:22:01 -04:00
// if(m_modeTx=="WSPR-LF") genwspr_fsk8_(message, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
// 22, 22);
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-28 11:50:13 -04:00
if(m_modeTx=="MSK144" or m_modeTx=="FT8") {
Pass mycall and mygrid to foxgen(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8263 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-27 16:23:24 -05:00
char MyCall[6];
This should have been committed with r7121. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-30 11:55:53 -04:00
char MyGrid[6];
Pass mycall and mygrid to foxgen(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8263 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-27 16:23:24 -05:00
strncpy(MyCall, (m_config.my_callsign()+" ").toLatin1(),6);
This should have been committed with r7121. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-30 11:55:53 -04:00
strncpy(MyGrid, (m_config.my_grid()+" ").toLatin1(),6);
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-28 11:50:13 -04:00
if(m_modeTx=="MSK144") {
Remove some bcontest stuff associated with MSK144.
2018-07-11 14:42:48 -04:00
genmsk_128_90_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
&m_currentMessageType, 37, 37);
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-28 11:50:13 -04:00
if(m_restart) {
int nsym=144;
if(itone[40]==-40) nsym=40;
m_modulator->set_nsym(nsym);
}
}
if(m_modeTx=="FT8") {
Allox Fox to transmit free-text or other single messages from Tab 1. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8350 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 14:26:39 -05:00
if(m_config.bFox() and ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==2) {
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
foxTxSequencer();
Starting on code for Fox multi-sig transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-16 16:32:07 -05:00
} else {
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
parse77_(message, &m_i3, &m_n3, 37);
int ichk=1,itype=-1;
Use dummy array itone0[] to call a "gen..." routine just to check a message.
2018-07-10 08:50:45 -04:00
gen65_(message,&ichk,msgsent,const_cast<int *>(itone0),&itype,22,22);
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
/*
* itype:
* 1 Std msg
* 2 Type 1 prefix
* 3 Type 1 suffix
* 4 Type 2 prefix
* 5 Type 2 suffix
* 6 Free Text
* 7 Hashed calls (MSK144 short format)
*/
Code cleanup related to "bcontest". Auto-seq now OK for new NA VHF Contest messages.
2018-07-11 10:13:42 -04:00
Send m_i3, m_n3, m_isync from mainwindow to genft8.f90 and use these to determine the type of generated message, according to the scheme described in lib/77bit/NewCode.txt.
2018-07-03 15:37:50 -04:00
m_isync=1;
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
if(!m_config.bGenerate77() and itype == 6 and (m_i3>0 or m_n3>0)) m_isync=2;
if(m_config.bGenerate77()) m_isync=2;
Fix a blunder in sending old-style messages: if isync=1, then necessarily i3=0.
2018-07-12 08:58:04 -04:00
if(m_isync==1) m_i3=0;
char ft8msgbits[77];
Don't send "mygrid" where it's no longer needed.
2018-07-11 16:32:08 -04:00
genft8_(message, &m_i3, &m_n3, &m_isync, msgsent,
const_cast<char *> (ft8msgbits), const_cast<int *> (itone), 37, 37);
Allow Fox to transmit standard FT8 messages (including free text) from Tab 1 or Tab 2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-11 09:01:50 -04:00
if(m_config.bFox()) {
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
//Fox must generate the full Tx waveform, not just an itone[] array.
Allow Fox to transmit standard FT8 messages (including free text) from Tab 1 or Tab 2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-11 09:01:50 -04:00
QString fm = QString::fromStdString(message).trimmed();
foxGenWaveform(0,fm);
foxcom_.nslots=1;
foxcom_.nfreq=ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value();
if(m_config.split_mode()) foxcom_.nfreq = foxcom_.nfreq - m_XIT; //Fox Tx freq
QString foxCall=m_config.my_callsign() + " ";
strncpy(&foxcom_.mycall[0], foxCall.toLatin1(),12); //Copy Fox callsign into foxcom_
foxgen_();
}
Starting on code for Fox multi-sig transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-16 16:32:07 -05:00
}
When MSK144 message is changed between long and short format, must inform Modulator. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6909 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 15:17:47 -04:00
}
Save contest exchanges for NA_VHF and EU_VHF.
2018-07-31 15:42:51 -04:00
if(m_nContest==EU_VHF) {
if(m_ntx==2) m_xSent=ui->tx2->text().right(13);
if(m_ntx==3) m_xSent=ui->tx3->text().right(13);
}
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
if(m_nContest==FIELD_DAY or m_nContest==RTTY) {
if(m_ntx==2 or m_ntx==3) {
QStringList t=ui->tx2->text().split(' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
int n=t.size();
m_xSent=t.at(n-2) + " " + t.at(n-1);
}
}
When MSK144 message is changed between long and short format, must inform Modulator. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6909 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 15:17:47 -04:00
}
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
if(m_isync==1) msgsent[22]=0;
if(m_isync==2) msgsent[37]=0;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
m_currentMessage = QString::fromLatin1(msgsent);
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an auto-reply QSO. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7943 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 12:51:42 -04:00
m_bCallingCQ = CALLING == m_QSOProgress
|| m_currentMessage.contains (QRegularExpression {"^(CQ|QRZ) "});
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent. 2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller. 3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file "data_dir/false_decodes.txt". 4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7928 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-20 11:15:00 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8") {
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:11 -04:00
if(m_bCallingCQ && ui->cbFirst->isVisible () && ui->cbFirst->isChecked ()) {
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent. 2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller. 3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file "data_dir/false_decodes.txt". 4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7928 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-20 11:15:00 -04:00
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet("QCheckBox{color:red}");
} else {
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet("");
}
}
When MSK144 message is changed between long and short format, must inform Modulator. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6909 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 15:17:47 -04:00
if (m_tune) {
m_currentMessage = "TUNE";
m_currentMessageType = -1;
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
if(m_restart) {
Fix inadvertent ALL.TXT file name case issue git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7822 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 13:30:10 -04:00
write_transmit_entry ("ALL.TXT");
Code cleanup; more Fox-mode additions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 12:09:03 -05:00
if (m_config.TX_messages ()) {
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayTransmittedText(m_currentMessage,m_modeTx,
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),m_bFastMode);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 13:57:20 -04:00
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
auto t2 = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ().toString ("hhmm");
icw[0] = 0;
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
auto msg_parts = m_currentMessage.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
Fix report extraction from short code messages git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7826 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:45 -04:00
if (msg_parts.size () > 2) {
// clean up short code forms
msg_parts[0].remove (QChar {'<'});
Correct a flaw that caused loss of m_rptSent if MyCall is a nonstandard call.
2018-09-18 14:52:21 -04:00
msg_parts[0].remove (QChar {'>'});
msg_parts[1].remove (QChar {'<'});
Fix report extraction from short code messages git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7826 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:45 -04:00
msg_parts[1].remove (QChar {'>'});
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
auto is_73 = m_QSOProgress >= ROGER_REPORT
&& message_is_73 (m_currentMessageType, msg_parts);
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
m_sentFirst73 = is_73
&& !message_is_73 (m_lastMessageType, m_lastMessageSent.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if (m_sentFirst73) {
m_qsoStop=t2;
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
if(m_config.id_after_73 ()) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
icw[0] = m_ncw;
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if (m_config.prompt_to_log () && !m_tune) {
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
logQSOTimer.start (0);
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Align the text in tx status label. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8516 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 16:30:31 -05:00
Fix bugs found in test with K9AN on Aug 28. Double-click on "CQ K9AN EN50" mistakenly put EN50 into DXcall. Enable Tx was turned off after 73 is sent. Sh mode did not auto-sequence correctly. Received exchange not logged correctly in EU VHF mode.
2018-08-28 09:44:00 -04:00
bool b=(m_mode=="FT8") and ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked();
Remove "WSPR-LF" from Mode menu. Another try at getting the "Call First" logic right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7834 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 09:20:33 -04:00
if(is_73 and (m_config.disable_TX_on_73() or b)) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
auto_tx_mode (false);
Remove "WSPR-LF" from Mode menu. Another try at getting the "Call First" logic right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7834 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 09:20:33 -04:00
if(b) {
m_ntx=6;
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
Remove "WSPR-LF" from Mode menu. Another try at getting the "Call First" logic right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7834 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 09:20:33 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 21:24:47 -04:00
1. Enable CW ID for fast modes. 2. Correct several more flaws in making GUI controls visible or invisible. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7170 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 12:19:24 -04:00
if(m_config.id_interval () >0) {
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 21:24:47 -04:00
int nmin=(m_sec0-m_secID)/60;
Fix UTC wrap-around problem with timing of CW ID. Fix WSPR label mi/km. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7276 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-02 08:38:18 -04:00
if(m_sec0<m_secID) nmin=m_config.id_interval();
if(nmin >= m_config.id_interval()) {
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 21:24:47 -04:00
icw[0]=m_ncw;
m_secID=m_sec0;
}
}
Fix report extraction from short code messages git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7826 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:45 -04:00
if ((m_currentMessageType < 6 || 7 == m_currentMessageType)
&& msg_parts.length() >= 3
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
&& (msg_parts[1] == m_config.my_callsign () ||
msg_parts[1] == m_baseCall))
{
int i1;
bool ok;
i1 = msg_parts[2].toInt(&ok);
if(ok and i1>=-50 and i1<50)
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
{
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
m_rptSent = msg_parts[2];
m_qsoStart = t2;
} else {
if (msg_parts[2].mid (0, 1) == "R")
{
i1 = msg_parts[2].mid (1).toInt (&ok);
if (ok and i1 >= -50 and i1 < 50)
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
{
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
m_rptSent = msg_parts[2].mid (1);
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
m_qsoStart = t2;
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
}
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
m_restart=false;
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
if (!m_auto && m_sentFirst73)
{
m_sentFirst73 = false;
if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex())
{
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = true;
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
if (g_iptt == 1 && m_iptt0 == 0)
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 18:50:44 -04:00
{
Ant mouse press or key press in the main window resets the Tx watchdog git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6831 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 12:25:47 -04:00
auto const& current_message = QString::fromLatin1 (msgsent);
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
&& current_message != m_msgSent0) {
tx_watchdog (false); // in case we are auto sequencing
m_msgSent0 = current_message;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Ant mouse press or key press in the main window resets the Tx watchdog git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6831 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 12:25:47 -04:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if(!m_tune) {
Fix inadvertent ALL.TXT file name case issue git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7822 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 13:30:10 -04:00
write_transmit_entry ("ALL.TXT");
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
More Fox progress... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-30 15:51:46 -05:00
if (m_config.TX_messages () && !m_tune && !m_config.bFox()) {
Ant mouse press or key press in the main window resets the Tx watchdog git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6831 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 12:25:47 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayTransmittedText(current_message, m_modeTx,
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),m_bFastMode);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
switch (m_ntx)
{
case 1: m_QSOProgress = REPLYING; break;
case 2: m_QSOProgress = REPORT; break;
case 3: m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT; break;
case 4: m_QSOProgress = ROGERS; break;
case 5: m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF; break;
case 6: m_QSOProgress = CALLING; break;
default: break; // determined elsewhere
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
m_transmitting = true;
transmitDisplay (true);
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
statusUpdate ();
Write dial frequency and JT9 submode to all.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3232 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-27 09:11:29 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
if(!m_btxok && m_btxok0 && g_iptt==1) stopTx();
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 13:29:26 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
if(m_startAnother) {
correct a flaw in "Decode remaining files in directory"; correct the widget visibility in ISCAT mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7201 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-19 14:09:27 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
m_wait++;
}
if(m_mode!="MSK144" or m_wait>=4) {
m_wait=0;
m_startAnother=false;
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
More contest-mode tweaks: fix Tx1/Tx2 start QSO, increment serial number.
2018-08-01 13:08:16 -04:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" or m_mode=="MSK144") {
if(ui->txrb1->isEnabled() and m_nContest!=NONE and m_nContest!=EU_VHF) {
//We're in a contest-like mode other than EU_VHF: start QSO with Tx2.
ui->tx1->setEnabled(false);
}
if(!ui->tx1->isEnabled() and m_nContest==EU_VHF) {
//We're in EU_VHF mode: start QSO with Tx1.
ui->tx1->setEnabled(true);
}
Don't use Tx1 when operating in any of the contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 11:10:57 -04:00
}
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 10:24:54 -04:00
//Once per second:
if(nsec != m_sec0) {
Preparing for v2.0-rc1 candidate release. - Add file contrib/lotw-user-activity.csv, install in data_dir(). - Add suggested frequencies on 20 and 40m for testing FT8 v2.0 messages. - Add a timeout date (Nov 1 2018) beyond which -rc1 will not run. - Change Versions.cmake to indicate v2.0.0-rc1.
2018-09-10 13:07:30 -04:00
// qDebug() << "OneSec:";
Add warning message if VHF features enabled on a lower band. Clean up "Decoded Lines" table in User Guide, and corresponding ISCAT end-of-line characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7283 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-03 10:05:05 -04:00
if(m_freqNominal!=0 and m_freqNominal<50000000 and m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
if(!m_bVHFwarned) vhfWarning();
} else {
m_bVHFwarned=false;
}
Remove my new QHash stuff; adapt the existing logbook code instead. We now display "new call on current band" as well as "new call on any band". Something similar should be done for DXCCs and grids.
2018-08-03 16:31:19 -04:00
m_currentBand=m_config.bands()->find(m_freqNominal);
Prep for WSJT-X v1.9.1 release to fix Xox mode issue git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/wsjtx/trunk@8733 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-29 18:59:47 -04:00
// if(m_config.bFox()) {
// if(m_config.my_callsign()=="K1JT" or m_config.my_callsign()=="K9AN" or
// m_config.my_callsign()=="G4WJS" or m_config.my_callsign().contains("KH7Z")) {
// ui->sbNslots->setMaximum(5);
// m_Nslots=ui->sbNslots->value();
// ui->sbNslots->setEnabled(true);
// } else {
// ui->sbNslots->setMaximum(1);
// m_Nslots=1;
// ui->sbNslots->setEnabled(false);
// }
// }
Prepare for v1.9.0-rc1 release candidate. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8487 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-09 12:49:40 -05:00
To keep calling Fox, Hound must reactivate Enable Tx at least once every 2 minutes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8458 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 14:58:03 -05:00
if(m_config.bHound()) {
Minor cleanup.
2018-07-06 13:21:31 -04:00
// m_bWarnedHound=false;
To keep calling Fox, Hound must reactivate Enable Tx at least once every 2 minutes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8458 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 14:58:03 -05:00
qint32 tHound=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000 - m_tAutoOn;
Minimize useless late starts of transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8459 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 15:13:16 -05:00
//To keep calling Fox, Hound must reactivate Enable Tx at least once every 2 minutes
Correct the logic for deactivating Enable Tx for Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-07 11:56:38 -05:00
if(tHound >= 120 and m_ntx==1) auto_tx_mode(false);
To keep calling Fox, Hound must reactivate Enable Tx at least once every 2 minutes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8458 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 14:58:03 -05:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_auto and m_mode=="Echo" and m_bEchoTxOK) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
progressBar.setMaximum(6);
progressBar.setValue(int(m_s6));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
if(m_mode!="Echo") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_monitoring or m_transmitting) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
progressBar.setMaximum(m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
int isec=int(fmod(tsec,m_TRperiod));
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
progressBar.setValue(isec);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
} else {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
progressBar.setValue(0);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
}
Do not make unneeded rig adjustments when Doppler tracking disabled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5595 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 20:26:44 -04:00
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
astroUpdate ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
if(m_transmitting) {
Fix the crash that we were seeing on linux. The string s[41] was too short to include the null termination.
2018-07-09 20:13:56 -04:00
char s[42];
Allox Fox to transmit free-text or other single messages from Tab 1. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8350 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 14:26:39 -05:00
if(m_config.bFox() and ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==2) {
Fix the way tx status label is set for Fox transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-21 10:48:56 -05:00
sprintf(s,"Tx: %d Slots",foxcom_.nslots);
Allox Fox to transmit free-text or other single messages from Tab 1. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8350 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 14:26:39 -05:00
} else {
sprintf(s,"Tx: %s",msgsent);
}
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
m_nsendingsh=0;
if(s[4]==64) m_nsendingsh=1;
if(m_nsendingsh==1 or m_currentMessageType==7) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #66ffff}");
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
} else if(m_nsendingsh==-1 or m_currentMessageType==6) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #ffccff}");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
} else {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #ffff33}");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Removed the bi-directional CAT control: an unsuccessful experiment. Removed an unhelpful change to decoder(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 10:53:58 -04:00
if(m_tune) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setText("Tx: TUNE");
Removed the bi-directional CAT control: an unsuccessful experiment. Removed an unhelpful change to decoder(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 10:53:58 -04:00
} else {
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setText("Tx: ECHO");
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
} else {
Increase size of char array s[]. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8515 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 15:09:44 -05:00
s[40]=0;
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8. DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8120 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-25 13:02:52 -04:00
QString t{QString::fromLatin1(s)};
Fix the way tx status label is set for Fox transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-21 10:48:56 -05:00
if(m_config.bFox() and ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==2 and foxcom_.nslots==1) {
t=m_fm1.trimmed();
}
Align the text in tx status label. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8516 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 16:30:31 -05:00
tx_status_label.setText(t.trimmed());
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
}
Removed the bi-directional CAT control: an unsuccessful experiment. Removed an unhelpful change to decoder(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 10:53:58 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
} else if(m_monitoring) {
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
if (!m_tx_watchdog) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #00ff00}");
Add a performance monitor for real-time MSK144 decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7116 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-29 09:29:20 -04:00
QString t;
t="Receiving";
1. Gray-out "Include averaging" and "Include Deep Search" if not in JT4 or JT65 mode. 2. Make the "MSK144 Realtime decode" checkbox invisible, in preparation for removing it entirely. 3. Always use RealTime decoding in MSK144 mode. (For now, at least, click-to-decode works as before.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 14:21:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
Add a performance monitor for real-time MSK144 decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7116 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-29 09:29:20 -04:00
int npct=int(100.0*m_fCPUmskrtd/0.298667);
if(npct>90) tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #ff0000}");
Minor cleanup; add some !$OMP stuff to msk144sync.f90, but it's not yet functional. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7119 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-29 12:39:14 -04:00
t.sprintf("Receiving %2d%%",npct);
Add a performance monitor for real-time MSK144 decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7116 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-29 09:29:20 -04:00
}
tx_status_label.setText (t);
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
transmitDisplay(false);
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
} else if (!m_diskData && !m_tx_watchdog) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("");
tx_status_label.setText("");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
QDateTime t = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
Much code cleanup: remove unised variables and code. Include # channels in audio device offerings. Start implementing "msgsent" correctly. (Not finished!) Include Date in UTC display. Use the properly computer snrdb. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2718 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-12 11:33:45 -05:00
QString utc = t.date().toString("yyyy MMM dd") + "\n " +
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
t.time().toString() + " ";
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
ui->labUTC->setText(utc);
Basic operation with waterfall display, thermo, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2598 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-25 20:48:49 -04:00
if(!m_monitoring and !m_diskData) {
Modified behavior of audio level meter and adjacent slider; Tx6 at program startup. 1. Level meter range increased to 0-90 dB. 2. Level meter reading is independent of slider setting. 3. For a trial period: thermometer bar goes red if a 16-bit sample is within 5 dB A/D limit. 4. Slider can be used to adjust levels sent to waterfall. 5. Tx6 message is selected on program startup. Thanks to W9MDB for most of this code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7596 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 09:34:25 -05:00
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0,0);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
This is test code!! I have changed the declarations of the Rig class functions we use: open() setConf() getFreq() setFreq() setPTT() close() ... so that each one returns the (negative) error code returned by hamlib. These functions no longer throw exceptions. Initial tests seem to show things working well. I have found one condition that causes a crash. The rig is initially opened and is running OK (in this case, with the Polling interval set to 1 s). Then the radio is turned off. The next call to getFreq() never returns. Probably we need to set a timeout limit? The code is kinda on the quick-and-dirty side. Improvements will be welcom! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3246 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-30 14:54:11 -04:00
m_sec0=nsec;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
displayDialFrequency ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
m_iptt0=g_iptt;
m_btxok0=m_btxok;
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
} //End of guiUpdate
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 13:57:20 -04:00
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 13:29:26 -04:00
void MainWindow::startTx2()
{
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
if (!m_modulator->isActive ()) { // TODO - not thread safe
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
double fSpread=0.0;
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
double snr=99.0;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
QString t=ui->tx5->currentText();
if(t.mid(0,1)=="#") fSpread=t.mid(1,5).toDouble();
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
m_modulator->setSpread(fSpread); // TODO - not thread safe
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
t=ui->tx6->text();
if(t.mid(0,1)=="#") snr=t.mid(1,5).toDouble();
Removed the bi-directional CAT control: an unsuccessful experiment. Removed an unhelpful change to decoder(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 10:53:58 -04:00
if(snr>0.0 or snr < -50.0) snr=99.0;
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
transmit (snr);
Modified behavior of audio level meter and adjacent slider; Tx6 at program startup. 1. Level meter range increased to 0-90 dB. 2. Level meter reading is independent of slider setting. 3. For a trial period: thermometer bar goes red if a 16-bit sample is within 5 dB A/D limit. 4. Slider can be used to adjust levels sent to waterfall. 5. Tx6 message is selected on program startup. Thanks to W9MDB for most of this code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7596 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 09:34:25 -05:00
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0,0);
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
if(m_mode=="Echo" and !m_tune) m_bTransmittedEcho=true;
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and !m_tune) {
Only show WSPR transmitting message when configured to show Tx messages Also changed the default for the "Tx messages to Rx window" setting true. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5521 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 07:32:25 -04:00
if (m_config.TX_messages ()) {
t = " Transmitting " + m_mode + " ----------------------- " +
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal);
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 10:24:54 -04:00
t=WSPR_hhmm(0) + ' ' + t.rightJustified (66, '-');
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
Only show WSPR transmitting message when configured to show Tx messages Also changed the default for the "Tx messages to Rx window" setting true. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5521 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 07:32:25 -04:00
}
Add date and seconds to all transmit message log entries ALL.TXT and ALL_WSPR.TXT git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7817 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-08 14:44:42 -04:00
write_transmit_entry ("ALL_WSPR.TXT");
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 13:29:26 -04:00
}
}
void MainWindow::stopTx()
{
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
Q_EMIT endTransmitMessage ();
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 18:50:44 -04:00
m_btxok = false;
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
m_transmitting = false;
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
g_iptt=0;
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
if (!m_tx_watchdog) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("");
tx_status_label.setText("");
}
Add a user control for Tx Delay, on the Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7058 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 19:18:48 -04:00
ptt0Timer.start(200); //end-of-transmission sequencer delay
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
monitor (true);
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
statusUpdate ();
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 13:29:26 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::stopTx2()
{
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_ptt (false); //Lower PTT
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
if (m_mode == "JT9" && m_bFast9
&& ui->cbAutoSeq->isVisible () && ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked()
&& m_ntx == 5 && m_nTx73 >= 5) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked ();
m_nTx73 = 0;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_ntr==-1 and !m_tuneup) {
Reinstall code to mark WSPR transmissionsa yellow dividing line. Re-order several lines of code so that Doppler frequency updates occur before PTT is asserted. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5491 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-01 20:23:17 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setWSPRtransmitted();
Improved function name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5547 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 09:40:10 -04:00
WSPR_scheduling ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_ntr=0;
}
1. No 2 kHz frequency offset for JT9 on 60m band. 2. Don't update the "Last Tx" message until current transmission is complete. These suggestions from W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7429 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-29 13:08:32 -05:00
last_tx_label.setText("Last Tx: " + m_currentMessage.trimmed());
Fix errors in Fox message logic; default No Dupes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8337 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-16 15:56:42 -05:00
//### if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bHound()) auto_tx_mode(false); ###
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 13:29:26 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::ba2msg(QByteArray ba, char message[]) //ba2msg()
{
Correct an error in ba2msg(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2743 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-16 11:42:28 -05:00
int iz=ba.length();
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
for(int i=0; i<37; i++) {
Fixed the "DF6NM 73 K" bug in message packing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2787 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-29 14:01:48 -05:00
if(i<iz) {
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
message[i]=ba[i];
Fixed the "DF6NM 73 K" bug in message packing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2787 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-29 14:01:48 -05:00
} else {
message[i]=32;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
}
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
message[37]=0;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_txFirstCheckBox_stateChanged(int nstate) //TxFirst
{
m_txFirst = (nstate==2);
}
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
void MainWindow::set_dateTimeQSO(int m_ntx)
{
// m_ntx = -1 resets to default time
// Our QSO start time can be fairly well determined from Tx 2 and Tx 3 -- the grid reports
// If we CQ'd and sending sigrpt then 2 minutes ago n=2
// If we're on msg 3 then 3 minutes ago n=3 -- might have sat on msg1 for a while
// If we've already set our time on just return.
// This should mean that Tx2 or Tx3 has been repeated so don't update the start time
// We reset it in several places
if (m_ntx == -1) { // we use a default date to detect change
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime {};
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
}
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
else if (m_dateTimeQSOOn.isValid ()) {
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
return;
}
else { // we also take of m_TRperiod/2 to allow for late clicks
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
auto now = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
m_dateTimeQSOOn = now.addSecs (-(m_ntx - 2) * m_TRperiod - (now.time ().second () % m_TRperiod));
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
}
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::set_ntx(int n) //set_ntx()
{
m_ntx=n;
}
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txrb1_toggled (bool status)
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
{
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
if (status) {
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
if (ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
m_ntx = 1;
set_dateTimeQSO (-1); // we reset here as tx2/tx3 is used for start times
}
else {
QTimer::singleShot (0, ui->txrb2, SLOT (click ()));
}
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
}
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
}
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txrb1_doubleClicked ()
Option to skip using grid reply message Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is elided. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7949 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:38:57 -04:00
{
Minor code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 14:12:59 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bHound()) return;
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
// skip Tx1, only allowed if not a type 2 compound callsign
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
ui->tx1->setEnabled ((is_compound && shortList (my_callsign)) || !ui->tx1->isEnabled ());
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
if (!ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
// leave time for clicks to complete before setting txrb2
QTimer::singleShot (500, ui->txrb2, SLOT (click ()));
}
Option to skip using grid reply message Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is elided. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7949 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:38:57 -04:00
}
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txrb2_toggled (bool status)
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
{
// Tx 2 means we already have CQ'd so good reference
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
if (status) {
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
m_ntx=2;
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
set_dateTimeQSO (m_ntx);
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
}
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
}
void MainWindow::on_txrb3_toggled(bool status)
{
Warn casual operator to switch to EU VHF Contest mode.
2018-07-27 16:08:05 -04:00
// Tx 3 means we should have already have done Tx 1 so good reference
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
if (status) {
m_ntx=3;
set_dateTimeQSO(m_ntx);
}
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
}
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txrb4_toggled (bool status)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
if (status) {
m_ntx=4;
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txrb4_doubleClicked ()
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are unlikely to be needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7950 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:04 -04:00
{
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
// RR73 only allowed if not a type 2 compound callsign
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
m_send_RR73 = !((is_compound && !shortList (my_callsign)) || m_send_RR73);
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are unlikely to be needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7950 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:04 -04:00
genStdMsgs (m_rpt);
}
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txrb5_toggled (bool status)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
if (status) {
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
m_ntx = 5;
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7952 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txrb5_doubleClicked ()
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
{
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, true);
}
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txrb6_toggled(bool status)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
if (status) {
m_ntx=6;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (ui->txrb6->text().contains (QRegularExpression {"^(CQ|QRZ) "})) set_dateTimeQSO(-1);
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txb1_clicked()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Option to skip using grid reply message Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is elided. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7949 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:38:57 -04:00
if (ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
m_ntx=1;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING;
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Option to skip using grid reply message Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is elided. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7949 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:38:57 -04:00
}
else {
on_txb2_clicked ();
}
}
void MainWindow::on_txb1_doubleClicked()
{
Fix a number of minor bugs in FT8 DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 14:07:10 -05:00
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bHound()) return;
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
// skip Tx1, only allowed if not a type 1 compound callsign
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
ui->tx1->setEnabled ((is_compound && shortList (my_callsign)) || !ui->tx1->isEnabled ());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txb2_clicked()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
m_ntx=2;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txb3_clicked()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
m_ntx=3;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT;
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
}
void MainWindow::on_txb4_clicked()
{
m_ntx=4;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS;
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
}
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are unlikely to be needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7950 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:04 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txb4_doubleClicked()
{
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
// RR73 only allowed if not a type 2 compound callsign
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
m_send_RR73 = !((is_compound && !shortList (my_callsign)) || m_send_RR73);
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are unlikely to be needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7950 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:04 -04:00
genStdMsgs (m_rpt);
}
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txb5_clicked()
{
m_ntx=5;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txb5_doubleClicked()
{
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, true);
}
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_txb6_clicked()
{
m_ntx=6;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
set_dateTimeQSO(-1);
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:36 -04:00
void MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall2(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers)
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 20:09:25 -04:00
{
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
set_dateTimeQSO(-1); // reset our QSO start time
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 20:09:25 -04:00
m_decodedText2=true;
Remove the "single-click" patch, it appears to have problems. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-06 16:49:57 -05:00
doubleClickOnCall(modifiers);
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 20:09:25 -04:00
m_decodedText2=false;
}
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
Remove the "single-click" patch, it appears to have problems. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-06 16:49:57 -05:00
void MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 20:09:25 -04:00
QTextCursor cursor;
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
MessageBox::information_message (this,
Fix several bugs found when testing MSK144 op activities NA_VHF and EU_VHF.
2018-08-27 11:26:09 -04:00
"Double-click not available for ISCAT mode");
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if(m_decodedText2) {
As a trial: single-click on a decode to select a new DX Call; double-click to also Enable Tx. Thanks to W9MDB for this patch, which also removes the option *Double-click on call sets Tx Enable*. Please test and report any perceived issues! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-06 15:27:00 -05:00
cursor=ui->decodedTextBrowser->textCursor();
Remove the "single-click" patch, it appears to have problems. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-06 16:49:57 -05:00
} else {
cursor=ui->decodedTextBrowser2->textCursor();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-03 14:27:46 -04:00
if(modifiers==(Qt::ShiftModifier + Qt::ControlModifier + Qt::AltModifier)) {
cursor.setPosition(0);
} else {
cursor.setPosition(cursor.selectionStart());
}
Some cleanup of new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 16:35:22 -04:00
if(m_config.bFox() and m_decodedText2) {
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
if(m_houndQueue.count()<10 and m_nSortedHounds>0) {
QString t=cursor.block().text();
selectHound(t);
More work on Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8241 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-16 11:33:15 -05:00
}
Some cleanup of new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 16:35:22 -04:00
return;
}
More cleanup; fix several auto-sequencing problems.
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText message {cursor.block().text()};
Remove the "single-click" patch, it appears to have problems. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-06 16:49:57 -05:00
m_bDoubleClicked = true;
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:36 -04:00
processMessage (message, modifiers);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
}
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 20:09:25 -04:00
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:36 -04:00
void MainWindow::processMessage (DecodedText const& message, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers)
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
{
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:36 -04:00
// decode keyboard modifiers we are interested in
auto shift = modifiers.testFlag (Qt::ShiftModifier);
auto ctrl = modifiers.testFlag (Qt::ControlModifier);
// auto alt = modifiers.testFlag (Qt::AltModifier);
Correct issues with UDP messages and screen layout for MSK144 and FT8 modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7830 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 20:01:20 -04:00
// basic mode sanity checks
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
auto const& parts = message.string ().split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
Correct issues with UDP messages and screen layout for MSK144 and FT8 modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7830 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 20:01:20 -04:00
if (parts.size () < 5) return;
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
auto const& mode = parts.at (4).left (1);
Correct issues with UDP messages and screen layout for MSK144 and FT8 modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7830 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 20:01:20 -04:00
if (("JT9+JT65" == m_mode && !("@" == mode || "#" == mode))
|| ("JT65" == m_mode && mode != "#")
|| ("JT9" == m_mode && mode != "@")
|| ("MSK144" == m_mode && !("&" == mode || "^" == mode))
|| ("QRA64" == m_mode && mode.left (1) != ":")) {
return;
}
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
//Skip the rest if no decoded text extracted
int frequency = message.frequencyOffset();
if (message.isTX()) {
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
if (!m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8145 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 09:56:33 -04:00
if(!shift) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(frequency); //Set Rx freq
Revert to pre r8430 behaviour except when hound using FT8 The "Hold Tx Freq" check box allows one's Tx frequency to be fixed when replying by double-clicking a decode. When in FT8 hound mode one's Tx frequency is always held when double-clicking a decode unless directed by internal logic to change. Direct Tx offset changes are still allowed in hound mode, as are the normal waterfall clicks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8490 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-10 21:29:27 -05:00
if((ctrl or shift) and !ui->cbHoldTxFreq->isChecked ()) {
Fix a number of minor bugs in FT8 DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 14:07:10 -05:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(frequency); //Set Tx freq
}
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
}
After double-click on CQ message, don't change audio Tx freq if VHF features enabled. Temporarily(?), list Rx, Tx, and Calling freqs in Status Bar. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7311 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-14 10:00:15 -05:00
return;
}
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
Only accept CQ calls with listening frequency when QRG between 10kHz and 999kHz Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for this contribution. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8571 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:30:55 -04:00
// check for CQ with listening frequency
if (parts.size () >= 7
&& (m_bFastMode || m_mode=="FT8")
&& "CQ" == parts[5]
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
bool ok;
auto kHz = parts[6].toUInt (&ok);
Restrict automatic recognition of CQ nnn calls to exactly nnn of 010 through 999 inclusive The values of CQ 000 through CQ 009 are reserved for calling by numbers to reduce a pile up e.g. "CQ 2 P5/G4WJS" indicating only callers with a 2 in their callsign should call. Numeric balues with less than 3 digits or more 3 digits are not allowed in standard messages. This is in line with the message source encoding protocol. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the cotribution this change was based on. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8572 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:38:42 -04:00
if (ok && kHz >= 10 && 3 == parts[6].size ()) {
Only accept CQ calls with listening frequency when QRG between 10kHz and 999kHz Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for this contribution. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8571 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:30:55 -04:00
// QSY Freq for answering CQ nnn
setRig (m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000 * kHz);
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayQSY (QString {"QSY %1"}.arg (m_freqNominal / 1e6, 7, 'f', 3));
}
}
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
int nmod = message.timeInSeconds () % (2*m_TRperiod);
Do not act on double clicks of empty decode window lines Tx period was erroneously being forced to odd/2nd. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6670 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-04 21:32:16 -04:00
m_txFirst=(nmod!=0);
Don't allow Hound to Tx even; dot't allow Fox to Tx odd.
2018-07-02 10:40:50 -04:00
if(m_config.bHound()) m_txFirst=false; //Hound must not transmit first
if(m_config.bFox()) m_txFirst=true; //Fox must always transmit first
Do not act on double clicks of empty decode window lines Tx period was erroneously being forced to odd/2nd. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6670 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-04 21:32:16 -04:00
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(m_txFirst);
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
auto const& message_words = message.messageWords ();
if (message_words.size () < 2) return;
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
QString hiscall;
QString hisgrid;
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
message.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/hiscall,hisgrid);
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and query operator if d>10000 km. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8100 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-20 15:11:04 -04:00
NA_VHF now basically functional in MSK144 mode.
2018-07-31 13:18:57 -04:00
bool is_73 = message_words.filter (QRegularExpression {"^(73|RR73)$"}).size ();
Use module variables rather than common/hashcom/; working on transparent handling of goofy calls.
2018-07-30 15:46:25 -04:00
if (!is_73 and !message.isStandardMessage() and !message.string().contains("<")) {
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8105 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-22 13:38:51 -04:00
qDebug () << "Not processing message - hiscall:" << hiscall << "hisgrid:" << hisgrid;
return;
}
Use module variables rather than common/hashcom/; working on transparent handling of goofy calls.
2018-07-30 15:46:25 -04:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
// only allow automatic mode changes between JT9 and JT65, and when not transmitting
Only change mode on double-click of a decode in dual mode Automatic mode change between JT9 and JT65 should only happen when dual JT9+JT65 mode is selected. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6071 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-10 18:26:42 -05:00
if (!m_transmitting and m_mode == "JT9+JT65") {
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
if (message.isJT9())
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
{
m_modeTx="JT9";
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
} else if (message.isJT65()) {
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
m_modeTx="JT65";
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:26:03 -04:00
}
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
} else if ((message.isJT9 () and m_modeTx != "JT9" and m_mode != "JT4") or
(message.isJT65 () and m_modeTx != "JT65" and m_mode != "JT4")) {
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
// if we are not allowing mode change then don't process decode
return;
}
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:26:03 -04:00
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
QString firstcall = message.call();
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.' git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8147 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 15:25:01 -04:00
if(firstcall.length()==5 and firstcall.mid(0,3)=="CQ ") firstcall="CQ";
More tweaks to GUI for FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7740 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-27 09:36:10 -04:00
if(!m_bFastMode and (!m_config.enable_VHF_features() or m_mode=="FT8")) {
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8145 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 09:56:33 -04:00
// Don't change Tx freq if in a fast mode, or VHF features enabled; also not if a
// station is calling me, unless CTRL or SHIFT is held down.
if ((Radio::is_callsign (firstcall)
&& firstcall != m_config.my_callsign () && firstcall != m_baseCall
&& firstcall != "DE")
|| "CQ" == firstcall || "QRZ" == firstcall || ctrl || shift) {
Revert to pre r8430 behaviour except when hound using FT8 The "Hold Tx Freq" check box allows one's Tx frequency to be fixed when replying by double-clicking a decode. When in FT8 hound mode one's Tx frequency is always held when double-clicking a decode unless directed by internal logic to change. Direct Tx offset changes are still allowed in hound mode, as are the normal waterfall clicks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8490 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-10 21:29:27 -05:00
if ((!m_config.bHound () || m_mode != "FT8")
&& (!ui->cbHoldTxFreq->isChecked () || shift || ctrl)) {
Fix a number of minor bugs in FT8 DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 14:07:10 -05:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(frequency);
}
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
if(m_mode != "JT4" && m_mode != "JT65" && !m_mode.startsWith ("JT9") &&
m_mode != "QRA64" && m_mode!="FT8") {
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8145 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 09:56:33 -04:00
return;
}
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:26:03 -04:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:26:03 -04:00
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
// prior DX call (possible QSO partner)
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
auto qso_partner_base_call = Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry-> text ());
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
auto base_call = Radio::base_callsign (hiscall);
1. Decoded text should now remain left justified even if the font is too large for the window 2. The main window can be expanded wider to allow those with large screens to use larger fonts 3. New class DecodedText handles the formatted text from decoder.f90. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-24 21:48:45 -04:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
// Determine appropriate response to received message
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
auto dtext = " " + message.string () + " ";
More work on goofy calls.
2018-08-29 09:31:12 -04:00
dtext=dtext.remove("<").remove(">");
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
int gen_msg {0};
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
if(dtext.contains (" " + m_baseCall + " ")
Use module variables rather than common/hashcom/; working on transparent handling of goofy calls.
2018-07-30 15:46:25 -04:00
|| dtext.contains ("<" + m_baseCall + "> ")
More work on goofy calls.
2018-08-29 09:31:12 -04:00
//###??? || dtext.contains ("<" + m_baseCall + " " + hiscall + "> ")
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
|| dtext.contains ("/" + m_baseCall + " ")
|| dtext.contains (" " + m_baseCall + "/")
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
|| (firstcall == "DE")) {
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
QString w2=message_words.at(2);
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
QString w34="";
if(message_words.size()>=4) w34=message_words.at(3);
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
int nrpt=w2.toInt();
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
if(w2=="R") {
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
nrpt=w34.toInt();
w34=message_words.at(4);
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
bool bEU_VHF_w2=(nrpt>=520001 and nrpt<=594000);
if(bEU_VHF_w2 and m_nContest!=EU_VHF) {
Switch automatically to EU VHF contest messages, with notification to user.
2018-09-05 11:07:27 -04:00
// Switch automatically to EU VHF Contest mode
m_config.setEU_VHF_Contest();
m_nContest=EU_VHF;
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayQSY (QString{"Enabled EU VHF Contest messages."});
QString t0=" Tx2.0 EU VHF";
ui->labDXped->setVisible(true);
ui->labDXped->setText(t0);
Warn casual operator to switch to EU VHF Contest mode.
2018-07-27 16:08:05 -04:00
}
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
QStringList t=message.string().split(' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
int n=t.size();
QString t0=t.at(n-2);
QString t1=t0.right(1);
Fix a false flagging of ARRL Field Day message.
2018-09-01 20:58:21 -04:00
bool bFieldDay_msg = (t1>="A" and t1<="F" and t0.size()<=3 and n>=9);
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
int m=t0.remove(t1).toInt();
if(m < 1) bFieldDay_msg=false;
if(bFieldDay_msg) {
m_xRcvd=t.at(n-2) + " " + t.at(n-1);
t0=t.at(n-3);
}
if(bFieldDay_msg and m_nContest!=FIELD_DAY) {
Complete many details of contest-mode auto-sequencing. More testing needed!
2018-07-30 13:23:23 -04:00
// ### Should be in ARRL Field Day mode ??? ###
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Should you switch to ARRL Field Day mode?"));
}
Add a warning message for RTTY contest mode.
2018-07-30 13:41:25 -04:00
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
n=w34.toInt();
Fix a flaw in RTTY auto-sequencing.
2018-07-31 12:17:14 -04:00
bool bRTTY = (n>=529 and n<=599);
if(bRTTY and m_nContest!=RTTY) {
Switch automatically to EU VHF contest messages, with notification to user.
2018-09-05 11:07:27 -04:00
// ### Should be in RTTY contest mode ??? ###
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Should you switch to RTTY contest mode?"));
Add a warning message for RTTY contest mode.
2018-07-30 13:41:25 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
if(message_words.size () > 3 // enough fields for a normal message
&& (message_words.at(1).contains(m_baseCall) || "DE" == message_words.at(1))
&& (message_words.at(2).contains(qso_partner_base_call) or bEU_VHF_w2)) {
Complete many details of contest-mode auto-sequencing. More testing needed!
2018-07-30 13:23:23 -04:00
if(message_words.at(3).contains(grid_regexp) and m_nContest!=EU_VHF) {
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
if(m_nContest==NA_VHF){
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
gen_msg=setTxMsg(3);
m_QSOProgress=ROGER_REPORT;
Transparent auto-sequencing for NA VHF Contest.
2018-07-27 11:52:38 -04:00
} else {
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
gen_msg=setTxMsg(2);
m_QSOProgress=REPORT;
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else if(w34.contains(grid_regexp) and m_nContest==EU_VHF) {
if(nrpt==0) {
gen_msg=setTxMsg(2);
m_QSOProgress=REPORT;
} else {
if(w2=="R") {
gen_msg=setTxMsg(4);
m_QSOProgress=ROGERS;
} else {
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
gen_msg=setTxMsg(3);
m_QSOProgress=ROGER_REPORT;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
}
Fix a flaw in RTTY auto-sequencing.
2018-07-31 12:17:14 -04:00
} else if(m_nContest==RTTY and bRTTY) {
gen_msg=setTxMsg(3);
m_QSOProgress=ROGER_REPORT;
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
int n=t.size();
m_xRcvd=t[n-2] + " " + t[n-1];
} else if(m_nContest==FIELD_DAY and bFieldDay_msg) {
if(t0=="R") {
gen_msg=setTxMsg(4);
m_QSOProgress=ROGERS;
} else {
gen_msg=setTxMsg(3);
m_QSOProgress=ROGER_REPORT;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else { // no grid on end of msg
QString r=message_words.at (3);
if(m_QSOProgress >= ROGER_REPORT && (r=="RRR" || r.toInt()==73 || "RR73" == r)) {
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
gen_msg = 5;
if (ui->rbGenMsg->isChecked ()) m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else {
m_ntx=5;
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
} else if((m_QSOProgress >= REPORT
Improved auto-sequencing for the contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 10:45:32 -04:00
|| (m_QSOProgress >= REPLYING && (m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8")))
&& r.mid(0,1)=="R") {
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
m_ntx=4;
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS;
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
if(m_nContest==RTTY) {
int n=t.size();
m_xRcvd=t[n-2] + " " + t[n-1];
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
gen_msg = 4;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
}
Improved auto-sequencing for the contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 10:45:32 -04:00
} else if(m_QSOProgress>=CALLING and
((r.toInt()>=-50 && r.toInt()<=49) or (r.toInt()>=529 && r.toInt()<=599))) {
More tweaks for contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 11:39:25 -04:00
if(m_nContest==EU_VHF or m_nContest==FIELD_DAY or m_nContest==RTTY) {
Improved auto-sequencing for the contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 10:45:32 -04:00
gen_msg=setTxMsg(2);
m_QSOProgress=REPORT;
} else {
gen_msg=setTxMsg(3);
m_QSOProgress=ROGER_REPORT;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else { // nothing for us
return;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
}
}
else if (m_QSOProgress >= ROGERS
&& message_words.size () > 2 && message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall) && message_words.at (2) == "73") {
// 73 back to compound call holder
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
gen_msg = 5;
if (ui->rbGenMsg->isChecked ()) m_ntx=7;
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
}
else {
m_ntx=5;
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
}
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
}
else if (!(m_bAutoReply && m_QSOProgress > CALLING)) {
if ((message_words.size () > 4 && message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall) && message_words.at (4) == "OOO")) {
// EME short code report or MSK144/FT8 contest mode reply, send back Tx3
m_ntx=3;
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT;
ui->txrb3->setChecked (true);
if (ui->tabWidget->currentIndex () == 1) {
gen_msg = 3;
m_ntx = 7;
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else if (!is_73) { // don't respond to sign off messages
m_ntx=2;
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
gen_msg = 2;
m_ntx=7;
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
}
if (m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn and m_transmitting) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
TxAgainTimer.start(1500);
Do not auto-respond to compound call 73 messages after QSO complete Merged from v1.8 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8261 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-26 17:27:55 -05:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn=false;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
else {
return; // nothing we need to respond to
After double-click on decoded text, go to the proper Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-29 14:35:58 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
else { // nothing for us
return;
}
}
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
else if (firstcall == "DE" && message_words.size () > 3 && message_words.at (3) == "73") {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (m_QSOProgress >= ROGERS && base_call == qso_partner_base_call && m_currentMessageType) {
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
// 73 back to compound call holder
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
gen_msg = 5;
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_ntx=5;
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
}
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else {
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
// treat like a CQ/QRZ
Option to skip using grid reply message Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is elided. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7949 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:38:57 -04:00
if (ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
m_ntx = 1;
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING;
ui->txrb1->setChecked (true);
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else {
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
m_ntx=2;
Option to skip using grid reply message Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is elided. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7949 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:38:57 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
ui->txrb2->setChecked (true);
}
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
gen_msg = 1;
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 12:41:12 -04:00
}
}
}
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
else if (is_73 && !message.isStandardMessage ()) {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
gen_msg = 5;
if (ui->rbGenMsg->isChecked ()) m_ntx=7;
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_ntx=5;
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
}
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else {// just work them
if (ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
m_ntx = 1;
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING;
ui->txrb1->setChecked (true);
} else {
m_ntx=2;
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
ui->txrb2->setChecked (true);
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex ()) {
gen_msg = m_ntx;
m_ntx=7;
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
// if we get here then we are reacting to the message
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx" Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7972 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-30 21:28:33 -04:00
if (m_bAutoReply) m_bCallingCQ = CALLING == m_QSOProgress;
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8138 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-29 09:27:55 -04:00
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled () and m_mode != "MSK144" and !shift) {
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (frequency); //Set Rx freq
}
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing 73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather than being processed. Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++ code in the logbook directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8047 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-29 22:27:57 -04:00
QString s1 = m_QSOText.trimmed ();
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
QString s2 = message.string ().trimmed();
if (s1!=s2 and !message.isTX()) {
Display MSK144 messages for MyCall in right window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8653 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 14:46:23 -04:00
if (!s2.contains(m_baseCall) or m_mode=="MSK144") { // Taken care of elsewhere if for_us and slow mode
Color highlighting to right window also on a repeat decode.
2018-08-27 13:32:43 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayDecodedText(message, m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
m_logBook,m_currentBand,m_config.ppfx());
Minor adjustments to auto-seq logic. All 73 messages addressed to me shouls go to right panel' don't issue certain duplicate RRR messages. Tnx to W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8449 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-02 11:43:49 -05:00
}
Rationalize NA contest mode Generic message packing and unpacking routines now understand antipode grid contest messages. These messages are now recognized as standard messages in message response processing and dealt with appropriately when contest mode is selected and applicable (currently FT8 and MSK144 only). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8062 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 16:10:35 -04:00
m_QSOText = s2;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8123 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-25 19:38:27 -04:00
if (Radio::is_callsign (hiscall)
&& (base_call != qso_partner_base_call || base_call != hiscall)) {
if (qso_partner_base_call != base_call) {
// clear the DX grid if the base call of his call is different
// from the current DX call
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
}
// his base call different or his call more qualified
// i.e. compound version of same base call
ui->dxCallEntry->setText (hiscall);
}
if (hisgrid.contains (grid_regexp)) {
if(ui->dxGridEntry->text().mid(0,4) != hisgrid) ui->dxGridEntry->setText(hisgrid);
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
}
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8123 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-25 19:38:27 -04:00
if (!ui->dxGridEntry->text ().size ())
lookup();
m_hisGrid = ui->dxGridEntry->text();
Many improvements to decode double click and auoto-sequencing behaviour Double-clicks on 73 messages fixed. Fixed issue with incorrect decode being selected by double-click. Refined auto-sequencing sign off handling, any 73 or rr73 free text near Rx or Tx frequency taken as a 73 from QSO partner but if a standard message then must be from QSO partner. Moved functionality from MainWindow to DecodedText class. More efficient picking of messages from decoded text windows by extracting the text block directly. Tighten up use of RR73 and skipping Tx1, these are now disabled for relevant compound calls where they would break the QSO exchange. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 01:11:57 -04:00
QString rpt = message.report();
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
int n=rpt.toInt();
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_bShMsgs) {
int n=rpt.toInt();
if(n<=-2) n=-3;
if(n>=-1 and n<=1) n=0;
if(n>=2 and n<=4) n=3;
if(n>=5 and n<=7) n=6;
if(n>=8 and n<=11) n=10;
if(n>=12 and n<=14) n=13;
if(n>=15) n=16;
rpt=QString::number(n);
}
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(n);
if (!m_nTx73) { // Don't genStdMsgs if we're already sending 73.
genStdMsgs(rpt);
if (gen_msg) {
switch (gen_msg) {
case 1: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx1->text ()); break;
case 2: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx2->text ()); break;
case 3: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx3->text ()); break;
case 4: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx4->text ()); break;
case 5: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx5->currentText ()); break;
}
if (gen_msg != 5) { // allow user to pre-select a free message
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked (true);
}
}
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Remove the "single-click" patch, it appears to have problems. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-06 16:49:57 -05:00
if (ui->cbAutoSeq->isVisible () && ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked () && !m_bDoubleClicked) return;
if(m_config.quick_call()) auto_tx_mode(true);
Correct a flaw that could cause Tx to start as a result of a decode with AutoSeq active. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7329 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-22 10:47:59 -05:00
m_bDoubleClicked=false;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Auto-sequencing works if both stations are in EU VHF contest mode.
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
int MainWindow::setTxMsg(int n)
{
m_ntx=n;
if(n==1) ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
if(n==2) ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
if(n==3) ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
if(n==4) ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
if(n==5) ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
m_ntx=7; //### FIX THIS ###
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
}
return n;
}
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
void MainWindow::genCQMsg ()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for subsequent regenerations. This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until changed back. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-25 12:59:58 -04:00
if(m_config.my_callsign().size () && m_config.my_grid().size ()) {
Improved auto-sequencing for the contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 10:45:32 -04:00
QString grid{m_config.my_grid()};
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for subsequent regenerations. This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until changed back. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-25 12:59:58 -04:00
if (ui->cbCQTx->isEnabled () && ui->cbCQTx->isVisible () && ui->cbCQTx->isChecked ()) {
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
if(stdCall(m_config.my_callsign())) {
msgtype (QString {"CQ %1 %2 %3"}
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for subsequent regenerations. This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until changed back. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-25 12:59:58 -04:00
.arg (m_freqNominal / 1000 - m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000, 3, 10, QChar {'0'})
.arg (m_config.my_callsign())
.arg (grid.left (4)),
ui->tx6);
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
} else {
msgtype (QString {"CQ %1 %2"}
.arg (m_freqNominal / 1000 - m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000, 3, 10, QChar {'0'})
.arg (m_config.my_callsign()),
ui->tx6);
}
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for subsequent regenerations. This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until changed back. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-25 12:59:58 -04:00
} else {
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
if(stdCall(m_config.my_callsign())) {
Fix the "CQ RU RU ..." bug.
2018-09-27 14:28:17 -04:00
msgtype (QString {"%1 %2 %3"}.arg(m_CQtype).arg(m_config.my_callsign())
.arg(grid.left(4)),ui->tx6);
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
} else {
msgtype (QString {"%1 %2"}.arg(m_CQtype).arg(m_config.my_callsign()),ui->tx6);
}
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
}
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for subsequent regenerations. This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until changed back. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-25 12:59:58 -04:00
if ((m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="QRA64") and ui->cbShMsgs->isChecked()) {
if (ui->cbTx6->isChecked ()) {
msgtype ("@1250 (SEND MSGS)", ui->tx6);
} else {
msgtype ("@1000 (TUNE)", ui->tx6);
}
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
}
More tweaks for contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 11:39:25 -04:00
Fix the "CQ RU RU ..." bug.
2018-09-27 14:28:17 -04:00
QString t=ui->tx6->text();
if((m_mode=="FT8" or m_mode=="MSK144") and m_nContest!=NONE and
t.split(" ").at(1)==m_config.my_callsign()) {
More tweaks for contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 11:39:25 -04:00
// if(m_nContest==NA_VHF) t="CQ QP" + t.mid(2,-1);
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
if(m_nContest==FIELD_DAY) t="CQ FD" + t.mid(2,-1);
if(m_nContest==RTTY) t="CQ RU" + t.mid(2,-1);
ui->tx6->setText(t);
getStdMsgs() now generates Field Day messages.
2018-07-06 15:05:55 -04:00
}
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for subsequent regenerations. This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until changed back. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-25 12:59:58 -04:00
} else {
ui->tx6->clear ();
}
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
}
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
bool MainWindow::stdCall(QString w)
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
{
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
int n=w.trimmed().length();
Improved auto-sequencing for the contest-like modes.
2018-07-31 10:45:32 -04:00
//Treat /P and /R as special cases: strip them off for this test.
if(w.mid(n-2,2)=="/P") w=w.left(n-2);
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
if(w.mid(n-2,2)=="/R") w=w.left(n-2);
n=w.trimmed().length();
Correct the logic in function Mainwindow::stdCall().
2018-09-18 13:36:16 -04:00
if(n>6) return false; //Callsigns longer than 6 chars are nonstandard
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
w=w.toUpper();
Correct the logic in function Mainwindow::stdCall().
2018-09-18 13:36:16 -04:00
int i1=99; // index of first letter
int i2=-1; // index of last digit
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
for(int i=0; i<n; i++) {
QString c=w.mid(i,1);
Correct the logic in function Mainwindow::stdCall().
2018-09-18 13:36:16 -04:00
if(i1==99 and (c>="A" and c<="Z")) i1=i;
if(c>="0" and c<="9") i2=i;
}
if(i1!=0 and i1!=1) return false; //One of the firat two characters must be a letter
if(i2>2) return false; //No digits allowed after the 3rd character
for(int i=i2+1; i<n; i++) {
QString c=w.mid(i,1);
if(c<"A" or c>"Z") return false; //Anything after final digit must be a letter
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
}
return true;
}
void MainWindow::genStdMsgs(QString rpt, bool unconditional)
{
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
genCQMsg ();
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
auto const& hisCall=ui->dxCallEntry->text();
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
if(!hisCall.size ()) {
ui->labAz->clear ();
Display Hot A/B and El in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7173 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 14:02:44 -04:00
// ui->labDist->clear ();
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
ui->tx1->clear ();
ui->tx2->clear ();
ui->tx3->clear ();
ui->tx4->clear ();
Fix several bugs found when testing MSK144 op activities NA_VHF and EU_VHF.
2018-08-27 11:26:09 -04:00
if(unconditional) ui->tx5->lineEdit ()->clear (); //Test if it needs sending again
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
ui->genMsg->clear ();
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
Warning: these changes have not yet been thoroughly tested! 1. Correct the TxMode label on program startup. 2. Insert TxMode (not RxMode) into the "Transmitting..." lines in ALL.TXT. 3. Put TxMode in wsjtx_status.txt. 4. F4 clears Az, Dist, and all Tx messages as well as DxCall and DxGrid. 5. Make it possible to decode JT9 in the "JT65 region", and vice-versa, with directed double-click on signal in waterfall. 6. Improved logic for enabling/disabling TestPTT button on setup screen. 7. Do not call getFreq() when TestPTT is activated under CAT control. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 15:57:01 -04:00
return;
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
auto is_type_one = is_compound && shortList (my_callsign);
auto const& my_grid = m_config.my_grid ().left (4);
auto const& hisBase = Radio::base_callsign (hisCall);
Generate the correct messages for NA VHF Contest mode.
2018-07-09 13:46:32 -04:00
auto eme_short_codes = m_config.enable_VHF_features () && ui->cbShMsgs->isChecked ()
&& m_mode == "JT65";
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
bool bMyCall=stdCall(my_callsign);
bool bHisCall=stdCall(hisCall);
Auto-generate 77-bit messages that may include /R or /P callsigns.
2018-09-26 15:23:53 -04:00
bool b77=(m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8") and
(!bMyCall or !bHisCall or m_config.bGenerate77());
// qDebug() << "aa" << my_callsign << hisCall << bMyCall << bHisCall << b77;
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
QString t0=hisBase + " " + m_baseCall + " ";
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
QString t0a,t0b;
if(b77) {
Auto-generate 77-bit messages that may include /R or /P callsigns.
2018-09-26 15:23:53 -04:00
if(bHisCall and bMyCall) t0=hisCall + " " + my_callsign + " ";
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
t0a="<"+hisCall + "> " + my_callsign + " ";
t0b=hisCall + " <" + my_callsign + "> ";
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
}
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
Tx2 should use full calls, even with "Sh" checked in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7152 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-05 10:20:25 -04:00
QString t00=t0;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
QString t {t0 + my_grid};
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
if(b77 and (!bMyCall or !bHisCall)) t=t0a;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (eme_short_codes) {
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
t=t+" OOO";
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
msgtype("RO", ui->tx3);
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are unlikely to be needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7950 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:04 -04:00
msgtype(m_send_RR73 ? "RR73" : "RRR", ui->tx4);
Correct a flaw in generating special messages, and one in converting dB to S-level.
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
msgtype("73", ui->tx5->lineEdit());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
} else {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
int n=rpt.toInt();
Replace the "+" sign in display of positive dB reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6912 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 16:32:48 -04:00
rpt.sprintf("%+2.2d",n);
Complete the implementation of MSK144 contest mode. Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7393 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-17 16:18:47 -05:00
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7974 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-01 14:16:01 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8") {
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
QString t2,t3;
QString sent=rpt;
QString rs,rst;
Correct a flaw in generating special messages, and one in converting dB to S-level.
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
int nn=(n+36)/6;
genStdMsgs now also for ARRL RTTY contest and EU VHF contest.
2018-07-06 15:45:00 -04:00
if(nn<2) nn=2;
if(nn>9) nn=9;
rst.sprintf("5%1d9 ",nn);
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
rs=rst.mid(0,2);
t=t0;
if(b77 and !bMyCall) t=t0b;
if(b77 and !bHisCall) t=t0a;
if(m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) sent=my_grid;
if(m_config.bFieldDay()) sent=m_config.FieldDayExchange();
if(m_config.bRTTYroundup()) {
sent=rst + m_config.RTTYExchange();
Generate RTTY contest message with QSO serial number for DX stations.
2018-07-26 11:08:52 -04:00
QString t1=m_config.RTTYExchange();
Fix generation of Tx2 in RTTY mode. Fix a related problem of decoding the incorrect RTTY message.
2018-08-03 11:46:28 -04:00
if(t1=="DX" or t1=="#") {
t1.sprintf("%4.4d",ui->sbSerialNumber->value());
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
sent=rst + t1;
Fix generation of Tx2 in RTTY mode. Fix a related problem of decoding the incorrect RTTY message.
2018-08-03 11:46:28 -04:00
}
genStdMsgs now also for ARRL RTTY contest and EU VHF contest.
2018-07-06 15:45:00 -04:00
}
if(m_config.bEU_VHF_Contest()) {
Fix several more bugs in generating new-style messages. Use DXped label for contest ID.
2018-07-07 14:47:33 -04:00
QString t1,a;
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
t=t0.split(" ").at(0) + " ";
Fix several more bugs in generating new-style messages. Use DXped label for contest ID.
2018-07-07 14:47:33 -04:00
a.sprintf("%4.4d ",ui->sbSerialNumber->value());
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
sent=rs + a + m_config.my_grid();
Complete the implementation of MSK144 contest mode. Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7393 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-17 16:18:47 -05:00
}
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
msgtype(t + sent, ui->tx2);
if(sent==rpt) msgtype(t + "R" + sent, ui->tx3);
if(sent!=rpt) msgtype(t + "R " + sent, ui->tx3);
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7974 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-01 14:16:01 -04:00
}
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7974 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-01 14:16:01 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_bShMsgs) {
int i=t0.length()-1;
t0="<" + t0.mid(0,i) + "> ";
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
if(!m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) {
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7974 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-01 14:16:01 -04:00
if(n<=-2) n=-3;
if(n>=-1 and n<=1) n=0;
if(n>=2 and n<=4) n=3;
if(n>=5 and n<=7) n=6;
if(n>=8 and n<=11) n=10;
if(n>=12 and n<=14) n=13;
if(n>=15) n=16;
rpt.sprintf("%+2.2d",n);
Complete the implementation of MSK144 contest mode. Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7393 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-17 16:18:47 -05:00
}
Enable generation of JTMSK short messages and reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6421 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-22 13:10:39 -05:00
}
getStdMsgs() now generates Field Day messages.
2018-07-06 15:05:55 -04:00
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
if((m_mode!="MSK144" and m_mode!="FT8")) {
Enable Sh (for Tx4 and Tx5 only) in MSK144 Contest Mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7397 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-18 13:31:48 -05:00
t=t00 + rpt;
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
Complete the implementation of MSK144 contest mode. Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7393 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-17 16:18:47 -05:00
t=t0 + "R" + rpt;
Enable Sh (for Tx4 and Tx5 only) in MSK144 Contest Mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7397 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-18 13:31:48 -05:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
Complete the implementation of MSK144 contest mode. Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7393 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-17 16:18:47 -05:00
}
Fix two flaws in generating Sh messages in MSK144 mode.
2018-09-13 11:02:00 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_bShMsgs) {
t=t0 + "R" + rpt;
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
m_send_RR73=false;
}
getStdMsgs() now generates Field Day messages.
2018-07-06 15:05:55 -04:00
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are unlikely to be needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7950 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:04 -04:00
t=t0 + (m_send_RR73 ? "RR73" : "RRR");
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8") {
if(!bHisCall and bMyCall) t=hisCall + " <" + my_callsign + "> " + (m_send_RR73 ? "RR73" : "RRR");
if(bHisCall and !bMyCall) t="<" + hisCall + "> " + my_callsign + " " + (m_send_RR73 ? "RR73" : "RRR");
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if ((m_mode=="JT4" || m_mode=="QRA64") && m_bShMsgs) t="@1500 (RRR)";
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx4);
Correct a flaw in generating special messages, and one in converting dB to S-level.
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
t=t0 + "73";
Further progress on handling goofy calls.
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8") {
if(!bHisCall and bMyCall) t=hisCall + " <" + my_callsign + "> 73";
if(bHisCall and !bMyCall) t="<" + hisCall + "> " + my_callsign + " 73";
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (m_mode=="JT4" || m_mode=="QRA64") {
if (m_bShMsgs) t="@1750 (73)";
Correct a flaw in generating special messages, and one in converting dB to S-level.
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit());
getStdMsgs() now generates Field Day messages.
2018-07-06 15:05:55 -04:00
} else if ("MSK144" == m_mode && m_bShMsgs) {
Correct a flaw in generating special messages, and one in converting dB to S-level.
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit());
} else if(unconditional || hisBase != m_lastCallsign || !m_lastCallsign.size ()) {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
// only update tx5 when forced or callsign changes
Correct a flaw in generating special messages, and one in converting dB to S-level.
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit());
W9MDB patch to protect Tx5 from being over-written during AutoSeq QSO. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7880 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-14 13:05:14 -04:00
m_lastCallsign = hisBase;
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Function "msgtype" needs work to compile in Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2742 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-16 11:08:33 -05:00
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
if(m_config.bGenerate77()) return;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (is_compound) {
if (is_type_one) {
t=hisBase + " " + my_callsign;
Improve the way messages with compound calls are automatically generated. Routine packmsg now tries the shortlist (Type 1 prefix or suffix) first. Then it tries to to make a valid message using a Type 2 prefix or suffix. If both fail, it packs the first 13 characters as a free-text message. The GUI now generates the most useful messages with compound callsigns of all valid types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4533 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-18 20:56:41 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 14:01:33 -05:00
} else {
Improved message generation for type 2 calls in contest mode These attempt to ensure that a prefix is logged by the QSO partner even if the compound call holder user Tx3 to tail-end a QSO. The type 2 message generation options are largely overridden in contest mode as only a few options make sense. Key is that Tx1 may use only the base call when calling split is necessary, this requires that both Tx3 and Tx4 have the full compound call otherwise the QSO partner will never see the full call until it is possibly too late i.e. post logging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 18:22:20 -04:00
t = "DE " + my_callsign + " ";
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
switch (m_config.type_2_msg_gen ())
{
case Configuration::type_2_msg_1_full:
Fix issues with type 2 compound calls in contest mode Message generation in contest mode now generates the correct Tx3 for type 2 calls. "<type-2> 73" is a free text so needed special handling in message processing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8064 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 17:29:02 -04:00
msgtype(t + my_grid, ui->tx1);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (!eme_short_codes) {
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
if((m_mode=="MSK144" || m_mode=="FT8") && m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) {
Fix issues with type 2 compound calls in contest mode Message generation in contest mode now generates the correct Tx3 for type 2 calls. "<type-2> 73" is a free text so needed special handling in message processing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8064 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 17:29:02 -04:00
msgtype(t + "R " + my_grid, ui->tx3);
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
} else {
Fix issues with type 2 compound calls in contest mode Message generation in contest mode now generates the correct Tx3 for type 2 calls. "<type-2> 73" is a free text so needed special handling in message processing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8064 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 17:29:02 -04:00
msgtype(t + "R" + rpt, ui->tx3);
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if ((m_mode != "JT4" && m_mode != "QRA64") || !m_bShMsgs) {
Fix issues with type 2 compound calls in contest mode Message generation in contest mode now generates the correct Tx3 for type 2 calls. "<type-2> 73" is a free text so needed special handling in message processing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8064 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 17:29:02 -04:00
msgtype(t + "73", ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
}
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
break;
case Configuration::type_2_msg_3_full:
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
if ((m_mode=="MSK144" || m_mode=="FT8") && m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) {
Improved message generation for type 2 calls in contest mode These attempt to ensure that a prefix is logged by the QSO partner even if the compound call holder user Tx3 to tail-end a QSO. The type 2 message generation options are largely overridden in contest mode as only a few options make sense. Key is that Tx1 may use only the base call when calling split is necessary, this requires that both Tx3 and Tx4 have the full compound call otherwise the QSO partner will never see the full call until it is possibly too late i.e. post logging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 18:22:20 -04:00
msgtype(t + "R " + my_grid, ui->tx3);
msgtype(t + "RRR", ui->tx4);
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
} else {
Improved message generation for type 2 calls in contest mode These attempt to ensure that a prefix is logged by the QSO partner even if the compound call holder user Tx3 to tail-end a QSO. The type 2 message generation options are largely overridden in contest mode as only a few options make sense. Key is that Tx1 may use only the base call when calling split is necessary, this requires that both Tx3 and Tx4 have the full compound call otherwise the QSO partner will never see the full call until it is possibly too late i.e. post logging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 18:22:20 -04:00
msgtype(t00 + my_grid, ui->tx1);
msgtype(t + "R" + rpt, ui->tx3);
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (!eme_short_codes && ((m_mode != "JT4" && m_mode != "QRA64") || !m_bShMsgs)) {
Improved message generation for type 2 calls in contest mode These attempt to ensure that a prefix is logged by the QSO partner even if the compound call holder user Tx3 to tail-end a QSO. The type 2 message generation options are largely overridden in contest mode as only a few options make sense. Key is that Tx1 may use only the base call when calling split is necessary, this requires that both Tx3 and Tx4 have the full compound call otherwise the QSO partner will never see the full call until it is possibly too late i.e. post logging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 18:22:20 -04:00
msgtype(t + "73", ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
break;
case Configuration::type_2_msg_5_only:
Improved message generation for type 2 calls in contest mode These attempt to ensure that a prefix is logged by the QSO partner even if the compound call holder user Tx3 to tail-end a QSO. The type 2 message generation options are largely overridden in contest mode as only a few options make sense. Key is that Tx1 may use only the base call when calling split is necessary, this requires that both Tx3 and Tx4 have the full compound call otherwise the QSO partner will never see the full call until it is possibly too late i.e. post logging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 18:22:20 -04:00
msgtype(t00 + my_grid, ui->tx1);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (!eme_short_codes) {
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
if ((m_mode=="MSK144" || m_mode=="FT8") && m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) {
Improved message generation for type 2 calls in contest mode These attempt to ensure that a prefix is logged by the QSO partner even if the compound call holder user Tx3 to tail-end a QSO. The type 2 message generation options are largely overridden in contest mode as only a few options make sense. Key is that Tx1 may use only the base call when calling split is necessary, this requires that both Tx3 and Tx4 have the full compound call otherwise the QSO partner will never see the full call until it is possibly too late i.e. post logging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 18:22:20 -04:00
msgtype(t + "R " + my_grid, ui->tx3);
msgtype(t + "RRR", ui->tx4);
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
} else {
Fix issue with Tx5 message generation for type 2 compound calls git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-09 16:54:56 -04:00
msgtype(t0 + "R" + rpt, ui->tx3);
Improved message generation for type 2 calls in contest mode These attempt to ensure that a prefix is logged by the QSO partner even if the compound call holder user Tx3 to tail-end a QSO. The type 2 message generation options are largely overridden in contest mode as only a few options make sense. Key is that Tx1 may use only the base call when calling split is necessary, this requires that both Tx3 and Tx4 have the full compound call otherwise the QSO partner will never see the full call until it is possibly too late i.e. post logging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 18:22:20 -04:00
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
Add a helpful comment git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8081 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-09 18:59:06 -04:00
// don't use short codes here as in a sked with a type 2
// prefix we would never send out prefix/suffix
Improved message generation for type 2 calls in contest mode These attempt to ensure that a prefix is logged by the QSO partner even if the compound call holder user Tx3 to tail-end a QSO. The type 2 message generation options are largely overridden in contest mode as only a few options make sense. Key is that Tx1 may use only the base call when calling split is necessary, this requires that both Tx3 and Tx4 have the full compound call otherwise the QSO partner will never see the full call until it is possibly too late i.e. post logging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-01 18:22:20 -04:00
msgtype(t + "73", ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
break;
}
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 14:01:33 -05:00
}
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8. DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8120 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-25 13:02:52 -04:00
if (hisCall != hisBase
&& m_config.type_2_msg_gen () != Configuration::type_2_msg_5_only
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
&& !eme_short_codes) {
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8. DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8120 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-25 13:02:52 -04:00
// cfm we have his full call copied as we could not do this earlier
Use a type 1 compound call message for Tx1 where possible VHF & up conventions prefer that QSO partners send the other station's full call sign to confirm its reception before sending any R-dB or RRR report. This is not always possible but in the case of one party having a type 1 compound call sign it should be done in the Tx 1 message. In the last resort (working a type 2 compound call sign or where both parties have a compound call sign) the QSO partner's full call sign is sent in a free text 73 message like "<full-call> 73". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6081 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-11 20:16:44 -05:00
t = hisCall + " 73";
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
}
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 14:01:33 -05:00
} else {
In Hound mode, always generate Tx1 using Fox's baseCall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8565 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-16 13:18:38 -04:00
if (hisCall != hisBase and !m_config.bHound()) {
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if (shortList(hisCall)) {
Use a type 1 compound call message for Tx1 where possible VHF & up conventions prefer that QSO partners send the other station's full call sign to confirm its reception before sending any R-dB or RRR report. This is not always possible but in the case of one party having a type 1 compound call sign it should be done in the Tx 1 message. In the last resort (working a type 2 compound call sign or where both parties have a compound call sign) the QSO partner's full call sign is sent in a free text 73 message like "<full-call> 73". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6081 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-11 20:16:44 -05:00
// cfm we know his full call with a type 1 tx1 message
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
t = hisCall + " " + my_callsign;
Improve the way messages with compound calls are automatically generated. Routine packmsg now tries the shortlist (Type 1 prefix or suffix) first. Then it tries to to make a valid message using a Type 2 prefix or suffix. If both fail, it packs the first 13 characters as a free-text message. The GUI now generates the most useful messages with compound callsigns of all valid types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4533 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-18 20:56:41 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 14:01:33 -05:00
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
else if (!eme_short_codes
&& ("MSK144" != m_mode || !m_bShMsgs)) {
Use a type 1 compound call message for Tx1 where possible VHF & up conventions prefer that QSO partners send the other station's full call sign to confirm its reception before sending any R-dB or RRR report. This is not always possible but in the case of one party having a type 1 compound call sign it should be done in the Tx 1 message. In the last resort (working a type 2 compound call sign or where both parties have a compound call sign) the QSO partner's full call sign is sent in a free text 73 message like "<full-call> 73". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6081 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-11 20:16:44 -05:00
t=hisCall + " 73";
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Use a type 1 compound call message for Tx1 where possible VHF & up conventions prefer that QSO partners send the other station's full call sign to confirm its reception before sending any R-dB or RRR report. This is not always possible but in the case of one party having a type 1 compound call sign it should be done in the Tx 1 message. In the last resort (working a type 2 compound call sign or where both parties have a compound call sign) the QSO partner's full call sign is sent in a free text 73 message like "<full-call> 73". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6081 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-11 20:16:44 -05:00
}
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 14:01:33 -05:00
}
}
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
m_rpt=rpt;
Finish the job of permitting Hounds with a compound callsign to call Fox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8567 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-16 15:55:02 -04:00
if(m_config.bHound() and is_compound) ui->tx1->setText("DE " + m_config.my_callsign());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
void MainWindow::TxAgain()
{
auto_tx_mode(true);
}
Clear generated messages when clearing DX after logging git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-18 18:18:05 -04:00
void MainWindow::clearDX ()
{
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and DX call is cleared git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8045 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-28 23:46:32 -04:00
if (m_QSOProgress != CALLING)
{
auto_tx_mode (false);
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
ui->dxCallEntry->clear ();
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_lastCallsign.clear ();
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
m_rptSent.clear ();
m_rptRcvd.clear ();
m_qsoStart.clear ();
m_qsoStop.clear ();
genStdMsgs (QString {});
In Hound mode, F4 ==> ntx=1. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8334 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-15 16:36:58 -05:00
if (ui->tabWidget->currentIndex() == 1) {
Fix a stray-character typo.
2018-09-18 13:50:58 -04:00
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
In Hound mode, F4 ==> ntx=1. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8334 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-15 16:36:58 -05:00
m_ntx=7;
m_gen_message_is_cq = true;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
} else {
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_config.bHound()) {
m_ntx=1;
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
} else {
Clear generated messages when clearing DX after logging git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-18 18:18:05 -04:00
m_ntx=6;
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
}
In Hound mode, F4 ==> ntx=1. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8334 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-15 16:36:58 -05:00
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
Clear generated messages when clearing DX after logging git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-18 18:18:05 -04:00
}
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match" Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from CALL3.TXT. This reverts commit r7959 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-27 21:20:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::lookup() //lookup()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
QString hisCall {ui->dxCallEntry->text()};
if (!hisCall.size ()) return;
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (f.open (QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text))
{
char c[132];
qint64 n=0;
for(int i=0; i<999999; i++) {
n=f.readLine(c,sizeof(c));
if(n <= 0) {
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match" Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from CALL3.TXT. This reverts commit r7959 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-27 21:20:22 -04:00
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
break;
}
QString t=QString(c);
if(t.indexOf(hisCall)==0) {
int i1=t.indexOf(",");
QString hisgrid=t.mid(i1+1,6);
i1=hisgrid.indexOf(",");
if(i1>0) {
hisgrid=hisgrid.mid(0,4);
} else {
hisgrid=hisgrid.mid(0,4) + hisgrid.mid(4,2).toLower();
}
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match" Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from CALL3.TXT. This reverts commit r7959 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-27 21:20:22 -04:00
ui->dxGridEntry->setText(hisgrid);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
break;
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
f.close();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
}
void MainWindow::on_lookupButton_clicked() //Lookup button
{
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match" Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from CALL3.TXT. This reverts commit r7959 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-27 21:20:22 -04:00
lookup();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_addButton_clicked() //Add button
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
if(!ui->dxGridEntry->text ().size ()) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
, tr ("Please enter a valid grid locator"));
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
return;
}
m_call3Modified=false;
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
QString hisCall=ui->dxCallEntry->text();
QString hisgrid=ui->dxGridEntry->text();
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
QString newEntry=hisCall + "," + hisgrid;
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
// int ret = MessageBox::query_message(this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT"),
// tr ("Is %1 known to be active on EME?").arg (newEntry));
// if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// newEntry += ",EME,,";
// } else {
newEntry += ",,,";
// }
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f1 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if(!f1.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Text)) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for read/write: %2")
.arg (f1.fileName ()).arg (f1.errorString ()));
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
return;
}
Add "gridOK()" functiion, used for PSKreporter and double-clock on call. Double-click on decoded line copies valid grid to dxGrid box. Add button workd with an empty call3.txt file. QSO start/stop times rationalized (somewhat). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-19 09:18:23 -04:00
if(f1.size()==0) {
QTextStream out(&f1);
out << "ZZZZZZ" << endl;
f1.close();
f1.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text);
}
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f2 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TMP")};
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
if(!f2.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for writing: %2")
.arg (f2.fileName ()).arg (f2.errorString ()));
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
return;
}
Fix a longstanding bug in "on_addButton_clicked()". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-25 09:39:15 -05:00
QTextStream in(&f1); //Read from CALL3.TXT
QTextStream out(&f2); //Copy into CALL3.TMP
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
QString hc=hisCall;
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
QString hc1="";
Fix a longstanding bug in "on_addButton_clicked()". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-25 09:39:15 -05:00
QString hc2="000000";
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
QString s;
do {
s=in.readLine();
hc1=hc2;
if(s.mid(0,2)=="//") {
GNU gcc/g++ v6.x and Qt v5.8.x compatibility git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-28 14:13:49 -05:00
out << s + QChar::LineFeed; //Copy all comment lines
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
} else {
int i1=s.indexOf(",");
hc2=s.mid(0,i1);
if(hc>hc1 && hc<hc2) {
GNU gcc/g++ v6.x and Qt v5.8.x compatibility git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-28 14:13:49 -05:00
out << newEntry + QChar::LineFeed;
out << s + QChar::LineFeed;
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
m_call3Modified=true;
} else if(hc==hc2) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
QString t {tr ("%1\nis already in CALL3.TXT"
", do you wish to replace it?").arg (s)};
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT"), t);
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
GNU gcc/g++ v6.x and Qt v5.8.x compatibility git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-28 14:13:49 -05:00
out << newEntry + QChar::LineFeed;
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
m_call3Modified=true;
}
} else {
GNU gcc/g++ v6.x and Qt v5.8.x compatibility git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-28 14:13:49 -05:00
if(s!="") out << s + QChar::LineFeed;
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
}
}
} while(!s.isNull());
f1.close();
GNU gcc/g++ v6.x and Qt v5.8.x compatibility git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-28 14:13:49 -05:00
if(hc>hc1 && !m_call3Modified) out << newEntry + QChar::LineFeed;
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
if(m_call3Modified) {
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f0 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.OLD")};
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
if(f0.exists()) f0.remove();
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f1 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
f1.rename(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.OLD"));
f2.rename(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT"));
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 14:06:48 -04:00
f2.close();
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Correct an error in ba2msg(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2743 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-16 11:42:28 -05:00
void MainWindow::msgtype(QString t, QLineEdit* tx) //msgtype()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Now able to generate 72-bit or 77-bit messages.
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
// Set background colors of the Tx message boxes, depending on message type
char message[38];
char msgsent[38];
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
QByteArray s=t.toUpper().toLocal8Bit();
ba2msg(s,message);
Improve the way messages with compound calls are automatically generated. Routine packmsg now tries the shortlist (Type 1 prefix or suffix) first. Then it tries to to make a valid message using a Type 2 prefix or suffix. If both fail, it packs the first 13 characters as a free-text message. The GUI now generates the most useful messages with compound callsigns of all valid types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4533 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-18 20:56:41 -04:00
int ichk=1,itype=0;
Fix a necessary type cast.
2018-07-10 09:04:01 -04:00
gen65_(message,&ichk,msgsent,const_cast<int*>(itone0),&itype,22,22);
Free-text messages get trimmed to 13 chars and have pink background. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2771 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 12:03:54 -05:00
msgsent[22]=0;
bool text=false;
1. We did the experiment: users clearly prefer a "Prompt to log QSO" only when 73 is sent. Revert to that well-established behavior. 2. Correct the logic that detects short-form RO, RRR, and 73 messages in JT65 VHF modes and color-highlights the Tx message box. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7442 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-02 09:22:29 -05:00
bool shortMsg=false;
Improve the way messages with compound calls are automatically generated. Routine packmsg now tries the shortlist (Type 1 prefix or suffix) first. Then it tries to to make a valid message using a Type 2 prefix or suffix. If both fail, it packs the first 13 characters as a free-text message. The GUI now generates the most useful messages with compound callsigns of all valid types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4533 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-18 20:56:41 -04:00
if(itype==6) text=true;
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
//### Check this stuff ###
if(itype==7 and m_config.enable_VHF_features() and m_mode=="JT65") shortMsg=true;
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and t.mid(0,1)=="<") text=false;
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
if((m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8") and m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) {
Complete the implementation of MSK144 contest mode. Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7393 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-17 16:18:47 -05:00
int i0=t.trimmed().length()-7;
if(t.mid(i0,3)==" R ") text=false;
}
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
if(m_config.bGenerate77()) text=false;
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
//### ... to here ...
genStdMsgs now also for ARRL RTTY contest and EU VHF contest.
2018-07-06 15:45:00 -04:00
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
QPalette p(tx->palette());
Free-text messages get trimmed to 13 chars and have pink background. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2771 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 12:03:54 -05:00
if(text) {
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#ffccff"); //pink
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
} else {
1. We did the experiment: users clearly prefer a "Prompt to log QSO" only when 73 is sent. Revert to that well-established behavior. 2. Correct the logic that detects short-form RO, RRR, and 73 messages in JT65 VHF modes and color-highlights the Tx message box. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7442 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-02 09:22:29 -05:00
if(shortMsg) {
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#66ffff"); //light blue
1. Generate shorthand JT65 messages for RO, RRR, 73. 2. Fix background colors for special message types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 11:44:48 -04:00
} else {
Define bg colors in a way that works better for dark themes. Thanks to N7AJF! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8431 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-23 09:54:49 -05:00
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::transparent);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and t.mid(0,1)=="<") {
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#00ffff"); //another light blue
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
}
1. Generate shorthand JT65 messages for RO, RRR, 73. 2. Fix background colors for special message types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 11:44:48 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
tx->setPalette(p);
Fix the generation of Tx* messages containing nonstandard calls.
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
Maintain cursor position during free text edits. The validation processing of the free text line edit field was causing the cursor position to be lost. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4148 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-22 07:09:21 -04:00
auto pos = tx->cursorPosition ();
Allow for new directional CQ messages in message processing Also relax entry validation so it is easier to enter standard message forms longer than 13 characters into message entry line edits. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-05 15:41:03 -04:00
tx->setText(t.toUpper());
Maintain cursor position during free text edits. The validation processing of the free text line edit field was causing the cursor position to be lost. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4148 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-22 07:09:21 -04:00
tx->setCursorPosition (pos);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_tx1_editingFinished() //tx1 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx1->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
}
void MainWindow::on_tx2_editingFinished() //tx2 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx2->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
}
void MainWindow::on_tx3_editingFinished() //tx3 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx3->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
}
void MainWindow::on_tx4_editingFinished() //tx4 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx4->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx4);
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_tx5_currentTextChanged (QString const& text) //tx5 edited
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
msgtype(text, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_tx6_editingFinished() //tx6 edited
{
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for subsequent regenerations. This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until changed back. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-25 12:59:58 -04:00
QString t=ui->tx6->text().toUpper();
Fix broken capability for adding noise to Tx signal. This should go into v1.8.1! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8250 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-21 15:08:10 -05:00
if(t.indexOf(" ")>0) {
QString t1=t.split(" ").at(1);
m_CQtype="CQ";
if(t1.size()==2) m_CQtype="CQ " + t1;
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx6);
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_dxCallEntry_textChanged (QString const& call)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
m_hisCall = call;
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 09:24:50 -04:00
statusChanged();
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
statusUpdate ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Correct a flaw in behavior of "Lock Tx=Rx" (Tnx to VK4EME). CR in DXCall entry ==> do "Lookup" (Tnx to W9MDB). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7297 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-07 08:47:09 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_dxCallEntry_returnPressed ()
{
on_lookupButton_clicked();
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_dxGridEntry_textChanged (QString const& grid)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
if (ui->dxGridEntry->hasAcceptableInput ()) {
if (grid != m_hisGrid) {
m_hisGrid = grid;
statusUpdate ();
}
Display Hot A/B and El in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7173 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 14:02:44 -04:00
qint64 nsec = (QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000) % 86400;
Display Az and Dist when "hisGrid" is known and valid. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 11:41:31 -04:00
double utch=nsec/3600.0;
int nAz,nEl,nDmiles,nDkm,nHotAz,nHotABetter;
Another uninitialized variable picked up by valgrind MemCheck git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6766 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 19:53:18 -04:00
azdist_(const_cast <char *> ((m_config.my_grid () + " ").left (6).toLatin1().constData()),
const_cast <char *> ((m_hisGrid + " ").left (6).toLatin1().constData()),&utch,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
&nAz,&nEl,&nDmiles,&nDkm,&nHotAz,&nHotABetter,6,6);
Display Az and Dist when "hisGrid" is known and valid. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 11:41:31 -04:00
QString t;
Display Hot A/B and El in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7173 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 14:02:44 -04:00
int nd=nDkm;
if(m_config.miles()) nd=nDmiles;
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
if(nHotABetter==0)t.sprintf("Az: %d B: %d El: %d %d",nAz,nHotAz,nEl,nd);
if(nHotABetter!=0)t.sprintf("Az: %d A: %d El: %d %d",nAz,nHotAz,nEl,nd);
} else {
t.sprintf("Az: %d %d",nAz,nd);
}
if(m_config.miles()) t += " mi";
if(!m_config.miles()) t += " km";
Fix regression in azimuth display on main window git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6906 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-11 19:35:24 -04:00
ui->labAz->setText (t);
Display Hot A/B and El in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7173 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-13 14:02:44 -04:00
} else {
if (m_hisGrid.size ()) {
m_hisGrid.clear ();
ui->labAz->clear ();
statusUpdate ();
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 18:20:30 -04:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_genStdMsgsPushButton_clicked() //genStdMsgs button
{
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_logQSOButton_clicked() //Log QSO button
{
Issue warning if Log QSO is requested with DX Call field empty. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-22 14:45:51 -05:00
if (!m_hisCall.size ()) {
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Warning: DX Call field is empty."));
}
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
// m_dateTimeQSOOn should really already be set but we'll ensure it gets set to something just in case
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
if (!m_dateTimeQSOOn.isValid ()) {
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
}
auto dateTimeQSOOff = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
if (dateTimeQSOOff < m_dateTimeQSOOn) dateTimeQSOOff = m_dateTimeQSOOn;
Correct the logging of blank grid for compound Hound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8657 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-11 08:24:15 -04:00
QString grid=m_hisGrid;
if(grid=="....") grid="";
m_logDlg->initLogQSO (m_hisCall, grid, m_modeTx, m_rptSent, m_rptRcvd,
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
m_dateTimeQSOOn, dateTimeQSOOff, m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),
Add some default Echo frequencies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5524 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 13:53:38 -04:00
m_config.my_callsign(), m_config.my_grid(), m_noSuffix,
Code cleanup; more Fox-mode additions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 12:09:03 -05:00
m_config.log_as_RTTY(), m_config.report_in_comments(),
m_config.bFox(), m_opCall);
Save contest exchanges for NA_VHF and EU_VHF.
2018-07-31 15:42:51 -04:00
if(m_nContest!=NONE) {
if(m_nContest==NA_VHF) {
m_xSent=m_config.my_grid().left(4);
m_xRcvd=m_hisGrid;
}
More contest-mode tweaks: fix Tx1/Tx2 start QSO, increment serial number.
2018-08-01 13:08:16 -04:00
if(m_nContest!=NONE) {
int n=ui->sbSerialNumber->value();
ui->sbSerialNumber->setValue(n+1);
cabLog(); //Call the Cabrillo contest logger
}
Fix more contest auto-seq bugs; add bare-bones contest logging.
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
}
}
void MainWindow::cabLog()
{
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("cabrillo.log")};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
int nfreq=m_freqNominal/1000;
if(m_freqNominal>50000000) nfreq=m_freqNominal/1000000;
QString t;
t.sprintf("QSO: %5d RY ",nfreq);
t=t + QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hhmm ") +
m_config.my_callsign().leftJustified(13,' ') + m_xSent.leftJustified(14,' ') +
m_hisCall.leftJustified(13,' ') + m_xRcvd;
QTextStream out(&f);
out << t << endl;
f.close();
} else {
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr("File Open Error"),
tr("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2").arg(f.fileName()).arg(f.errorString()));
Save contest exchanges for NA_VHF and EU_VHF.
2018-07-31 15:42:51 -04:00
}
Make the LogQSO dialog non-modal. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-28 09:35:01 -04:00
}
Add UDP message to set temporary Maidenhead locator When "Auto Grid" is checked in "Settings->General" UDP messages of type "Location" will update a temporary DE grid square. The intent is to allow an external application joining the WSJT-X UDP message protocol to dynamically update the DE grid during mobile operation. This change also tidies up some outstanding issues around logging the operator call. This change adds a new UDP message "Logged ADIF" that is emitted in parallel with "QSO Logged" messages. The new message is valid ADIF file format and contains the logged QSO fields. The intent is that basic UDP server applications might already have ADIF log record capture capabilities and could use this message to feed existing ADIF parsing routines to log QSOs. All that should be needed is to identify this message type and the single field is ADIF compatible ASCII. Thanks to Brian, N9ADG, for the patches that lead to these enhancements. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8454 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-04 17:42:35 -05:00
void MainWindow::acceptQSO (QDateTime const& QSO_date_off, QString const& call, QString const& grid
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
, Frequency dial_freq, QString const& mode
, QString const& rpt_sent, QString const& rpt_received
, QString const& tx_power, QString const& comments
Add UDP message to set temporary Maidenhead locator When "Auto Grid" is checked in "Settings->General" UDP messages of type "Location" will update a temporary DE grid square. The intent is to allow an external application joining the WSJT-X UDP message protocol to dynamically update the DE grid during mobile operation. This change also tidies up some outstanding issues around logging the operator call. This change adds a new UDP message "Logged ADIF" that is emitted in parallel with "QSO Logged" messages. The new message is valid ADIF file format and contains the logged QSO fields. The intent is that basic UDP server applications might already have ADIF log record capture capabilities and could use this message to feed existing ADIF parsing routines to log QSOs. All that should be needed is to identify this message type and the single field is ADIF compatible ASCII. Thanks to Brian, N9ADG, for the patches that lead to these enhancements. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8454 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-04 17:42:35 -05:00
, QString const& name, QDateTime const& QSO_date_on, QString const& operator_call
, QString const& my_call, QString const& my_grid, QByteArray const& ADIF)
Make the LogQSO dialog non-modal. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-28 09:35:01 -04:00
{
Patch from W9MDB: fixes QSO start times in certain situations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7804 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 09:13:22 -04:00
QString date = QSO_date_on.toString("yyyyMMdd");
Finish connecting "New DXCC on Band", "New Grid", "New Grid on Band". Needs more testing!
2018-08-24 15:51:29 -04:00
m_logBook.addAsWorked (m_hisCall,grid,m_config.bands()->find(m_freqNominal),m_modeTx,date);
Moved code that writes to the ADIF log from logqso into logbook/adif git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3569 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-06 01:00:28 -04:00
Add UDP message to set temporary Maidenhead locator When "Auto Grid" is checked in "Settings->General" UDP messages of type "Location" will update a temporary DE grid square. The intent is to allow an external application joining the WSJT-X UDP message protocol to dynamically update the DE grid during mobile operation. This change also tidies up some outstanding issues around logging the operator call. This change adds a new UDP message "Logged ADIF" that is emitted in parallel with "QSO Logged" messages. The new message is valid ADIF file format and contains the logged QSO fields. The intent is that basic UDP server applications might already have ADIF log record capture capabilities and could use this message to feed existing ADIF parsing routines to log QSOs. All that should be needed is to identify this message type and the single field is ADIF compatible ASCII. Thanks to Brian, N9ADG, for the patches that lead to these enhancements. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8454 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-04 17:42:35 -05:00
m_messageClient->qso_logged (QSO_date_off, call, grid, dial_freq, mode, rpt_sent, rpt_received, tx_power, comments, name, QSO_date_on, operator_call, my_call, my_grid);
m_messageClient->logged_ADIF (ADIF);
Don't clear DXCall for after Hound logs a QSO. Don't let Hound transmit all blanks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8514 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 12:35:49 -05:00
if (m_config.clear_DX () and !m_config.bHound()) clearDX ();
Fix logged QSO start and end times This change also adds seconds resolution to log files and log QSO fields. This change makes the log QSO dialog more layout friendly and uses a QDateTimeEdit for QSO start and end times. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7827 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 16:45:53 -04:00
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime {};
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
}
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 15:11:31 -04:00
Bewars: displayWidgets() stuff is not yet complete! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8343 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:50:00 -05:00
qint64 MainWindow::nWidgets(QString t)
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
{
1. Starting to add SWL feature for MSK144 Sh messages. 2. Add (part of) a geometry patch from W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7433 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 16:46:29 -05:00
Q_ASSERT(t.length()==N_WIDGETS);
Bewars: displayWidgets() stuff is not yet complete! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8343 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:50:00 -05:00
qint64 n=0;
1. Starting to add SWL feature for MSK144 Sh messages. 2. Add (part of) a geometry patch from W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7433 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 16:46:29 -05:00
for(int i=0; i<N_WIDGETS; i++) {
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
n=n + n + t.mid(i,1).toInt();
}
return n;
}
Bewars: displayWidgets() stuff is not yet complete! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8343 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:50:00 -05:00
void MainWindow::displayWidgets(qint64 n)
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
{
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
/* See text file "displayWidgets.txt" for widget numbers */
Bewars: displayWidgets() stuff is not yet complete! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8343 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:50:00 -05:00
qint64 j=qint64(1)<<(N_WIDGETS-1);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
bool b;
1. Starting to add SWL feature for MSK144 Sh messages. 2. Add (part of) a geometry patch from W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7433 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 16:46:29 -05:00
for(int i=0; i<N_WIDGETS; i++) {
Bewars: displayWidgets() stuff is not yet complete! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8343 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:50:00 -05:00
b=(n&j) != 0;
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if(i==0) ui->txFirstCheckBox->setVisible(b);
if(i==1) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setVisible(b);
Include four more items in the "displayWidgets" list. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7212 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 11:32:05 -04:00
if(i==2) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setVisible(b);
if(i==3) ui->sbFtol->setVisible(b);
if(i==4) ui->rptSpinBox->setVisible(b);
if(i==5) ui->sbTR->setVisible(b);
I think this is better logic for enabling/disabling the checkbox that enables "CQ Rx nnn". Please check! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7269 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-30 19:52:25 -04:00
if(i==6) {
Disallow automated CQ nnn calls for type 2 compound callsign holders as it will not work git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8573 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:42:11 -04:00
ui->sbCQTxFreq->setVisible (b);
ui->cbCQTx->setVisible (b);
auto is_compound = m_config.my_callsign () != m_baseCall;
ui->cbCQTx->setEnabled (b && (!is_compound || shortList (m_config.my_callsign ())));
I think this is better logic for enabling/disabling the checkbox that enables "CQ Rx nnn". Please check! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7269 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-30 19:52:25 -04:00
}
Include four more items in the "displayWidgets" list. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7212 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 11:32:05 -04:00
if(i==7) ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(b);
if(i==8) ui->cbFast9->setVisible(b);
if(i==9) ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(b);
if(i==10) ui->cbTx6->setVisible(b);
if(i==11) ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(b);
if(i==12) ui->pbR2T->setVisible(b);
if(i==13) ui->pbT2R->setVisible(b);
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
if(i==14) ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setVisible(b);
if(i==14 and (!b)) ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setChecked(false);
Include four more items in the "displayWidgets" list. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7212 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 11:32:05 -04:00
if(i==15) ui->sbSubmode->setVisible(b);
if(i==16) ui->syncSpinBox->setVisible(b);
if(i==17) ui->WSPR_controls_widget->setVisible(b);
if(i==18) ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(b);
if(i==19) ui->actionQuickDecode->setEnabled(b);
if(i==19) ui->actionMediumDecode->setEnabled(b);
if(i==19) ui->actionDeepestDecode->setEnabled(b);
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 06:56:12 -04:00
if(i==20) ui->actionInclude_averaging->setVisible (b);
if(i==21) ui->actionInclude_correlation->setVisible (b);
Include four more items in the "displayWidgets" list. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7212 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 11:32:05 -04:00
if(i==22) {
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8131 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-28 11:09:46 -04:00
if(!b && m_echoGraph->isVisible()) m_echoGraph->hide();
Include four more items in the "displayWidgets" list. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7212 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 11:32:05 -04:00
}
Monor tweaks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8341 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 15:38:40 -05:00
if(i==23) ui->cbSWL->setVisible(b);
Try to make decode menu work properly when moving between modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8278 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-02 11:04:52 -05:00
if(i==24) ui->actionEnable_AP_FT8->setVisible (b);
if(i==25) ui->actionEnable_AP_JT65->setVisible (b);
if(i==26) ui->actionEnable_AP_DXcall->setVisible (b);
Allow Hound callers to use Fox's compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8346 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 10:18:56 -05:00
if(i==27) ui->cbFirst->setVisible(b);
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
// if(i==28) ui->cbVHFcontest->setVisible(b);
Allow Hound callers to use Fox's compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8346 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 10:18:56 -05:00
if(i==29) ui->measure_check_box->setVisible(b);
if(i==30) ui->labDXped->setVisible(b);
if(i==31) ui->cbRxAll->setVisible(b);
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
if(i==32) ui->cbCQonly->setVisible(b);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
j=j>>1;
}
Contest modes force 77-bit messages. Fix a bug I introduced in auto-seq. Code cleanup.
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
b=m_config.bEU_VHF_Contest() or (m_config.bRTTYroundup() and
(m_config.RTTYExchange()=="#" or m_config.RTTYExchange()=="DX"));
Add widgets for input of contest exchanges.
2018-07-06 14:29:36 -04:00
ui->sbSerialNumber->setVisible(b);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_lastCallsign.clear (); // ensures Tx5 is updated for new modes
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, true);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
}
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionFT8_triggered()
{
m_mode="FT8";
Make NA VHF Contest mode visible in FT8 when VHF/UHF/Microwave features is selected. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-30 18:10:39 -05:00
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
m_bFast9=false;
m_bFastMode=false;
WSPR_config(false);
switch_mode (Modes::FT8);
m_modeTx="FT8";
m_nsps=6912;
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Extend FT8 Rx interval slightly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7790 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-06 12:12:32 -04:00
m_hsymStop=50;
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
m_toneSpacing=0.0; //???
ui->actionFT8->setChecked(true); //???
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
VHF_features_enabled(bVHF);
ui->cbAutoSeq->setChecked(true);
m_TRperiod=15;
m_fastGraph->hide();
m_wideGraph->show();
Correct issues with UDP messages and screen layout for MSK144 and FT8 modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7830 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 20:01:20 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText(" UTC dB DT Freq Message");
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-03 14:27:46 -04:00
if(m_config.bFox()) {
ui->label_6->setText("Stations calling DXpedition " + m_config.my_callsign());
Several tweaks and additions to GUI behavior in DXpedition mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8332 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-15 10:26:18 -05:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText( "Call Grid dB Freq Dist Age Continent");
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-03 14:27:46 -04:00
} else {
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText( " UTC dB DT Freq Message");
}
Remove remaining traces of the "NA VHF Contest" checkBox.
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000100111000010000100100001"));
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
ui->txrb2->setEnabled(true);
ui->txrb4->setEnabled(true);
ui->txrb5->setEnabled(true);
ui->txrb6->setEnabled(true);
ui->txb2->setEnabled(true);
ui->txb4->setEnabled(true);
ui->txb5->setEnabled(true);
ui->txb6->setEnabled(true);
Final(?) fix to allow use of compound callsign for Fox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8370 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-23 17:01:05 -05:00
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setEnabled(true);
ui->cbAutoSeq->setEnabled(true);
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
if(m_config.bFox()) {
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(true);
Clean up some DXped code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8354 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 16:50:53 -05:00
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setEnabled(false);
Default for Fox is "Hold Tx Freq" ON. Default to message Tx1 for Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 09:45:28 -05:00
ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setChecked(true);
Clean up some DXped code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8354 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 16:50:53 -05:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setEnabled(false);
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(2);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(300);
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000100111000010000000000100"));
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
ui->labDXped->setText("DXpedition: Fox");
Default for Fox should display FoxLog window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8362 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 11:04:51 -05:00
on_actionFox_Log_triggered();
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
}
if(m_config.bHound()) {
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(false);
Clean up some DXped code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8354 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 16:50:53 -05:00
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setEnabled(false);
ui->cbAutoSeq->setEnabled(false);
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(0);
ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setChecked(true);
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000100110000010000000000110"));
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
ui->labDXped->setText("DXpedition: Hound");
Default for Fox is "Hold Tx Freq" ON. Default to message Tx1 for Hound. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 09:45:28 -05:00
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
ui->txrb2->setEnabled(false);
ui->txrb4->setEnabled(false);
ui->txrb5->setEnabled(false);
ui->txrb6->setEnabled(false);
ui->txb2->setEnabled(false);
ui->txb4->setEnabled(false);
ui->txb5->setEnabled(false);
ui->txb6->setEnabled(false);
}
Bright red label to flag Fox, Hound, or use of new 77-bit message styles.
2018-07-09 14:33:56 -04:00
if(!m_config.bFox() and !m_config.bHound()) {
QString t0="";
Complete many details of contest-mode auto-sequencing. More testing needed!
2018-07-30 13:23:23 -04:00
if(m_config.bGenerate77()) t0=" Tx2.0 ";
if(m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) t0+="NA VHF";
NA_VHF now basically functional in MSK144 mode.
2018-07-31 13:18:57 -04:00
if(m_config.bEU_VHF_Contest()) t0+="EU VHF";
Complete many details of contest-mode auto-sequencing. More testing needed!
2018-07-30 13:23:23 -04:00
if(m_config.bFieldDay()) t0+="Field Day";
if(m_config.bRTTYroundup()) t0+="RTTY";
Bright red label to flag Fox, Hound, or use of new 77-bit message styles.
2018-07-09 14:33:56 -04:00
if(t0=="") {
ui->labDXped->setVisible(false);
} else {
ui->labDXped->setVisible(true);
ui->labDXped->setText(t0);
}
Fix several more bugs in generating new-style messages. Use DXped label for contest ID.
2018-07-07 14:47:33 -04:00
}
Reject message with ";" unless Hound mode selected or CRC10 matches DX Call. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8455 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 10:16:29 -05:00
if((m_config.bFox() or m_config.bHound()) and !m_config.split_mode() and !m_bWarnedSplit) {
Add several more widgets to the "displayWidgets" string. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-18 16:10:44 -05:00
QString errorMsg;
MessageBox::critical_message (this,
Improved wording for Hound-mode warning message. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 10:20:54 -05:00
"Operation in FT8 DXpedition mode normally requires\n"
" *Split* rig control (either *Rig* or *Fake It* on\n"
"the *Settings | Radio* tab.)", errorMsg);
Reject message with ";" unless Hound mode selected or CRC10 matches DX Call. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8455 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-05 10:16:29 -05:00
m_bWarnedSplit=true;
Starting to experiment with FoxCalls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8197 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-30 11:18:54 -04:00
}
Starting to insert FT8 into GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7726 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-17 09:48:45 -04:00
statusChanged();
}
NA_VHF now basically functional in MSK144 mode.
2018-07-31 13:18:57 -04:00
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionJT4_triggered()
{
m_mode="JT4";
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
WSPR_config(false);
switch_mode (Modes::JT4);
m_modeTx="JT4";
m_TRperiod=60;
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
m_hsymStop=176;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=184;
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
ui->actionJT4->setChecked(true);
VHF_features_enabled(true);
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(6);
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
Ensure correct text-window labels after changing mod4es. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7694 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-20 15:41:38 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
if(bVHF) {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
} else {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if(bVHF) {
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111110010110111110111100000000000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
} else {
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000000111000110000000000000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
fast_config(false);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged();
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionJT9_triggered()
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 15:11:31 -04:00
{
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
m_mode="JT9";
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_bFast9=ui->cbFast9->isChecked();
m_bFastMode=m_bFast9;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
WSPR_config(false);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
switch_mode (Modes::JT9);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
if(m_modeTx!="JT9") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
Now can see signal on both waterfall plots. (Far from correct, though!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-28 19:59:50 -04:00
m_nsps=6912;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
1. Activated "Name" and Comments" fields on the LogQSO confirmation screen. 2. Decoding now starts at t=50 s rather than t=52 s. 3. Label on "Auto is On/Off" button changed to "Enable Tx". 4. Three new options on the Setup menu, to help importing ADIF log into some fussy loggers: - Log HT9 without submode - Convert JT9-x to RTTY for logging - Log dB reports to Comments git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 14:24:27 -04:00
m_hsymStop=173;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
ui->actionJT9->setChecked(true);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
VHF_features_enabled(bVHF);
Back out the experimental changes of r7709. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7710 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-09 07:56:51 -04:00
if(m_nSubMode>=4 and bVHF) {
Include four more items in the "displayWidgets" list. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7212 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 11:32:05 -04:00
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(true);
Trying to make position and status of the central GUI controls correct and logical for VHF and non-VHF usage. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 12:33:18 -04:00
} else {
Include four more items in the "displayWidgets" list. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7212 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 11:32:05 -04:00
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(false);
Trying to make position and status of the central GUI controls correct and logical for VHF and non-VHF usage. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 12:33:18 -04:00
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(false);
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(7);
if(m_bFast9) {
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_wideGraph->hide();
m_fastGraph->show();
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
} else {
Permit use of "CQ nnn" and AutoSeq in fast JT9 submodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7345 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-28 14:34:52 -05:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setChecked(false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_TRperiod=60;
Adjust decodes displays and processing for extra csync indicator after mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 14:53:00 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if(bVHF) {
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111110101100111110010000000000000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
} else {
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000000111000010000000000001"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
fast_config(m_bFastMode);
ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(m_bFast9);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered()
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
{
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
m_mode="JT9+JT65";
Reconfigure mainwindow GUI properly after MSK144 -> WSPR -> MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7093 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 11:32:01 -04:00
WSPR_config(false);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
switch_mode (Modes::JT65);
if(m_modeTx != "JT65") {
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
m_modeTx="JT9";
}
m_nSubMode=0; //Dual-mode always means JT9 and JT65A
m_TRperiod=60;
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
m_nsps=6912;
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
m_hsymStop=174;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=183;
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
setup_status_bar (false);
ui->actionJT9_JT65->setChecked(true);
VHF_features_enabled(false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
Correct the green marker in QRA mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6846 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:41:03 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
Ensure correct text-window labels after changing mod4es. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7694 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-20 15:41:38 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000001111000010000000000001"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
fast_config(false);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged();
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 17:20:58 -04:00
}
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionJT65_triggered()
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 15:11:31 -04:00
{
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Fix the displayed tone-range markers on transition from WSPR to JT65. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5515 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-03 16:21:34 -04:00
// If coming from JT4 or WSPR mode, pretend temporarily that we're coming
// from JT9 and click the pbTxMode button
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
m_modeTx="JT9";
on_pbTxMode_clicked();
}
1. Protect against wrong ID of f0 being fit by lorentzian(), when Ftol is large. 2. When switching to JT65 mode, go through JT9 first. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6621 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-14 09:22:05 -04:00
on_actionJT9_triggered();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
m_mode="JT65";
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
WSPR_config(false);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
switch_mode (Modes::JT65);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
if(m_modeTx!="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
m_TRperiod=60;
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 15:00:55 -04:00
m_hsymStop=174;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=183;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
ui->actionJT65->setChecked(true);
Try to make decode menu work properly when moving between modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8278 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-02 11:04:52 -05:00
VHF_features_enabled(bVHF);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(2);
if(bVHF) {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 15:32:08 -04:00
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
} else {
Rationalize several VHF-oriented features of the JT4 and JT64 decoders. More additions to the User Guide. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7227 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-24 16:48:24 -04:00
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 15:32:08 -04:00
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
if(bVHF) {
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111110010100111110101100010000000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
} else {
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000000111000010000000000001"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
}
fast_config(false);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged();
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 15:11:31 -04:00
}
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionQRA64_triggered()
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 15:11:31 -04:00
{
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
int n=m_nSubMode;
on_actionJT65_triggered();
m_nSubMode=n;
m_mode="QRA64";
m_modeTx="QRA64";
ui->actionQRA64->setChecked(true);
switch_mode (Modes::QRA64);
setup_status_bar (true);
m_hsymStop=180;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=188;
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(4);
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 06:56:12 -04:00
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setVisible (false);
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setVisible (false);
Better scheme for displaying QRA65 sync results. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7561 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-10 11:38:19 -05:00
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("red.dat"))};
m_wideGraph->setRedFile(fname);
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111110010110111110000000001000000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
statusChanged();
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_actionISCAT_triggered()
{
m_mode="ISCAT";
m_modeTx="ISCAT";
ui->actionISCAT->setChecked(true);
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod);
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
m_hsymStop=103;
m_toneSpacing=11025.0/256.0;
WSPR_config(false);
switch_mode(Modes::ISCAT);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
statusChanged();
if(!m_fastGraph->isVisible()) m_fastGraph->show();
if(m_wideGraph->isVisible()) m_wideGraph->hide();
setup_status_bar (true);
ui->cbShMsgs->setChecked(false);
ui->label_7->setText("");
Fix the display/hiding of decodedTextBrowser2 and dexpdedTextLabel2 wrt ISCAT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 12:29:09 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setVisible(false);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(false);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(
Add warning message if VHF features enabled on a lower band. Clean up "Decoded Lines" table in User Guide, and corresponding ISCAT end-of-line characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7283 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-03 10:05:05 -04:00
" UTC Sync dB DT DF F1 M N C T ");
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(0);
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(1);
if(m_nSubMode==0) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1012);
if(m_nSubMode==1) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(560);
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("100111000000000110000000000000000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
fast_config(true);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionMSK144_triggered()
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
{
Do not show 1st Call checkbox in MSK144 mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7918 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-16 17:42:09 -04:00
m_mode="MSK144";
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
m_modeTx="MSK144";
ui->actionMSK144->setChecked(true);
switch_mode (Modes::MSK144);
m_nsps=6;
m_FFTSize = 7 * 512;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
setup_status_bar (true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
WSPR_config(false);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
VHF_features_enabled(true);
Restore normal Fast MSK144 transmission after toggling Fast box and/or after returning to MSK144 from FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 22:48:30 -04:00
m_bFastMode=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_bFast9=false;
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
Restore normal Fast MSK144 transmission after toggling Fast box and/or after returning to MSK144 from FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 22:48:30 -04:00
m_wideGraph->hide();
m_fastGraph->show();
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMinimum(1400);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMaximum(1600);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setSingleStep(10);
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_fastGraph->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
Fic label_7 for MSK144. User guide updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7256 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-28 11:33:56 -04:00
ui->label_7->setText("Tx Messages");
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
ui->actionMSK144->setChecked(true);
ui->rptSpinBox->setMinimum(-8);
ui->rptSpinBox->setMaximum(24);
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(0);
ui->rptSpinBox->setSingleStep(1);
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
ui->sbFtol->values ({20, 50, 100, 200});
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("101111110100000000010001000010000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
fast_config(m_bFastMode);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged();
NA_VHF now basically functional in MSK144 mode.
2018-07-31 13:18:57 -04:00
QString t0="";
if(m_config.bNA_VHF_Contest()) t0+="NA VHF";
if(m_config.bEU_VHF_Contest()) t0+="EU VHF";
if(t0=="") {
ui->labDXped->setVisible(false);
} else {
ui->labDXped->setVisible(true);
ui->labDXped->setText(t0);
}
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 15:11:31 -04:00
}
Progress on symspecx and timf2x, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-25 16:26:12 -04:00
Remove vestigial references to WSPR_2. Update wsjtx.pro. Add samples for all modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7208 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 11:43:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionWSPR_triggered()
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
{
Change "WSPR-2" to "WSPR" everywhere; update some WSPR labels. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7181 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-14 10:15:34 -04:00
m_mode="WSPR";
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
WSPR_config(true);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
switch_mode (Modes::WSPR);
Add date and seconds to all transmit message log entries ALL.TXT and ALL_WSPR.TXT git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7817 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-08 14:44:42 -04:00
m_modeTx="WSPR";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod=120;
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_hsymStop=396;
m_toneSpacing=12000.0/8192.0;
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
setup_status_bar (false);
Remove vestigial references to WSPR_2. Update wsjtx.pro. Add samples for all modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7208 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 11:43:03 -04:00
ui->actionWSPR->setChecked(true);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
VHF_features_enabled(false);
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
Update Tx frequency to the WSPR value after change to WSPR mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5772 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-08-10 10:18:57 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->value());
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("000000000000000001010000000000000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
fast_config(false);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Starting to implement experimental mode "WSPR-LF". Beware possible undesired side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-04-28 12:49:09 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionWSPR_LF_triggered()
{
on_actionWSPR_triggered();
m_mode="WSPR-LF";
switch_mode (Modes::WSPR);
m_modeTx="WSPR-LF";
Make wspr_fsk8d search for DT as well as f0. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-17 09:13:11 -04:00
m_TRperiod=240;
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Fix the behavior of WSPR-LF (-fsk8) for real-time decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7690 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-18 16:02:32 -04:00
m_hsymStop=813;
Make wspr_fsk8d search for DT as well as f0. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-17 09:13:11 -04:00
m_toneSpacing=12000.0/24576.0;
Starting to implement experimental mode "WSPR-LF". Beware possible undesired side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7658 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-04-28 12:49:09 -04:00
setup_status_bar (false);
ui->actionWSPR_LF->setChecked(true);
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
statusChanged();
}
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionEcho_triggered()
{
Correct the bounds error test in avecho. Ensure proper GUI controls visible in Echo mode. Reset nsum=0 when Tx Enable is toggled ON in Echo mode. Don't restart Monitor after finishing a sequence of Echo transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 11:32:55 -04:00
on_actionJT4_triggered();
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
m_mode="Echo";
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
ui->actionEcho->setChecked(true);
m_TRperiod=3;
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Trying to make position and status of the central GUI controls correct and logical for VHF and non-VHF usage. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 12:33:18 -04:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Slightly shorten Tx duration in Echo mode. This fixes a timing issue that was preventing received data from being processed in certain setups. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8369 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 20:04:12 -05:00
m_hsymStop=9;
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
m_toneSpacing=1.0;
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
switch_mode(Modes::Echo);
Some cleanup of interaction between GUI and Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 13:16:55 -04:00
m_modeTx="Echo";
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
setup_status_bar (true);
Further progress for Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5561 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 10:42:53 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (false);
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
if(!m_echoGraph->isVisible()) m_echoGraph->show();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if (!ui->actionAstronomical_data->isChecked ()) {
ui->actionAstronomical_data->setChecked (true);
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
Trying to make position and status of the central GUI controls correct and logical for VHF and non-VHF usage. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 12:33:18 -04:00
WSPR_config(true);
Results of Echo mode to text window. (Not yet calibrated!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5567 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 15:04:21 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(" UTC N Level Sig DF Width Q");
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("000000000000000000000010000000000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
fast_config(false);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged();
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
}
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionFreqCal_triggered()
{
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
on_actionJT9_triggered();
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
m_mode="FreqCal";
ui->actionFreqCal->setChecked(true);
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
switch_mode(Modes::FreqCal);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_modulator->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Several changes to operational logic for FreqCal mode. 1. Menu item *Tools -> Execute frequency calibration cycle* is renamed and checkable. Cycling does not start until checked. 2. Ctrl+F10 now allows you to cycle manually through the list of calibration frequencies. 3. Calibration sequence lengths can be set to 5, 10, 15, or 30 s with the sbTR spinBox. Also: don't set sbTR index to 0 when entering a slow mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 13:21:58 -05:00
m_hsymStop=((int(m_TRperiod/0.288))/8)*8;
Tidy up FreqCal mode time signal switching and Rx DF Rx DF is now "real-time" adjusting the rig in concert with the monitored DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-09 08:50:02 -05:00
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config.frequencies ()->begin ();
More work on FreqCal mode. Some of this code is temporary! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7451 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 13:35:26 -05:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
setup_status_bar (true);
More work on FreqCal mode. Some of this code is temporary! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7451 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 13:35:26 -05:00
// 18:15:47 0 1 1500 1550.349 0.100 3.5 10.2
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(" UTC Freq CAL Offset fMeas DF Level S/N");
Improved frequency calibration Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the impact of the current calibration parameters. The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit. A calibration procedure might proceed thus:- 1) select FreqCal mode, 2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those that have no usable signal, 3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check that suitable signals are present, 4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period, 5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather data, 6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the fmt.all file with your favourite editor, 7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if you like what you see, 8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:21 -04:00
ui->measure_check_box->setChecked (false);
Display the "CQ Only" checkbox only in modes where it may be useful. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8539 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-28 08:50:58 -05:00
displayWidgets(nWidgets("001101000000000000000000000001000"));
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
statusChanged();
Some possibly temporary ideas, playing around with a "FreqCal" mode to do simple frequency calibrations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7446 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-03 16:37:38 -05:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
void MainWindow::switch_mode (Mode mode)
{
For now, we'll allow click-to-decode in ISCAT mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7218 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 14:07:12 -04:00
m_fastGraph->setMode(m_mode);
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
m_config.frequencies ()->filter (m_config.region (), mode);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
auto const& row = m_config.frequencies ()->best_working_frequency (m_freqNominal);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if (row >= 0) {
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentIndex (row);
on_bandComboBox_activated (row);
}
Reports in MSK144 mode are even numbers between -4 and +24 dB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6910 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 16:05:56 -04:00
ui->rptSpinBox->setSingleStep(1);
ui->rptSpinBox->setMinimum(-50);
ui->rptSpinBox->setMaximum(49);
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
ui->sbFtol->values ({10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000});
1. Initialize m_msg[0][0] to stop garbage decode right after startup. 2. Decouple RxFreq spinbox from printed/decoded frequency. 3. Limit RxFreq to 25 Hz steps in the range [1400,1600] when in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7137 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-01 20:23:09 -04:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMinimum(1400);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMaximum(1600);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setSingleStep(25);
} else {
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMinimum(200);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMaximum(5000);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setSingleStep(1);
}
Add warning message if VHF features enabled on a lower band. Clean up "Decoded Lines" table in User Guide, and corresponding ISCAT end-of-line characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7283 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-03 10:05:05 -04:00
m_bVHFwarned=false;
Further progress toward a usable "FreqCal" (Frequency Calibration) mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7448 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-04 14:07:35 -05:00
bool b=m_mode=="FreqCal";
ui->tabWidget->setVisible(!b);
if(b) {
ui->DX_controls_widget->setVisible(false);
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setVisible(false);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(false);
ui->label_6->setVisible(false);
ui->label_7->setVisible(false);
}
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
void MainWindow::WSPR_config(bool b)
{
Fix the display/hiding of decodedTextBrowser2 and dexpdedTextLabel2 wrt ISCAT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-21 12:29:09 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setVisible(!b);
Fix typo in doc. Fix label on/off in WSPR_config. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7865 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-13 08:57:44 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(!b and ui->cbMenus->isChecked());
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 18:41:13 -04:00
ui->controls_stack_widget->setCurrentIndex (b && m_mode != "Echo" ? 1 : 0);
ui->QSO_controls_widget->setVisible (!b);
ui->DX_controls_widget->setVisible (!b);
ui->WSPR_controls_widget->setVisible (b);
Fix typo in doc. Fix label on/off in WSPR_config. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7865 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-13 08:57:44 -04:00
ui->label_6->setVisible(!b and ui->cbMenus->isChecked());
ui->label_7->setVisible(!b and ui->cbMenus->isChecked());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
ui->logQSOButton->setVisible(!b);
ui->DecodeButton->setEnabled(!b);
Echo mode is *not* a Simplex mode. Code that sets Echo mode calls "WSPR_config(true)" to make a bunch of irrelevant GUI controls invisible, thus simplifying the user interface. However, Echo mode should NOT be set as a simplex mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 10:09:40 -04:00
if(b and (m_mode!="Echo")) {
Fix UTC wrap-around problem with timing of CW ID. Fix WSPR label mi/km. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7276 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-02 08:38:18 -04:00
QString t="UTC dB DT Freq Drift Call Grid dBm ";
if(m_config.miles()) t += " mi";
if(!m_config.miles()) t += " km";
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(t);
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 15:33:33 -04:00
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (0); // turn off split
}
Add a flag for a mode to enforce simplex i.e. WSPR git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5593 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 18:42:41 -04:00
m_bSimplex = true;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
Adjust decodes displays and processing for extra csync indicator after mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 14:53:00 -04:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
Add a flag for a mode to enforce simplex i.e. WSPR git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5593 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 18:42:41 -04:00
m_bSimplex = false;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Update decodes widgets when entering and leaving WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 13:33:20 -04:00
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
void MainWindow::fast_config(bool b)
{
m_bFastMode=b;
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled(!b);
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
ui->sbTR->setVisible(b);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
if(b and (m_bFast9 or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="ISCAT")) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_wideGraph->hide();
m_fastGraph->show();
} else {
m_wideGraph->show();
m_fastGraph->hide();
}
}
Several tweaks toward letting someone else Tx to me... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-05 15:14:45 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_TxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setTxFreq(n);
Revert to pre r8430 behaviour except when hound using FT8 The "Hold Tx Freq" check box allows one's Tx frequency to be fixed when replying by double-clicking a decode. When in FT8 hound mode one's Tx frequency is always held when double-clicking a decode unless directed by internal logic to change. Direct Tx offset changes are still allowed in hound mode, as are the normal waterfall clicks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8490 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-10 21:29:27 -05:00
// if (ui->cbHoldTxFreq->isChecked ()) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(n);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
if(m_mode!="MSK144") {
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 11:36:17 -04:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (n - m_XIT);
}
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
statusUpdate ();
Several tweaks toward letting someone else Tx to me... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-05 15:14:45 -04:00
}
More tweaks of decoding process. Add TxFreq button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-20 16:52:29 -04:00
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setRxFreq(n);
Improved frequency calibration Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the impact of the current calibration parameters. The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit. A calibration procedure might proceed thus:- 1) select FreqCal mode, 2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those that have no usable signal, 3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check that suitable signals are present, 4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period, 5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather data, 6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the fmt.all file with your favourite editor, 7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if you like what you see, 8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:21 -04:00
if (m_mode == "FreqCal") {
setRig ();
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text. 1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed. It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers. 2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now behave as follows: Click on Action --------------------------------------------------------------------- Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency Shift-click to set Tx frequency Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded signal's frequency; generate standard messages. Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down and Lock Tx Freq not checked. If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated. 3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu, "Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished; DO NOT USE in its present form. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-27 08:39:50 -04:00
}
statusUpdate ();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
}
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionQuickDecode_toggled (bool checked)
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
{
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000001;
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
}
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionMediumDecode_toggled (bool checked)
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
{
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000002;
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
}
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionDeepestDecode_toggled (bool checked)
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
{
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000003;
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
}
Updates to Users Guide. Double-click on waterfall sets Tol to a reduced (mode-dependent) value. Tol is saved/restored on program restart. Added digital gain slider for setting input level. Garbage decode "15P6715P67WCV" is rejected. Arrays ss and c0 are copied and saved when newdat=1. Further processing is done on the copies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2712 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-01 15:54:40 -04:00
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionInclude_averaging_toggled (bool checked)
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
{
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000010;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionInclude_correlation_toggled (bool checked)
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
{
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000020;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionEnable_AP_DXcall_toggled (bool checked)
New parameters for AP decoding in QRA64. Do not use this revision on the air! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-27 10:50:47 -05:00
{
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000040;
New parameters for AP decoding in QRA64. Do not use this revision on the air! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7340 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-27 10:50:47 -05:00
}
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_ALL_TXT_triggered() //Erase ALL.TXT
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Erase"),
tr ("Are you sure you want to erase file ALL.TXT?"));
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
f.remove();
More cleanup of details. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3053 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 16:22:51 -04:00
m_RxLog=1;
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
}
}
Add FoxQSO.txt; sbRepeats -> sbMaxTime; randomize Tx freq for Hound R+rpt; code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8358 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 09:51:22 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_FoxQSO_txt_triggered()
{
int ret = MessageBox::query_message(this, tr("Confirm Erase"),
Correct the displayed message for Erase FoxQST.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8359 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 09:59:04 -05:00
tr("Are you sure you want to erase file FoxQSO.txt?"));
Add FoxQSO.txt; sbRepeats -> sbMaxTime; randomize Tx freq for Hound R+rpt; code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8358 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 09:51:22 -05:00
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
QFile f{m_config.writeable_data_dir().absoluteFilePath("FoxQSO.txt")};
f.remove();
Menu item to erase cabrillo.log.
2018-08-01 15:52:35 -04:00
ui->sbSerialNumber->setValue(1);
}
}
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_cabrillo_log_triggered()
{
int ret = MessageBox::query_message(this, tr("Confirm Erase"),
tr("Are you sure you want to erase file cabrillo.log?"));
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
QFile f{m_config.writeable_data_dir().absoluteFilePath("cabrillo.log")};
f.remove();
Add FoxQSO.txt; sbRepeats -> sbMaxTime; randomize Tx freq for Hound R+rpt; code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8358 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 09:51:22 -05:00
}
}
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_wsjtx_log_adi_triggered()
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Erase"),
tr ("Are you sure you want to erase file wsjtx_log.adi?"));
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_log.adi")};
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
f.remove();
}
}
Starting to implement popup macros for Tx messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 18:47:24 -04:00
Menu action to open the log directory Since the log files have moved to a hidden directory a menu action to open the logs directory in a suitable system applicaiton is needed. Added "Open log directory" to File manu bar pop up menu. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 07:47:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_log_directory_triggered ()
{
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QDesktopServices::openUrl (QUrl::fromLocalFile (m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath ()));
Menu action to open the log directory Since the log files have moved to a hidden directory a menu action to open the logs directory in a suitable system applicaiton is needed. Added "Open log directory" to File manu bar pop up menu. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 07:47:03 -04:00
}
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_bandComboBox_currentIndexChanged (int index)
1. Activated "Name" and Comments" fields on the LogQSO confirmation screen. 2. Decoding now starts at t=50 s rather than t=52 s. 3. Label on "Auto is On/Off" button changed to "Enable Tx". 4. Three new options on the Setup menu, to help importing ADIF log into some fussy loggers: - Log HT9 without submode - Convert JT9-x to RTTY for logging - Log dB reports to Comments git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 14:24:27 -04:00
{
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
auto const& frequencies = m_config.frequencies ();
Fix issue with v1.8.0 trashing v1.7 working frequencies Note that reverting to v1.7 will invalidate any saved working frequencies from v1.8 but proceeding to v1.8 again will present a reset set of working frequencies i.e. any user defined entries in v1.8 will be lost of a v1.8 -> v1.7 -> v1.8 transition is made. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8018 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-09 12:06:17 -04:00
auto const& source_index = frequencies->mapToSource (frequencies->index (index, FrequencyList_v2::frequency_column));
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
Frequency frequency {m_freqNominal};
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
if (source_index.isValid ())
{
frequency = frequencies->frequency_list ()[source_index.row ()].frequency_;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
// Lookup band
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
auto const& band = m_config.bands ()->find (frequency);
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:31 -04:00
if (!band.isEmpty ())
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
{
ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit ()->setStyleSheet ({});
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:31 -04:00
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (band);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
}
else
{
ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit ()->setStyleSheet ("QLineEdit {color: yellow; background-color : red;}");
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:31 -04:00
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (m_config.bands ()->oob ());
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
}
displayDialFrequency ();
}
void MainWindow::on_bandComboBox_activated (int index)
{
auto const& frequencies = m_config.frequencies ();
Fix issue with v1.8.0 trashing v1.7 working frequencies Note that reverting to v1.7 will invalidate any saved working frequencies from v1.8 but proceeding to v1.8 again will present a reset set of working frequencies i.e. any user defined entries in v1.8 will be lost of a v1.8 -> v1.7 -> v1.8 transition is made. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8018 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-09 12:06:17 -04:00
auto const& source_index = frequencies->mapToSource (frequencies->index (index, FrequencyList_v2::frequency_column));
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
Frequency frequency {m_freqNominal};
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
if (source_index.isValid ())
{
frequency = frequencies->frequency_list ()[source_index.row ()].frequency_;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_bandEdited = true;
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
band_changed (frequency);
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:31 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setRxBand (m_config.bands ()->find (frequency));
Add "Prompt to log QSO" option on Setup menu. Reduce code speed for CW ID to 22.5 WPM. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3110 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-26 12:23:40 -04:00
}
1. Blank lines between decoding periods now optional. 2. "CQ DX" is now treated properly when the decoded line is double.clicked. 3. Displayed sync values reduced by 1/2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3124 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 11:35:11 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::band_changed (Frequency f)
1. Blank lines between decoding periods now optional. 2. "CQ DX" is now treated properly when the decoded line is double.clicked. 3. Displayed sync values reduced by 1/2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3124 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 11:35:11 -04:00
{
Comment out the change in r7306: If Monitor was OFF at start of band_changed(), return it to OFF when this function [band changed()] returns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-28 19:27:46 -04:00
// bool monitor_off=!m_monitoring;
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
// Set the attenuation value if options are checked
QString curBand = ui->bandComboBox->currentText();
if (m_config.pwrBandTxMemory() && !m_tune) {
Prevents auto power tune from resetting attenuation to 0 by default. Fix autotune for tx pwr on band changes to keep current level if never set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7233 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 18:49:20 -04:00
if (m_pwrBandTxMemory.contains(curBand)) {
ui->outAttenuation->setValue(m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand].toInt());
}
else {
m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand] = ui->outAttenuation->value();
}
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if (m_bandEdited) {
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if (!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) { // band hopping preserves auto Tx
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if (f + m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () > m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ()
|| f + m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () + m_wideGraph->fSpan () <=
m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ()) {
First working code offering optional computation and use of a reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 16:53:54 -04:00
// qDebug () << "start f:" << m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () << "span:" << m_wideGraph->fSpan () << "DF:" << ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
// disable auto Tx if "blind" QSY outside of waterfall
ui->stopTxButton->click (); // halt any transmission
auto_tx_mode (false); // disable auto Tx
Save/restore the RRR/RR73 status of Tx4.
2018-07-30 11:48:18 -04:00
// m_send_RR73 = false; // force user to reassess on new band
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
}
Do not disable Tx or "Enable Tx" when changing band in WSPR mode The fixes a regression introduced in r6311 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6312 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-24 14:42:36 -05:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
m_lastBand.clear ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_bandEdited = false;
psk_Reporter->sendReport(); // Upload any queued spots before changing band
Replace commented-out frequency-setting statement. Make sure that RxFreqSpinBox is visible in JT4 mode, git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7207 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 09:16:58 -04:00
if (!m_transmitting) monitor (true);
Filter general working frequencies in FreqCal mode Allow band drop down list to be used to select FreqCal frequencies, also resets position in automatic cycle. Tidy up some unnecessary code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7486 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 16:03:30 -05:00
if ("FreqCal" == m_mode)
{
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config.frequencies ()->find (f);
}
Improved frequency calibration Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the impact of the current calibration parameters. The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit. A calibration procedure might proceed thus:- 1) select FreqCal mode, 2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those that have no usable signal, 3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check that suitable signals are present, 4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period, 5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather data, 6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the fmt.all file with your favourite editor, 7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if you like what you see, 8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:21 -04:00
float r=m_freqNominal/(f+0.0001);
if(r<0.9 or r>1.1) m_bVHFwarned=false;
setRig (f);
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
Comment out the change in r7306: If Monitor was OFF at start of band_changed(), return it to OFF when this function [band changed()] returns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-28 19:27:46 -04:00
// if(monitor_off) monitor(false);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
1. Blank lines between decoding periods now optional. 2. "CQ DX" is now treated properly when the decoded line is double.clicked. 3. Displayed sync values reduced by 1/2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3124 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 11:35:11 -04:00
}
First try at changing Tol to fMin and fMax. More work still to be done! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 12:44:31 -04:00
Add warning message if VHF features enabled on a lower band. Clean up "Decoded Lines" table in User Guide, and corresponding ISCAT end-of-line characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7283 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-03 10:05:05 -04:00
void MainWindow::vhfWarning()
{
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("VHF features warning"),
"VHF/UHF/Microwave features is enabled on a lower frequency band.");
m_bVHFwarned=true;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::enable_DXCC_entity (bool on)
First version of DXCC entity and worked B4 status git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3512 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 07:29:42 -04:00
{
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if (on and !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_mode!="Echo") {
Only one text window in WSPR and Echo modes, even if "Show DXCC" is enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-01 13:38:18 -04:00
m_logBook.init(); // re-read the log and cty.dat files
Add a QSplitter between left/right text window. Note that lines 5604-08 may need fixing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8375 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-25 16:16:02 -05:00
// ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(0,55); // adjust proportions of text displays
// ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(1,45);
Only one text window in WSPR and Echo modes, even if "Show DXCC" is enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-01 13:38:18 -04:00
} else {
Add a QSplitter between left/right text window. Note that lines 5604-08 may need fixing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8375 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-25 16:16:02 -05:00
// ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(0,0);
// ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(1,0);
Only one text window in WSPR and Echo modes, even if "Show DXCC" is enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-01 13:38:18 -04:00
}
Update decodes widgets when entering and leaving WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 13:33:20 -04:00
updateGeometry ();
"Clear call and grid after logging" is now optional. Option to display distance in miles. Remove (or reduce?) negative red spikes at start of Rx period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3128 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 17:32:21 -04:00
}
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_pbCallCQ_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = true;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 17:01:30 -04:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
set_dateTimeQSO(-1);
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbAnswerCaller_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Correct the "dB" message on Tab 2 when MyCall is a compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-07 12:44:29 -04:00
QString t=ui->tx3->text();
int i0=t.indexOf(" R-");
if(i0<0) i0=t.indexOf(" R+");
t=t.mid(0,i0+1)+t.mid(i0+2,3);
ui->genMsg->setText(t);
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 17:01:30 -04:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
set_dateTimeQSO(2);
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbSendRRR_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx4->text());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 17:01:30 -04:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbAnswerCQ_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx1->text());
Correct the "Grid" message on Tab 2 for Type 1 compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4486 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-07 13:43:30 -04:00
QString t=ui->tx2->text();
int i0=t.indexOf("/");
int i1=t.indexOf(" ");
if(i0>0 and i0<i1) ui->genMsg->setText(t);
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 17:01:30 -04:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbSendReport_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx3->text());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 17:01:30 -04:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Options (via Ctrl+M) to minimize size of Main Window and Wide Graph; add separate Start/End times to logging information. Thanks to W9MDB! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7430 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-30 10:45:31 -05:00
set_dateTimeQSO(3);
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbSend73_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx5->currentText());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 17:01:30 -04:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
Respond to clicks on Gen/Free radio buttons even if checked The generated and free text radio buttons now refresh the sent message even if teh clicked radio button is already checked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5444 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 11:44:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_rbGenMsg_clicked(bool checked)
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
{
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 09:41:57 -04:00
m_freeText=!checked;
if(!m_freeText) {
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 15:13:18 -04:00
if(m_ntx != 7 && m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 09:41:57 -04:00
m_ntx=7;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
// would like to set m_QSOProgress but what to? So leave alone and
// assume it is correct
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 09:41:57 -04:00
}
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
Respond to clicks on Gen/Free radio buttons even if checked The generated and free text radio buttons now refresh the sent message even if teh clicked radio button is already checked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5444 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 11:44:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_rbFreeText_clicked(bool checked)
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
{
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 09:41:57 -04:00
m_freeText=checked;
if(m_freeText) {
m_ntx=8;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
// would like to set m_QSOProgress but what to? So leave alone and
// assume it is correct. Perhaps should store old value to be
// restored above in on_rbGenMsg_clicked
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 09:41:57 -04:00
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
}
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (QString const& text)
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
msgtype(text, ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_rptSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
Reports in MSK144 mode are even numbers between -4 and +24 dB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6910 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 16:05:56 -04:00
int step=ui->rptSpinBox->singleStep();
if(n%step !=0) {
n++;
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(n);
}
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
m_rpt=QString::number(n);
Clicking the "Report" spinner up/down should not change the Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3205 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 20:45:01 -04:00
int ntx0=m_ntx;
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Clicking the "Report" spinner up/down should not change the Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3205 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 20:45:01 -04:00
m_ntx=ntx0;
if(m_ntx==1) ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==2) ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==3) ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==4) ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==5) ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==6) ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
1. Add report to wsjt_status.txt, for JT-Alert. 2. Fix annoying bug when trying to open rig using a non-existent or busy serial port. 3. Add acknowledgments to AE4JY 4. Tentative tweaks to "Tab 2" GUI layout. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3261 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-08 11:23:02 -04:00
statusChanged();
Clicking the "Report" spinner up/down should not change the Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3205 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 20:45:01 -04:00
}
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 12:51:57 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_tuneButton_clicked (bool checked)
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 12:51:57 -04:00
{
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
static bool lastChecked = false;
if (lastChecked == checked) return;
lastChecked = checked;
QString curBand = ui->bandComboBox->currentText();
if (checked && m_tune==false) { // we're starting tuning so remember Tx and change pwr to Tune value
if (m_config.pwrBandTuneMemory ()) {
m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand] = ui->outAttenuation->value(); // remember our Tx pwr
m_PwrBandSetOK = false;
Minor tweaks to MDB patch and User Guide. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7232 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 17:15:12 -04:00
if (m_pwrBandTuneMemory.contains(curBand)) {
ui->outAttenuation->setValue(m_pwrBandTuneMemory[curBand].toInt()); // set to Tune pwr
}
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
m_PwrBandSetOK = true;
}
}
else { // we're turning off so remember our Tune pwr setting and reset to Tx pwr
if (m_config.pwrBandTuneMemory() || m_config.pwrBandTxMemory()) {
Halt Tx before resetting Tx power after Tune. Tnx to W9MDB.
2018-09-26 15:27:24 -04:00
stopTx();
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
m_pwrBandTuneMemory[curBand] = ui->outAttenuation->value(); // remember our Tune pwr
m_PwrBandSetOK = false;
ui->outAttenuation->setValue(m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand].toInt()); // set to Tx pwr
m_PwrBandSetOK = true;
}
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if (m_tune) {
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
tuneButtonTimer.start(250);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
m_sentFirst73=false;
itone[0]=0;
on_monitorButton_clicked (true);
Correct a logic flaw that occurred after *Tune* was used. Remove some disused diagnostics. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5581 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 09:52:55 -04:00
m_tune=true;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Q_EMIT tune (checked);
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 12:51:57 -04:00
}
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 13:57:20 -04:00
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 18:50:44 -04:00
void MainWindow::stop_tuning ()
Added "Tune" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-14 10:11:20 -04:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
on_tuneButton_clicked(false);
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 18:50:44 -04:00
ui->tuneButton->setChecked (false);
Correct a logic flaw that occurred after *Tune* was used. Remove some disused diagnostics. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5581 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 09:52:55 -04:00
m_bTxTime=false;
m_tune=false;
Added "Tune" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-14 10:11:20 -04:00
}
Temporary updates... must still improve the Tune-button logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3194 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 11:53:43 -04:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
void MainWindow::stopTuneATU()
{
on_tuneButton_clicked(false);
m_bTxTime=false;
}
Temporary updates... must still improve the Tune-button logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3194 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 11:53:43 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_stopTxButton_clicked() //Stop Tx
{
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if (m_tune) stop_tuning ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if (m_auto and !m_tuneup) auto_tx_mode (false);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
m_btxok=false;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_bCallingCQ = false;
m_bAutoReply = false; // ready for next
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7948 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:38:44 -04:00
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet ("");
Once again, working to implement direct calls to basic hamlib functiions. *** This code is not finished, and may not work correctly! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-22 20:52:51 -04:00
}
Option to allow multiple instances of WSJT-X to run simultaneously. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3206 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 11:00:30 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::rigOpen ()
Option to allow multiple instances of WSJT-X to run simultaneously. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3206 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 11:00:30 -04:00
{
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 18:41:13 -04:00
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "warning");
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
ui->readFreq->setText ("");
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 18:41:13 -04:00
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (true);
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 15:33:33 -04:00
m_config.transceiver_online ();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, true);
Option to allow multiple instances of WSJT-X to run simultaneously. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3206 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 11:00:30 -04:00
}
1. New buttons to set Txfreq=RxFreq and RxFreq=TxFreq. 2. Don't change Tx5 message when rpt spinner is activated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3207 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 12:05:04 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_pbR2T_clicked()
{
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ());
1. New buttons to set Txfreq=RxFreq and RxFreq=TxFreq. 2. Don't change Tx5 message when rpt spinner is activated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3207 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 12:05:04 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbT2R_clicked()
{
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ())
{
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
}
1. New buttons to set Txfreq=RxFreq and RxFreq=TxFreq. 2. Don't change Tx5 message when rpt spinner is activated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3207 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 12:05:04 -04:00
}
Execute the "band changed" routine when the Band combobox is activated, even if selected band has not changed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3244 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-29 19:53:23 -04:00
Red/Orange indicator between "Band" spinner and Dial Frequency readout is now a button. It is enabled only when Orange, which means CAT control is essentially Program to Radio only. Clicking the button causes a one-time read of the radio's dial frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3256 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-03 20:12:27 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_readFreq_clicked()
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (m_transmitting) return;
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 15:33:33 -04:00
if (m_config.transceiver_online ())
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, true);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Red/Orange indicator between "Band" spinner and Dial Frequency readout is now a button. It is enabled only when Orange, which means CAT control is essentially Program to Radio only. Clicking the button causes a one-time read of the radio's dial frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3256 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-03 20:12:27 -04:00
}
Activate the "read frequency once" orange button. Delete the last tentatively-saved file on program exit. No negative numbers needed on "CW ID" spinner. Updates to User's Guide. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3259 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-07 12:35:50 -04:00
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_pbTxMode_clicked()
{
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") {
m_modeTx="JT65";
Warning: these changes have not yet been thoroughly tested! 1. Correct the TxMode label on program startup. 2. Insert TxMode (not RxMode) into the "Transmitting..." lines in ALL.TXT. 3. Put TxMode in wsjtx_status.txt. 4. F4 clears Az, Dist, and all Tx messages as well as DxCall and DxGrid. 5. Make it possible to decode JT9 in the "JT65 region", and vice-versa, with directed double-click on signal in waterfall. 6. Improved logic for enabling/disabling TestPTT button on setup screen. 7. Do not call getFreq() when TestPTT is activated under CAT control. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 15:57:01 -04:00
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
} else {
m_modeTx="JT9";
Warning: these changes have not yet been thoroughly tested! 1. Correct the TxMode label on program startup. 2. Insert TxMode (not RxMode) into the "Transmitting..." lines in ALL.TXT. 3. Put TxMode in wsjtx_status.txt. 4. F4 clears Az, Dist, and all Tx messages as well as DxCall and DxGrid. 5. Make it possible to decode JT9 in the "JT65 region", and vice-versa, with directed double-click on signal in waterfall. 6. Improved logic for enabling/disabling TestPTT button on setup screen. 7. Do not call getFreq() when TestPTT is activated under CAT control. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 15:57:01 -04:00
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
1. Changes outlined for r3463 are now tested and appear to be OK. 2. Setting frequencies above 100 MHz now OK. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 19:08:25 -04:00
statusChanged();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
void MainWindow::setXIT(int n, Frequency base)
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if (m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
// If "CQ nnn ..." feature is active, set the proper Tx frequency
No longer any need for the checkbox labeled "Rx frequency offset with CQ nnn" on the Settings -> General tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7343 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-28 11:20:57 -05:00
if(m_config.split_mode () && ui->cbCQTx->isEnabled () && ui->cbCQTx->isVisible () &&
ui->cbCQTx->isChecked())
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
{
Fix "CQ NNN ..." with Tab 2 message scheme More to come on this but should get Tab 2 basically working with MSK144 running from a calling frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-12 16:46:19 -04:00
if (6 == m_ntx || (7 == m_ntx && m_gen_message_is_cq))
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
{
// All conditions are met, use calling frequency
base = m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000 * ui->sbCQTxFreq->value () + m_XIT;
}
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if (!base) base = m_freqNominal;
Thanks to G4WJS: SoundOut functions have been moved into the GUI thread. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 20:49:58 -04:00
m_XIT = 0;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if (!m_bSimplex) {
// m_bSimplex is false, so we can use split mode if requested
Fix typo. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8385 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-01-01 10:48:38 -05:00
if (m_config.split_mode () && (!m_config.enable_VHF_features () || m_mode == "FT8")) {
Use fixed 1000Hz Tx DF in VHF & up QSO modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6610 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 19:29:29 -04:00
// Don't use XIT for VHF & up
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_XIT=(n/500)*500 - 1500;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting)
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 15:33:33 -04:00
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ()
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
&& m_config.split_mode ())
{
// All conditions are met, reset the transceiver Tx dial
// frequency
m_freqTxNominal = base + m_XIT;
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (m_freqTxNominal + m_astroCorrection.tx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
}
//Now set the audio Tx freq
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::setFreq4(int rxFreq, int txFreq)
{
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8148 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-01 08:35:43 -04:00
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(rxFreq);
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Make the WSPR-mode Tx Freq spinner track the red Tx Freq marker on Waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5537 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 09:42:45 -04:00
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(txFreq);
} else {
if (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) {
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(txFreq);
}
Use fixed 1000Hz Tx DF in VHF & up QSO modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6610 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 19:29:29 -04:00
else if (m_config.enable_VHF_features ()
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
&& (Qt::ControlModifier & QApplication::keyboardModifiers ())) {
Use fixed 1000Hz Tx DF in VHF & up QSO modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6610 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 19:29:29 -04:00
// for VHF & up we adjust Tx dial frequency to equalize Tx to Rx
// when user CTRL+clicks on waterfall
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
auto temp = ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (temp);
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
setRig (m_freqNominal + txFreq - temp);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
}
Make the WSPR-mode Tx Freq spinner track the red Tx Freq marker on Waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5537 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 09:42:45 -04:00
}
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
}
1. Oops, inadvertently I clobbered a Win32-only line while editing unix code. 2. Add a Setup option "Tx freq locked to Rx freq." Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3318 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-28 15:34:18 -04:00
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
void MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update (Transceiver::TransceiverState const& s)
Add a "+ 2 kHz" checkbox under the Band selector. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3480 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-11 16:41:46 -04:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
// qDebug () << "MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update:" << s;
Transceiver::TransceiverState old_state {m_rigState};
//transmitDisplay (s.ptt ());
Smarter Tx sequencing that allows for CAT processing latency When using split operating and/or rig mode setting there is a delay before PTT is asserted while the CAT commands are processed. There will even be a small delay if CAT is only used for PTT. This change waits for these commands to be completed before starting the user Tx delay specified in the settings. There is a notable exception to this in that DX Lab Suite Commander does not give us a way of knowing when CAT commands have actually been completed. This combined with the way that Commander spaces CAT commands, rather than being paced by the rig's CAT responses, means that delays of more than 1 second are likely. As most rigs suffer some sort of ALC overshoot when PTT is asserted with audio already present, it is strongly recommended not to use the DX Lab Suite Commander as a rig control proxy if your rig may suffer ALC overshoot and you use an external PA. Please note that using a typical RF power meter to detect ALC overshoots is unwise as they are rarely fast enough. It is probably wise to assume that all rigs suffer ALC overshoot since it is very difficult to design an ALC loop that avoids it. This change also increases the range of the "Settings->Advanced->Tx Delay" spin box to 0s up to 2s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7756 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-30 20:19:58 -04:00
if (s.ptt () && !m_rigState.ptt ()) // safe to start audio
// (caveat - DX Lab Suite Commander)
{
if (m_tx_when_ready && g_iptt) // waiting to Tx and still needed
{
ptt1Timer.start(1000 * m_config.txDelay ()); //Start-of-transmission sequencer delay
}
m_tx_when_ready = false;
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
m_rigState = s;
Improved rig control start up behavour Avoid trying to set bogus uninitialized frequency values. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7897 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-16 10:32:48 -04:00
auto old_freqNominal = m_freqNominal;
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare as yet unfound race condition. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 07:23:07 -04:00
if (!old_freqNominal)
{
// always take initial rig frequency to avoid start up problems
// with bogus Tx frequencies
m_freqNominal = s.frequency ();
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if (old_state.online () == false && s.online () == true)
{
// initializing
on_monitorButton_clicked (!m_config.monitor_off_at_startup ());
}
if (s.frequency () != old_state.frequency () || s.split () != m_splitMode)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
{
m_splitMode = s.split ();
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare as yet unfound race condition. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 07:23:07 -04:00
if (!s.ptt ())
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
{
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare as yet unfound race condition. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 07:23:07 -04:00
m_freqNominal = s.frequency () - m_astroCorrection.rx;
if (old_freqNominal != m_freqNominal)
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
{
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal;
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
genCQMsg ();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
}
if (m_monitoring)
{
m_lastMonitoredFrequency = m_freqNominal;
}
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
if (m_lastDialFreq != m_freqNominal &&
(m_mode != "MSK144"
|| !(ui->cbCQTx->isEnabled () && ui->cbCQTx->isVisible () && ui->cbCQTx->isChecked()))) {
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
m_lastDialFreq = m_freqNominal;
m_secBandChanged=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000;
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if(s.frequency () < 30000000u && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
// Write freq changes to ALL.TXT only below 30 MHz.
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f2 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
if (f2.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f2);
Use ISO 8601 format for Date/Time in ALL.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7312 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-14 10:29:38 -05:00
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm")
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
<< m_mode << endl;
f2.close();
} else {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Error")
,tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f2.fileName ()).arg (f2.errorString ()));
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
}
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
if (m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter ()) {
pskSetLocal ();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
}
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
statusChanged();
m_wideGraph->setDialFreq(m_freqNominal / 1.e6);
}
} else {
m_freqTxNominal = s.split () ? s.tx_frequency () - m_astroCorrection.tx : s.frequency ();
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
// ensure frequency display is correct
if (m_astroWidget && old_state.ptt () != s.ptt ()) setRig ();
displayDialFrequency ();
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 18:41:13 -04:00
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "ok");
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (false);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
ui->readFreq->setText (s.split () ? "S" : "");
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
void MainWindow::handle_transceiver_failure (QString const& reason)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
{
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 18:41:13 -04:00
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "error");
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (true);
Set split mode before and after setting Tx frequency Also cleaned up duplicate trace output. Using the DX Lab Suite Commander CAT interface with rigs like the TS-2000 requires that split mode be set after changing the Tx frequency. This is because setting teh Tx frequency disables split mode. With some Icom rigs the rig must be in split mode before setting the Tx frequency otherwise the Tx frequency change will not be honoured. To fix this the sequence set-split, set-tx-frequency, set-split must always be used to change the Tx frequency. Support for new DX Lab Suite Commander TCP/IP commands Dave AA6YQ has added two new commands to the Commander server to allow more reliable control. Requires DX Lab Suite Commander 11.1.4 or later. Ensure split Tx frequency agrees with UI before transmitting Ensure split works on Yaesu via Hamlib without breaking others Also improved class HamlibTransceiver debug trace messages. Merged r4776-r4779 from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-06 15:23:29 -05:00
on_stopTxButton_clicked ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
rigFailure (reason);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
void MainWindow::rigFailure (QString const& reason)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
{
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
if (m_first_error)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
{
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 10:45:09 -04:00
// one automatic retry
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (rigOpen ()));
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
m_first_error = false;
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 10:45:09 -04:00
}
else
{
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 12:12:52 -04:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setDetailedText (reason);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 10:45:09 -04:00
// don't call slot functions directly to avoid recursion
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-10 21:09:50 -04:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox.exec ();
auto const clicked_button = m_rigErrorMessageBox.clickedButton ();
if (clicked_button == m_configurations_button)
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 10:45:09 -04:00
{
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-10 21:09:50 -04:00
ui->menuConfig->exec (QCursor::pos ());
}
else
{
switch (m_rigErrorMessageBox.standardButton (clicked_button))
{
case MessageBox::Ok:
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7947 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:38:37 -04:00
m_config.select_tab (1);
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-10 21:09:50 -04:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (on_actionSettings_triggered ()));
break;
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 10:45:09 -04:00
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-10 21:09:50 -04:00
case MessageBox::Retry:
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (rigOpen ()));
break;
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 10:45:09 -04:00
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-10 21:09:50 -04:00
case MessageBox::Cancel:
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
break;
default: break; // squashing compile warnings
}
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 10:45:09 -04:00
}
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-30 20:40:51 -04:00
m_first_error = true; // reset
1. Full control of DTR and RTS on serial port used for CAT control -- patch submitted by G4WJS. 2. Improved(???) means of multiple tries when polling radio for frequency. 3. Minor tweaks to widget sizes on devsetup screen. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3500 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-23 13:32:59 -04:00
}
}
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
void MainWindow::transmit (double snr)
{
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
double toneSpacing=0.0;
if (m_modeTx == "JT65") {
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=11025.0/4096.0;
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*11025.0/4096.0;
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*11025.0/4096.0;
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT65_SYMBOLS,
4096.0*12000.0/11025.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 17:20:58 -04:00
Implement Tx for FT8. Not tested! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7730 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 16:38:03 -04:00
if (m_modeTx == "FT8") {
Correct NSPS in the GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7791 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-06 12:27:22 -04:00
toneSpacing=12000.0/1920.0;
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8095 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-18 11:42:14 -04:00
if(m_config.x2ToneSpacing()) toneSpacing=2*12000.0/1920.0;
Implement optional x4 tone spacing for FT8, JT9, WSPR. Also some code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8447 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-02 10:18:39 -05:00
if(m_config.x4ToneSpacing()) toneSpacing=4*12000.0/1920.0;
Various corrections/additions to DXpedition Fox mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8262 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-27 15:22:44 -05:00
if(m_config.bFox() and !m_tune) toneSpacing=-1;
Implement Tx for FT8. Not tested! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7730 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 16:38:03 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_FT8_SYMBOLS,
Correct NSPS in the GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7791 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-06 12:27:22 -04:00
1920.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
Implement Tx for FT8. Not tested! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7730 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 16:38:03 -04:00
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 08:15:41 -04:00
if (m_modeTx == "QRA64") {
More changes for QRA01 --> QRA02. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6825 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-29 15:12:46 -04:00
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=12000.0/6912.0;
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*12000.0/6912.0;
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*12000.0/6912.0;
Fix some potential bounds errors in setting frequency limits. Implement submodes QRA65B-E on the Tx side. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6942 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 09:22:34 -04:00
if(m_nSubMode==3) toneSpacing=8*12000.0/6912.0;
if(m_nSubMode==4) toneSpacing=16*12000.0/6912.0;
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 08:15:41 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_QRA64_SYMBOLS,
More changes for QRA01 --> QRA02. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6825 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-29 15:12:46 -04:00
6912.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 17:20:58 -04:00
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if (m_modeTx == "JT9") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
int nsub=pow(2,m_nSubMode);
int nsps[]={480,240,120,60};
double sps=m_nsps;
m_toneSpacing=nsub*12000.0/6912.0;
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8096 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-18 11:47:29 -04:00
if(m_config.x2ToneSpacing()) m_toneSpacing=2.0*m_toneSpacing;
Implement optional x4 tone spacing for FT8, JT9, WSPR. Also some code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8447 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-02 10:18:39 -05:00
if(m_config.x4ToneSpacing()) m_toneSpacing=4.0*m_toneSpacing;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
bool fastmode=false;
if(m_bFast9 and (m_nSubMode>=4)) {
fastmode=true;
sps=nsps[m_nSubMode-4];
m_toneSpacing=12000.0/sps;
}
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT9_SYMBOLS, sps,
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - m_XIT, m_toneSpacing,
m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
true, fastmode, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
if (m_modeTx == "MSK144") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_nsps=6;
Working on a possible (and experimental!) slow MSK144 mode. *** DO NOT USE ON THE AIR! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-07 15:58:25 -04:00
double f0=1000.0;
if(!m_bFastMode) {
m_nsps=192;
f0=ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT - 0.5*m_toneSpacing;
}
Restore normal Fast MSK144 transmission after toggling Fast box and/or after returning to MSK144 from FT8. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-19 22:48:30 -04:00
m_toneSpacing=6000.0/m_nsps;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-16 21:27:00 -04:00
m_FFTSize = 7 * 512;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 11:45:54 -04:00
int nsym;
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 13:52:45 -04:00
nsym=NUM_MSK144_SYMBOLS;
if(itone[40] < 0) nsym=40;
Adjust the GUI to accommodate JTMSK shorthand messages. (NB: Tx message echoed with yellow background is incomplete.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6403 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-15 16:53:27 -05:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (nsym, double(m_nsps), f0, m_toneSpacing,
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
true, true, snr, m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if (m_modeTx == "JT4") {
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==3) toneSpacing=9*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==4) toneSpacing=18*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==5) toneSpacing=36*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==6) toneSpacing=72*4.375;
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT4_SYMBOLS,
2520.0*12000.0/11025.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Implement Tx for WSPR-LF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7670 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-11 15:56:18 -04:00
if (m_mode=="WSPR") {
1. Fix cause of "frozen UTC" bug in MSK144 mode. (Could there be more than one cause?) 2. Fix failure to remember Ftol setting in MSK144 mode. 3. Remove obsolete controls from Advanced tab. 4. Add control for "x 2 Tone spacing" on Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6981 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-01 15:46:19 -04:00
int nToneSpacing=1;
if(m_config.x2ToneSpacing()) nToneSpacing=2;
Implement optional x4 tone spacing for FT8, JT9, WSPR. Also some code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8447 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-02 10:18:39 -05:00
if(m_config.x4ToneSpacing()) nToneSpacing=4;
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_WSPR_SYMBOLS, 8192.0,
1. Fix cause of "frozen UTC" bug in MSK144 mode. (Could there be more than one cause?) 2. Fix failure to remember Ftol setting in MSK144 mode. 3. Remove obsolete controls from Advanced tab. 4. Add control for "x 2 Tone spacing" on Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6981 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-01 15:46:19 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - 1.5 * 12000 / 8192,
m_toneSpacing*nToneSpacing, m_soundOutput,
m_config.audio_output_channel(),true, false, snr,
Implement Tx for WSPR-LF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7670 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-11 15:56:18 -04:00
m_TRperiod);
}
if (m_mode=="WSPR-LF") {
Fix an incorrect constant. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7688 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-17 22:21:39 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_WSPR_LF_SYMBOLS, 24576.0,
Implement Tx for WSPR-LF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7670 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-11 15:56:18 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),
m_toneSpacing, m_soundOutput,
m_config.audio_output_channel(),true, false, snr,
1. Fix cause of "frozen UTC" bug in MSK144 mode. (Could there be more than one cause?) 2. Fix failure to remember Ftol setting in MSK144 mode. 3. Remove obsolete controls from Advanced tab. 4. Add control for "x 2 Tone spacing" on Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6981 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-01 15:46:19 -04:00
m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
//??? should use "fastMode = true" here ???
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 07:00:55 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (27, 1024.0, 1500.0, 0.0, m_soundOutput,
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_config.audio_output_channel(),
false, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
double sps,f0;
if(m_nSubMode==0) {
sps=512.0*12000.0/11025.0;
toneSpacing=11025.0/512.0;
f0=47*toneSpacing;
} else {
sps=256.0*12000.0/11025.0;
toneSpacing=11025.0/256.0;
f0=13*toneSpacing;
}
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS, sps, f0, toneSpacing, m_soundOutput,
m_config.audio_output_channel(),
true, true, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
// In auto-sequencing mode, stop after 5 transmissions of "73" message.
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
if (m_bFastMode || m_bFast9) {
if (ui->cbAutoSeq->isVisible () && ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked ()) {
When auto-sequencing, don't call GenStdMsgs if we're already sending 73. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 13:58:05 -04:00
if(m_ntx==5) {
m_nTx73 += 1;
} else {
m_nTx73=0;
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 20:02:02 -04:00
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::on_outAttenuation_valueChanged (int a)
{
Pwr control refinements Set tune power with SHIFT + "Pwr" slider. SHIFT + "Pwr" slider to top cancels separate power level for tune. Smarter tool tip for "Pwr" slider. Needs User Guide update if change is acceptable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6284 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 15:55:19 -05:00
QString tt_str;
qreal dBAttn {a / 10.}; // slider interpreted as dB / 100
Remove more diagnostic prints. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7244 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:13:18 -04:00
if (m_tune && m_config.pwrBandTuneMemory()) {
Fix minor cosmetic issue with tooltip on Tx pwr slider. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8602 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-03 09:33:08 -04:00
tt_str = tr ("Tune digital gain ");
Remove more diagnostic prints. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7244 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:13:18 -04:00
} else {
Fix minor cosmetic issue with tooltip on Tx pwr slider. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8602 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-03 09:33:08 -04:00
tt_str = tr ("Transmit digital gain ");
Remove more diagnostic prints. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7244 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:13:18 -04:00
}
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
tt_str += (a ? QString::number (-dBAttn, 'f', 1) : "0") + "dB";
Remove more diagnostic prints. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7244 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:13:18 -04:00
if (!m_block_pwr_tooltip) {
QToolTip::showText (QCursor::pos (), tt_str, ui->outAttenuation);
}
Add the W9MDB patch (very slightly modified) for band-by-band memory of power settings for Transmit and Tune. Also an interim update of v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7229 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-25 16:24:09 -04:00
QString curBand = ui->bandComboBox->currentText();
Remove more diagnostic prints. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7244 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:13:18 -04:00
if (m_PwrBandSetOK && !m_tune && m_config.pwrBandTxMemory ()) {
m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand] = a; // remember our Tx pwr
}
if (m_PwrBandSetOK && m_tune && m_config.pwrBandTuneMemory()) {
m_pwrBandTuneMemory[curBand] = a; // remember our Tune pwr
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
Q_EMIT outAttenuationChanged (dBAttn);
1. Full control of DTR and RTS on serial port used for CAT control -- patch submitted by G4WJS. 2. Improved(???) means of multiple tries when polling radio for frequency. 3. Minor tweaks to widget sizes on devsetup screen. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3500 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-23 13:32:59 -04:00
}
1. Fix a bug that could cause decoder to hang when presented with bad data. 2. Fix a bug that could allow a Koetter-Vardy false decode instead of a valid Berlekamp-Massey decode, sometimes leading to program crash. 3. Many more edits in the User's Guide, *.adoc files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-27 16:28:54 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionShort_list_of_add_on_prefixes_and_suffixes_triggered()
{
Remove more diagnostic prints. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7244 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-26 15:13:18 -04:00
if (!m_prefixes) {
m_prefixes.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Prefixes"), ":/prefixes.txt", {"Courier", 10}});
}
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 07:41:18 -04:00
m_prefixes->showNormal();
Finally getting the hang of UIs that work on Mac and elsewhere git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:01:12 -04:00
m_prefixes->raise ();
1. Fix a bug that could cause decoder to hang when presented with bad data. 2. Fix a bug that could allow a Koetter-Vardy false decode instead of a valid Berlekamp-Massey decode, sometimes leading to program crash. 3. Many more edits in the User's Guide, *.adoc files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-27 16:28:54 -05:00
}
Working on code that will make "genStdMsgs()" generate the proper "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages when a compound callsign is present. This is not yet finished! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3677 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 11:45:12 -05:00
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 14:01:33 -05:00
bool MainWindow::shortList(QString callsign)
{
int n=callsign.length();
int i1=callsign.indexOf("/");
Q_ASSERT(i1>0 and i1<n);
QString t1=callsign.mid(0,i1);
QString t2=callsign.mid(i1+1,n-i1-1);
bool b=(m_pfx.contains(t1) or m_sfx.contains(t2));
Sorry, I committed a corrupt file. OK now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3680 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 14:13:14 -05:00
return b;
Working on code that will make "genStdMsgs()" generate the proper "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages when a compound callsign is present. This is not yet finished! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3677 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 11:45:12 -05:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
void MainWindow::pskSetLocal ()
{
// find the station row, if any, that matches the band we are on
auto stations = m_config.stations ();
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:40 -04:00
auto matches = stations->match (stations->index (0, StationList::band_column)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
, Qt::DisplayRole
, ui->bandComboBox->currentText ()
, 1
, Qt::MatchExactly);
QString antenna_description;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if (!matches.isEmpty ()) {
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:40 -04:00
antenna_description = stations->index (matches.first ().row ()
, StationList::description_column).data ().toString ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Back out the experimental changes of r7709. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7710 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-09 07:56:51 -04:00
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter: local station details";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
psk_Reporter->setLocalStation(m_config.my_callsign (), m_config.my_grid (),
antenna_description, QString {"WSJT-X v" + version() + " " +
m_revision}.simplified ());
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
void MainWindow::transmitDisplay (bool transmitting)
{
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if (transmitting == m_transmitting) {
if (transmitting) {
Modified behavior of audio level meter and adjacent slider; Tx6 at program startup. 1. Level meter range increased to 0-90 dB. 2. Level meter reading is independent of slider setting. 3. For a trial period: thermometer bar goes red if a 16-bit sample is within 5 dB A/D limit. 4. Slider can be used to adjust levels sent to waterfall. 5. Tx6 message is selected on program startup. Thanks to W9MDB for most of this code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7596 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-03-06 09:34:25 -05:00
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0,0);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if (m_monitoring) monitor (false);
m_btxok=true;
}
Ensure Plus 2kHz Check Box is disabled in Transmit when required. The Plus 2 kHz check box should not be enabled during transmit if the "Allow Tx Frequency Changes While Transmitting" is not checked. Also fixed a defect that caused the disabled during Tx state of some widgets to not clear due to transmit or tune period being shorter than a poll interval. Fixed by ensuring PTT changes are always signalled rather than waiting for the next poll. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4352 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:55 -04:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
auto QSY_allowed = !transmitting or m_config.tx_QSY_allowed () or
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
!m_config.split_mode ();
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
if (ui->cbHoldTxFreq->isChecked ()) {
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
ui->pbT2R->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
Back out the temporary changes for WSPR-15 in r7418 and 7419. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-22 09:24:56 -05:00
if (!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 19:29:21 -04:00
if(m_config.enable_VHF_features ()) {
During tests, at least, allow use of Tx Freq spinner with VHF features enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6943 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 10:59:25 -04:00
//### During tests, at least, allow use of Tx Freq spinner with VHF features enabled.
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 19:29:21 -04:00
// used fixed 1000Hz Tx DF for VHF & up QSO modes
During tests, at least, allow use of Tx Freq spinner with VHF features enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6943 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 10:59:25 -04:00
// ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1000);
// ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (false);
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (true);
During tests, at least, allow use of Tx Freq spinner with VHF features enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6943 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 10:59:25 -04:00
//###
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 19:29:21 -04:00
} else {
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8148 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-01 08:35:43 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (QSY_allowed and !m_bFastMode);
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 19:29:21 -04:00
ui->pbR2T->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below: 1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed from the Settings -> General tab. 2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq". 3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies. If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves. 4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held down. 5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8146 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-30 13:48:46 -04:00
ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 19:29:21 -04:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
// the following are always disallowed in transmit
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
ui->menuMode->setEnabled (!transmitting);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
//ui->bandComboBox->setEnabled (!transmitting);
if (!transmitting) {
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 17:20:58 -04:00
if (m_mode == "JT9+JT65") {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
// allow mode switch in Rx when in dual mode
ui->pbTxMode->setEnabled (true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
} else {
ui->pbTxMode->setEnabled (false);
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
}
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_sbFtol_valueChanged(int value)
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
{
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setTol (value);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
void::MainWindow::VHF_features_enabled(bool b)
{
1. Gray-out "Include averaging" and "Include Deep Search" if not in JT4 or JT65 mode. 2. Make the "MSK144 Realtime decode" checkbox invisible, in preparation for removing it entirely. 3. Always use RealTime decoding in MSK144 mode. (For now, at least, click-to-decode works as before.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-12 14:21:45 -04:00
if(m_mode!="JT4" and m_mode!="JT65") b=false;
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
if(b and (ui->actionInclude_averaging->isChecked() or
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
ui->actionInclude_correlation->isChecked())) {
Tidy up decode menu actions and correct defect in logic Deepest decode level should be selected automatically when switching to JT4 or JT65 when VHF & up mode is on and either of averaging or deep search are enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7456 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 08:53:06 -05:00
ui->actionDeepestDecode->setChecked (true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 06:56:12 -04:00
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setVisible (b);
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setVisible (b);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
ui->actionMessage_averaging->setEnabled(b);
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 06:56:12 -04:00
ui->actionEnable_AP_DXcall->setVisible (m_mode=="QRA64");
Ensure JT65 AP menu item does not show in HF mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8534 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-25 09:01:13 -05:00
ui->actionEnable_AP_JT65->setVisible (b && m_mode=="JT65");
Temporarily, at least, use F7 window for a visible log of Fox QSOs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8347 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 10:55:49 -05:00
if(!b && m_msgAvgWidget and !m_config.bFox()) {
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) m_msgAvgWidget->close();
}
}
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_sbTR_valueChanged(int value)
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
// if(!m_bFastMode and n>m_nSubMode) m_MinW=m_nSubMode;
Several changes to operational logic for FreqCal mode. 1. Menu item *Tools -> Execute frequency calibration cycle* is renamed and checkable. Cycling does not start until checked. 2. Ctrl+F10 now allows you to cycle manually through the list of calibration frequencies. 3. Calibration sequence lengths can be set to 5, 10, 15, or 30 s with the sbTR spinBox. Also: don't set sbTR index to 0 when entering a slow mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 13:21:58 -05:00
if(m_bFastMode or m_mode=="FreqCal") {
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_TRperiod = value;
Make the names of functions setPeriod(), setTRperiod(), consistent. Fix a bug when initializing FastGraph. Tnx W9MDB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-12 11:59:31 -05:00
m_fastGraph->setTRPeriod (value);
m_modulator->setTRPeriod (value); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setTRPeriod (value); // TODO - not thread safe
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod (value, m_nsps);
progressBar.setMaximum (value);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
if(m_monitoring) {
on_stopButton_clicked();
on_monitorButton_clicked(true);
}
if(m_transmitting) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
QChar MainWindow::current_submode () const
{
QChar submode {0};
if (m_mode.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(JT65|JT9|JT4|ISCAT|QRA64)$)"})
&& (m_config.enable_VHF_features () || "JT4" == m_mode || "ISCAT" == m_mode))
{
submode = m_nSubMode + 65;
}
return submode;
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_sbSubmode_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_nSubMode=n;
m_wideGraph->setSubMode(m_nSubMode);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
auto submode = current_submode ();
GNU gcc/g++ v6.x and Qt v5.8.x compatibility git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-28 14:13:49 -05:00
if (submode != QChar::Null)
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
{
mode_label.setText (m_mode + " " + submode);
}
else
{
mode_label.setText (m_mode);
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
if(m_nSubMode==0) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1012);
if(m_nSubMode==1) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(560);
}
if(m_mode=="JT9") {
if(m_nSubMode<4) {
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(false);
on_cbFast9_clicked(false);
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
ui->sbTR->setVisible(false);
m_TRperiod=60;
} else {
Major refactoring of code that determines visibility of GUI controls. Please report any undesired or incorrect behavior! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7209 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-20 15:25:48 -04:00
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(true);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
ui->sbTR->setVisible(m_bFast9);
if(m_bFast9) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
}
Don't transmit all-blank messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8518 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-21 11:34:02 -05:00
if(m_transmitting and m_bFast9 and m_nSubMode>=4) transmit (99.0);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusUpdate ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_cbFast9_clicked(bool b)
{
if(m_mode=="JT9") {
m_bFast9=b;
Permit use of "CQ nnn" and AutoSeq in fast JT9 submodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7345 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-28 14:34:52 -05:00
// ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(b);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
on_actionJT9_triggered();
}
Back out the experimental changes of r7709. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7710 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-06-09 07:56:51 -04:00
if(b) {
Proper custom spin boxes for frequency tolerance and T/R period These were using a hijacked custom spin box that was designed only for letters i.e. submodes. Now there are two new custom spin boxes. HistedSpinBox:- can be set with a list of integer values which the step up and down will follow. Optionally limits the maximum and minimum value to the upper and lower bounds of the values set. Note that intermediate values are still valid. RestrictedSpinBox:- more like a combo box because the provided values are the only ones that can be set. HintedSpinBox is used for the frequency tolerance and RestrictedSpinBox is used for T/R period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-27 16:04:44 -04:00
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
} else {
m_TRperiod=60;
}
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
progressBar.setMaximum(m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
fast_config(b);
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
statusChanged ();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_cbShMsgs_toggled(bool b)
{
ui->cbTx6->setEnabled(b);
m_bShMsgs=b;
Re Sh and SWL: allow either or neither, but not both. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7459 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 14:01:29 -05:00
if(b) ui->cbSWL->setChecked(false);
Start GUI mods to enable short messages in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6877 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 11:06:47 -04:00
if(m_bShMsgs and (m_mode=="MSK144")) ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(1);
Use dummy array itone0[] to call a "gen..." routine just to check a message.
2018-07-10 08:50:45 -04:00
int it0=itone[0];
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
int ntx=m_ntx;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_lastCallsign.clear (); // ensure Tx5 gets updated
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Use dummy array itone0[] to call a "gen..." routine just to check a message.
2018-07-10 08:50:45 -04:00
itone[0]=it0;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
if(ntx==1) ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==2) ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==3) ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==4) ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==5) ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==6) ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
}
Re Sh and SWL: allow either or neither, but not both. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7459 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-06 14:01:29 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_cbSWL_toggled(bool b)
{
if(b) ui->cbShMsgs->setChecked(false);
}
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_cbTx6_toggled(bool)
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
{
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
genCQMsg ();
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
}
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
// Takes a decoded CQ line and sets it up for reply
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ call without changing ones Tx frequency offset. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8103 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-22 11:36:24 -04:00
void MainWindow::replyToCQ (QTime time, qint32 snr, float delta_time, quint32 delta_frequency
, QString const& mode, QString const& message_text
, bool /*low_confidence*/, quint8 modifiers)
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
{
if (!m_config.accept_udp_requests ())
{
return;
}
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
QString format_string {"%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6"};
auto const& time_string = time.toString ("~" == mode || "&" == mode ? "hhmmss" : "hhmm");
Improve handling of country/prefix information appended to decoded CQ messages The use of QTextEdit::toPlainText() converts non-break spaces to normal spaces so was breaking the use of that character to delineate appended info. Since using QTextEdit::toPlainText() is an unnecessary operation as the decoded text can be more amenably accessed through the QDocument and QTextBlock interface without any translation, this is an improvement which should have some performance impact when many decodes are stored in the decodes windows.
2018-09-28 11:12:09 -04:00
auto message_line = format_string
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
.arg (time_string)
.arg (snr, 3)
.arg (delta_time, 4, 'f', 1)
.arg (delta_frequency, 4)
.arg (mode, -2)
.arg (message_text);
Improve handling of country/prefix information appended to decoded CQ messages The use of QTextEdit::toPlainText() converts non-break spaces to normal spaces so was breaking the use of that character to delineate appended info. Since using QTextEdit::toPlainText() is an unnecessary operation as the decoded text can be more amenably accessed through the QDocument and QTextBlock interface without any translation, this is an improvement which should have some performance impact when many decodes are stored in the decodes windows.
2018-09-28 11:12:09 -04:00
QTextCursor start {ui->decodedTextBrowser->document ()};
start.movePosition (QTextCursor::End);
auto cursor = ui->decodedTextBrowser->document ()->find (message_line, start, QTextDocument::FindBackward);
if (cursor.isNull ())
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
{
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
// try again with with -0.0 delta time
Improve handling of country/prefix information appended to decoded CQ messages The use of QTextEdit::toPlainText() converts non-break spaces to normal spaces so was breaking the use of that character to delineate appended info. Since using QTextEdit::toPlainText() is an unnecessary operation as the decoded text can be more amenably accessed through the QDocument and QTextBlock interface without any translation, this is an improvement which should have some performance impact when many decodes are stored in the decodes windows.
2018-09-28 11:12:09 -04:00
cursor = ui->decodedTextBrowser->document ()->find (format_string
.arg (time_string)
.arg (snr, 3)
.arg ('-' + QString::number (delta_time, 'f', 1), 4)
.arg (delta_frequency, 4)
.arg (mode, -2)
.arg (message_text), start, QTextDocument::FindBackward);
}
if (!cursor.isNull ())
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
{
if (m_config.udpWindowToFront ())
Allow for -0.0 DT value when matching UDP reply to CQ requests git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-06 18:14:32 -05:00
{
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
show ();
raise ();
activateWindow ();
Allow for -0.0 DT value when matching UDP reply to CQ requests git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-06 18:14:32 -05:00
}
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
if (m_config.udpWindowRestore () && isMinimized ())
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
{
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
showNormal ();
raise ();
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
}
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
if (message_text.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(CQ |CQDX |QRZ ))"})) {
// a message we are willing to accept and auto reply to
m_bDoubleClicked = true;
}
Improve handling of country/prefix information appended to decoded CQ messages The use of QTextEdit::toPlainText() converts non-break spaces to normal spaces so was breaking the use of that character to delineate appended info. Since using QTextEdit::toPlainText() is an unnecessary operation as the decoded text can be more amenably accessed through the QDocument and QTextBlock interface without any translation, this is an improvement which should have some performance impact when many decodes are stored in the decodes windows.
2018-09-28 11:12:09 -04:00
DecodedText message {message_line};
Allow partial processing of UDP Reply messages for non-CQ/QRZ messages This allows external programs to set up a QSO, for example to tail-end a QSO, but unlike double-clicking a non-CQ/QRZ decode in WSJT-X directly it will not enable auto Tx. This last constraint is to make fully automating WSJT-X using UDP messages impossible. It is expected that programs like JTAlert will, without change, allow users to set up a QSO with any station from the JTAlert UI although for non-CQ/QRZ decodes a QSO can only be started by pushing the "Enable Tx" button in WSJT-X. Thanks to Mike, W9MDB, for the patch that this change is based on, the implementation committed is considerably simpler than his proposed change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8574 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-18 16:53:24 -04:00
Qt::KeyboardModifiers kbmod {modifiers << 24};
processMessage (message, kbmod);
tx_watchdog (false);
QApplication::alert (this);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
}
else
{
Improve handling of country/prefix information appended to decoded CQ messages The use of QTextEdit::toPlainText() converts non-break spaces to normal spaces so was breaking the use of that character to delineate appended info. Since using QTextEdit::toPlainText() is an unnecessary operation as the decoded text can be more amenably accessed through the QDocument and QTextBlock interface without any translation, this is an improvement which should have some performance impact when many decodes are stored in the decodes windows.
2018-09-28 11:12:09 -04:00
qDebug () << "process reply message ignored, decode not found:" << message_line;
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
}
}
Add UDP message to set temporary Maidenhead locator When "Auto Grid" is checked in "Settings->General" UDP messages of type "Location" will update a temporary DE grid square. The intent is to allow an external application joining the WSJT-X UDP message protocol to dynamically update the DE grid during mobile operation. This change also tidies up some outstanding issues around logging the operator call. This change adds a new UDP message "Logged ADIF" that is emitted in parallel with "QSO Logged" messages. The new message is valid ADIF file format and contains the logged QSO fields. The intent is that basic UDP server applications might already have ADIF log record capture capabilities and could use this message to feed existing ADIF parsing routines to log QSOs. All that should be needed is to identify this message type and the single field is ADIF compatible ASCII. Thanks to Brian, N9ADG, for the patches that lead to these enhancements. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8454 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-04 17:42:35 -05:00
void MainWindow::locationChange (QString const& location)
{
QString grid {location.trimmed ()};
int len;
// string 6 chars or fewer, interpret as a grid, or use with a 'GRID:' prefix
if (grid.size () > 6) {
if (grid.toUpper ().startsWith ("GRID:")) {
grid = grid.mid (5).trimmed ();
}
else {
// TODO - support any other formats, e.g. latlong? Or have that conversion done external to wsjtx
return;
}
}
if (MaidenheadLocatorValidator::Acceptable == MaidenheadLocatorValidator ().validate (grid, len)) {
qDebug() << "locationChange: Grid supplied is " << grid;
if (m_config.my_grid () != grid) {
m_config.set_location (grid);
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, false);
statusUpdate ();
}
} else {
qDebug() << "locationChange: Invalid grid " << grid;
}
}
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
void MainWindow::replayDecodes ()
{
// we accept this request even if the setting to accept UDP requests
// is not checked
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 18:03:11 -05:00
// attempt to parse the decoded text
Improve handling of country/prefix information appended to decoded CQ messages The use of QTextEdit::toPlainText() converts non-break spaces to normal spaces so was breaking the use of that character to delineate appended info. Since using QTextEdit::toPlainText() is an unnecessary operation as the decoded text can be more amenably accessed through the QDocument and QTextBlock interface without any translation, this is an improvement which should have some performance impact when many decodes are stored in the decodes windows.
2018-09-28 11:12:09 -04:00
for (QTextBlock block = ui->decodedTextBrowser->document ()->firstBlock (); block.isValid (); block = block.next ())
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
{
Improve handling of country/prefix information appended to decoded CQ messages The use of QTextEdit::toPlainText() converts non-break spaces to normal spaces so was breaking the use of that character to delineate appended info. Since using QTextEdit::toPlainText() is an unnecessary operation as the decoded text can be more amenably accessed through the QDocument and QTextBlock interface without any translation, this is an improvement which should have some performance impact when many decodes are stored in the decodes windows.
2018-09-28 11:12:09 -04:00
auto message = block.text ();
message = message.left (message.indexOf (QChar::Nbsp)); // discard
// any
// appended info
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
if (message.size() >= 4 && message.left (4) != "----")
{
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 18:03:11 -05:00
auto const& parts = message.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
if (parts.size () >= 5 && parts[3].contains ('.')) // WSPR
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
{
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 18:03:11 -05:00
postWSPRDecode (false, parts);
}
else
{
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
// TODO - how to skip ISCAT decodes
Improve handling of country/prefix information appended to decoded CQ messages The use of QTextEdit::toPlainText() converts non-break spaces to normal spaces so was breaking the use of that character to delineate appended info. Since using QTextEdit::toPlainText() is an unnecessary operation as the decoded text can be more amenably accessed through the QDocument and QTextBlock interface without any translation, this is an improvement which should have some performance impact when many decodes are stored in the decodes windows.
2018-09-28 11:12:09 -04:00
postDecode (false, message);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
}
}
}
Send a status update after a replay decodes as UDP messgaes action This allows any new UDP client to know the WSJT-X status automatically after they have requested an initial replay of all decodes upon discovering a WSJT-X instance. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5245 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-19 18:21:45 -04:00
statusChanged ();
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
}
void MainWindow::postDecode (bool is_new, QString const& message)
{
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 18:03:11 -05:00
auto const& decode = message.trimmed ();
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 15:35:38 -04:00
auto const& parts = decode.left (22).split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air" boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle playback rather than an on air reception. Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message field. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 18:20:59 -04:00
if (parts.size () >= 5)
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
{
Correct issues with UDP messages and screen layout for MSK144 and FT8 modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7830 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 20:01:20 -04:00
auto has_seconds = parts[0].size () > 4;
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
m_messageClient->decode (is_new
Correct issues with UDP messages and screen layout for MSK144 and FT8 modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7830 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 20:01:20 -04:00
, QTime::fromString (parts[0], has_seconds ? "hhmmss" : "hhmm")
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
, parts[1].toInt ()
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ call without changing ones Tx frequency offset. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8103 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-22 11:36:24 -04:00
, parts[2].toFloat (), parts[3].toUInt (), parts[4]
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match the original decode. See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7957 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-26 17:18:59 -04:00
, decode.mid (has_seconds ? 24 : 22, 21)
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air" boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle playback rather than an on air reception. Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message field. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 18:20:59 -04:00
, QChar {'?'} == decode.mid (has_seconds ? 24 + 21 : 22 + 21, 1)
, m_diskData);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
}
}
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 18:03:11 -05:00
void MainWindow::postWSPRDecode (bool is_new, QStringList parts)
{
if (parts.size () < 8)
{
parts.insert (6, "");
}
m_messageClient->WSPR_decode (is_new, QTime::fromString (parts[0], "hhmm"), parts[1].toInt ()
, parts[2].toFloat (), Radio::frequency (parts[3].toFloat (), 6)
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air" boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle playback rather than an on air reception. Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message field. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-09-16 18:20:59 -04:00
, parts[4].toInt (), parts[5], parts[6], parts[7].toInt ()
, m_diskData);
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 18:03:11 -05:00
}
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
void MainWindow::networkError (QString const& e)
{
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 12:12:52 -04:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
if (MessageBox::Retry == MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Network Error")
, tr ("Error: %1\nUDP server %2:%3")
.arg (e)
.arg (m_config.udp_server_name ())
.arg (m_config.udp_server_port ())
, QString {}
, MessageBox::Cancel | MessageBox::Retry
, MessageBox::Cancel))
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
{
// retry server lookup
m_messageClient->set_server (m_config.udp_server_name ());
}
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_syncSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_minSync=n;
}
void MainWindow::p1ReadFromStdout() //p1readFromStdout
{
QString t1;
while(p1.canReadLine()) {
QString t(p1.readLine());
if(t.indexOf("<DecodeFinished>") >= 0) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_bDecoded = m_nWSPRdecodes > 0;
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 10:24:54 -04:00
if(!m_diskData) {
WSPR_history(m_dialFreqRxWSPR, m_nWSPRdecodes);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(m_nWSPRdecodes==0 and ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked()) {
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 10:24:54 -04:00
t = " Receiving " + m_mode + " ----------------------- " +
m_config.bands ()->find (m_dialFreqRxWSPR);
t=WSPR_hhmm(-60) + ' ' + t.rightJustified (66, '-');
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
}
Re-enable "Save decoded". In fast modes, we no longer save all files and delete some later. Rather, we save only those with real-time decodes (or we save all). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7188 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-10-17 09:28:30 -04:00
killFileTimer.start (45*1000); //Kill in 45s (for slow modes)
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 10:24:54 -04:00
}
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 13:29:12 -04:00
m_nWSPRdecodes=0;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 15:33:33 -04:00
if(m_uploadSpots
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) { // need working rig control
Move pseudo RNG seeding to start of application Also switched to qrand() in place of rand() where possible as it is thread safe. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5716 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-12 06:28:28 -04:00
float x=qrand()/((double)RAND_MAX + 1.0);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
int msdelay=20000*x;
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
uploadTimer.start(msdelay); //Upload delay
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f(QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "/wspr_spots.txt");
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if(f.exists()) f.remove();
}
m_RxLog=0;
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
m_blankLine=true;
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
m_decoderBusy = false;
statusUpdate ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
int n=t.length();
t=t.mid(0,n-2) + " ";
t.remove(QRegExp("\\s+$"));
QStringList rxFields = t.split(QRegExp("\\s+"));
QString rxLine;
QString grid="";
if ( rxFields.count() == 8 ) {
rxLine = QString("%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8")
.arg(rxFields.at(0), 4)
.arg(rxFields.at(1), 4)
.arg(rxFields.at(2), 5)
.arg(rxFields.at(3), 11)
.arg(rxFields.at(4), 4)
Remove html escapes from decodes text as no longer needed git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-09 06:47:00 -04:00
.arg(rxFields.at(5).leftJustified (12))
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
.arg(rxFields.at(6), -6)
.arg(rxFields.at(7), 3);
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 18:03:11 -05:00
postWSPRDecode (true, rxFields);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
grid = rxFields.at(6);
} else if ( rxFields.count() == 7 ) { // Type 2 message
rxLine = QString("%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8")
.arg(rxFields.at(0), 4)
.arg(rxFields.at(1), 4)
.arg(rxFields.at(2), 5)
.arg(rxFields.at(3), 11)
.arg(rxFields.at(4), 4)
Remove html escapes from decodes text as no longer needed git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-09 06:47:00 -04:00
.arg(rxFields.at(5).leftJustified (12))
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
.arg("", -6)
.arg(rxFields.at(6), 3);
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 18:03:11 -05:00
postWSPRDecode (true, rxFields);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
} else {
rxLine = t;
}
if(grid!="") {
double utch=0.0;
int nAz,nEl,nDmiles,nDkm,nHotAz,nHotABetter;
azdist_(const_cast <char *> (m_config.my_grid ().toLatin1().constData()),
const_cast <char *> (grid.toLatin1().constData()),&utch,
&nAz,&nEl,&nDmiles,&nDkm,&nHotAz,&nHotABetter,6,6);
QString t1;
if(m_config.miles()) {
t1.sprintf("%7d",nDmiles);
} else {
t1.sprintf("%7d",nDkm);
}
rxLine += t1;
}
if (m_config.insert_blank () && m_blankLine) {
QString band;
Frequency f=1000000.0*rxFields.at(3).toDouble()+0.5;
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:31 -04:00
band = ' ' + m_config.bands ()->find (f);
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 10:30:23 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(band.rightJustified (71, '-'));
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_blankLine = false;
}
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 13:29:12 -04:00
m_nWSPRdecodes += 1;
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 10:30:23 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(rxLine);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
}
}
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 10:24:54 -04:00
QString MainWindow::WSPR_hhmm(int n)
{
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(n);
int m=t.toString("hhmm").toInt()/2;
QString t1;
t1.sprintf("%04d",2*m);
return t1;
}
Oops! Bad Rx frequencies were being recorded in WSPR_history.txt. Fixed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5603 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 17:46:54 -04:00
void MainWindow::WSPR_history(Frequency dialFreq, int ndecodes)
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 13:29:12 -04:00
{
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(-60);
QString t1=t.toString("yyMMdd");
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 10:24:54 -04:00
QString t2=WSPR_hhmm(-60);
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 13:29:12 -04:00
QString t3;
Oops! Bad Rx frequencies were being recorded in WSPR_history.txt. Fixed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5603 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 17:46:54 -04:00
t3.sprintf("%13.6f",0.000001*dialFreq);
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 13:29:12 -04:00
if(ndecodes<0) {
t1=t1 + " " + t2 + t3 + " T";
} else {
QString t4;
t4.sprintf("%4d",ndecodes);
t1=t1 + " " + t2 + t3 + " R" + t4;
}
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("WSPR_history.txt")};
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 13:29:12 -04:00
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
out << t1 << endl;
f.close();
} else {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 16:31:19 -04:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 13:29:12 -04:00
}
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
void MainWindow::uploadSpots()
{
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 15:33:33 -04:00
// do not spot replays or if rig control not working
if(m_diskData || !m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) return;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
if(m_uploading) {
qDebug() << "Previous upload has not completed, spots were lost";
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 10:30:23 -04:00
wsprNet->abortOutstandingRequests ();
m_uploading = false;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
QString rfreq = QString("%1").arg(0.000001*(m_dialFreqRxWSPR + 1500), 0, 'f', 6);
QString tfreq = QString("%1").arg(0.000001*(m_dialFreqRxWSPR +
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value()), 0, 'f', 6);
wsprNet->upload(m_config.my_callsign(), m_config.my_grid(), rfreq, tfreq,
m_mode, QString::number(ui->autoButton->isChecked() ? m_pctx : 0),
QString::number(m_dBm), version(),
IARU region specific working frequencies Working frequencies can be for all regions or for individual IARU regions. This allows each mode band tuple to have one or more working frequencies which can include local ones only offered when the user configures their IARU region. Change working frequency default suggestions to better fit in FT8. General rule is FT8 is at JT65 -2kHz except where that is not possible e.g. where that would fall into a segment not allocated for narrow band data modes. For tight bands like top band sqeeze existing JT65 and JT allocations to allow space for FT8. NOTE: this change changes the WSPR frequency on 80m to allow access to JA stations that currently have no allocation where it was placed. ALSO NOTE: the JT65 and JT9 frequencies for 80m move down 6 kHz, again to accommodate region 3 users. Other appliactions not within our control should be asked to move in step when 1.8.0 is released. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7810 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-07 19:11:41 -04:00
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "/wspr_spots.txt");
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
m_uploading = true;
}
void MainWindow::uploadResponse(QString response)
{
if (response == "done") {
m_uploading=false;
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 10:30:23 -04:00
} else {
Better debug messages for WSPR spotting issues git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6460 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-02 13:28:12 -05:00
if (response.startsWith ("Upload Failed")) {
m_uploading=false;
}
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 10:30:23 -04:00
qDebug () << "WSPRnet.org status:" << response;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
}
void MainWindow::on_TxPowerComboBox_currentIndexChanged(const QString &arg1)
{
int i1=arg1.indexOf(" ");
m_dBm=arg1.mid(0,i1).toInt();
}
void MainWindow::on_sbTxPercent_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_pctx=n;
if(m_pctx>0) {
ui->pbTxNext->setEnabled(true);
} else {
m_txNext=false;
ui->pbTxNext->setChecked(false);
Better logic for WSPR scheduling. Don't overwrite a grid6 with grid4 obtained by double-clicking on a decode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 18:58:24 -04:00
ui->pbTxNext->setEnabled(false);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
}
void MainWindow::on_cbUploadWSPR_Spots_toggled(bool b)
{
m_uploadSpots=b;
if(m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet("");
if(!m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet(
"QCheckBox{background-color: yellow}");
}
void MainWindow::on_WSPRfreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(n);
}
void MainWindow::on_pbTxNext_clicked(bool b)
{
m_txNext=b;
}
Improved function name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5547 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 09:40:10 -04:00
void MainWindow::WSPR_scheduling ()
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
{
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 15:02:25 -04:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = false;
Ensure that WSPR band hopping is disabled when Rig is None Also added a new configuration query method to check if Rig is None i.e. a dummy rig. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 16:22:23 -04:00
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online () // need working rig control for hopping
&& !m_config.is_dummy_rig ()
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 15:33:33 -04:00
&& ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked ()) {
Make WSPR band hopping tuneup Tx dependent on Enable Tx button state Tuneup is now only possible with Tx Enable checked, if no message transmission is required with tuneup transmissions then Tx percentage zero must be selected along with Enable Tx. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5713 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-11 18:49:56 -04:00
auto hop_data = m_WSPR_band_hopping.next_hop (m_auto);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
qDebug () << "hop data: period:" << hop_data.period_name_
<< "frequencies index:" << hop_data.frequencies_index_
<< "tune:" << hop_data.tune_required_
<< "tx:" << hop_data.tx_next_;
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 15:02:25 -04:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = hop_data.tx_next_;
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
if (hop_data.frequencies_index_ >= 0) { // new band
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentIndex (hop_data.frequencies_index_);
on_bandComboBox_activated (hop_data.frequencies_index_);
m_cmnd.clear ();
QStringList prefixes {".bat", ".cmd", ".exe", ""};
for (auto const& prefix : prefixes)
{
auto const& path = m_appDir + "/user_hardware" + prefix;
QFile f {path};
if (f.exists ()) {
Fix the broken call to a "user_hardware" script. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5530 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:55:22 -04:00
m_cmnd = QDir::toNativeSeparators (f.fileName ()) + ' ' +
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal).remove ('m');
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
}
}
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:40 -04:00
if(m_cmnd!="") p3.start(m_cmnd); // Execute user's hardware controller
// Produce a short tuneup signal
m_tuneup = false;
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
if (hop_data.tune_required_) {
User the hopping WSPR Tx schedule even when not hopping The Tx schedule used in band hopping is tailored to minimize consecutive transmit periods while maintaining roughly the requested Tx/Rx ratio rather than being truly random. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5546 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 09:28:20 -04:00
m_tuneup = true;
on_tuneButton_clicked (true);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 11:54:16 -04:00
tuneATU_Timer.start (2500);
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:40 -04:00
}
}
Try letting hopping.f90 determine TX intervals git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5472 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-30 19:45:22 -04:00
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:40 -04:00
// Display grayline status
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 20:25:38 -04:00
band_hopping_label.setText (hop_data.period_name_);
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 07:51:40 -04:00
}
User the hopping WSPR Tx schedule even when not hopping The Tx schedule used in band hopping is tailored to minimize consecutive transmit periods while maintaining roughly the requested Tx/Rx ratio rather than being truly random. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5546 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 09:28:20 -04:00
else {
Add temporary simpler Tx scheduler for WSPR-LF Until the advanced band hopping scheduler is upgraded to work with T/R periods other than 2 minutes this scheduler uses a strictly random scheduler, except that Tx percentages less than 40 defer Tx periods that would otherwise be consecutive. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7687 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-05-17 21:52:30 -04:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = m_WSPR_band_hopping.next_is_tx ("WSPR-LF" == m_mode);
User the hopping WSPR Tx schedule even when not hopping The Tx schedule used in band hopping is tailored to minimize consecutive transmit periods while maintaining roughly the requested Tx/Rx ratio rather than being truly random. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5546 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 09:28:20 -04:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
void MainWindow::astroUpdate ()
Do not make unneeded rig adjustments when Doppler tracking disabled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5595 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 20:26:44 -04:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if (m_astroWidget)
{
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare as yet unfound race condition. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 07:23:07 -04:00
// no Doppler correction while CTRL pressed allows manual tuning
if (Qt::ControlModifier & QApplication::queryKeyboardModifiers ()) return;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
auto correction = m_astroWidget->astroUpdate(QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc (),
m_config.my_grid(), m_hisGrid,
m_freqNominal,
"Echo" == m_mode, m_transmitting,
!m_config.tx_QSY_allowed (), m_TRperiod);
// no Doppler correction in Tx if rig can't do it
if (m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
if (!m_astroWidget->doppler_tracking ()) return;
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting)
// no Doppler correction below 6m
&& m_freqNominal >= 50000000
&& m_config.split_mode ())
{
// adjust for rig resolution
Several rig control enhancements and fixes Use the new DX Lab Suite Commander command option to stop Commander trying to change the rig Tx VFO mode when we don't want to. Requires a recent DX Lab Suite Commander version. All rig controllers can now detect 20Hz resolution rigs, still needs 2Hz resolution code which will be needed for the FT-891 AFAIK. Enhance the HRD interface to be able to use the alternative PTT command as found on most Kenwood rigs for audio source selection. Fix Icom data mode selection issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7357 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-03 19:55:07 -05:00
if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () > 2)
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
{
correction.rx = (correction.rx + 50) / 100 * 100;
correction.tx = (correction.tx + 50) / 100 * 100;
}
Several rig control enhancements and fixes Use the new DX Lab Suite Commander command option to stop Commander trying to change the rig Tx VFO mode when we don't want to. Requires a recent DX Lab Suite Commander version. All rig controllers can now detect 20Hz resolution rigs, still needs 2Hz resolution code which will be needed for the FT-891 AFAIK. Enhance the HRD interface to be able to use the alternative PTT command as found on most Kenwood rigs for audio source selection. Fix Icom data mode selection issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7357 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-03 19:55:07 -05:00
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () > 1)
{
correction.rx = (correction.rx + 10) / 20 * 20;
correction.tx = (correction.tx + 10) / 20 * 20;
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () > 0)
{
correction.rx = (correction.rx + 5) / 10 * 10;
correction.tx = (correction.tx + 5) / 10 * 10;
}
Several rig control enhancements and fixes Use the new DX Lab Suite Commander command option to stop Commander trying to change the rig Tx VFO mode when we don't want to. Requires a recent DX Lab Suite Commander version. All rig controllers can now detect 20Hz resolution rigs, still needs 2Hz resolution code which will be needed for the FT-891 AFAIK. Enhance the HRD interface to be able to use the alternative PTT command as found on most Kenwood rigs for audio source selection. Fix Icom data mode selection issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7357 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-03 19:55:07 -05:00
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () < -2)
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
{
correction.rx = correction.rx / 100 * 100;
correction.tx = correction.tx / 100 * 100;
}
Several rig control enhancements and fixes Use the new DX Lab Suite Commander command option to stop Commander trying to change the rig Tx VFO mode when we don't want to. Requires a recent DX Lab Suite Commander version. All rig controllers can now detect 20Hz resolution rigs, still needs 2Hz resolution code which will be needed for the FT-891 AFAIK. Enhance the HRD interface to be able to use the alternative PTT command as found on most Kenwood rigs for audio source selection. Fix Icom data mode selection issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7357 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-03 19:55:07 -05:00
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () < -1)
{
correction.rx = correction.rx / 20 * 20;
correction.tx = correction.tx / 20 * 20;
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () < 0)
{
correction.rx = correction.rx / 10 * 10;
correction.tx = correction.tx / 10 * 10;
}
m_astroCorrection = correction;
}
else
{
m_astroCorrection = {};
}
setRig ();
}
Do not make unneeded rig adjustments when Doppler tracking disabled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5595 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 20:26:44 -04:00
}
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
void MainWindow::setRig (Frequency f)
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
{
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
if (f)
{
m_freqNominal = f;
genCQMsg ();
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal;
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
}
Improved frequency calibration Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the impact of the current calibration parameters. The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit. A calibration procedure might proceed thus:- 1) select FreqCal mode, 2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those that have no usable signal, 3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check that suitable signals are present, 4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period, 5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather data, 6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the fmt.all file with your favourite editor, 7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if you like what you see, 8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:21 -04:00
if (m_mode == "FreqCal"
&& m_frequency_list_fcal_iter != m_config.frequencies ()->end ()) {
m_freqNominal = m_frequency_list_fcal_iter->frequency_ - ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ();
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
if(m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting) && m_config.transceiver_online ())
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
{
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
if (m_transmitting && m_config.split_mode ())
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 13:11:58 -04:00
{
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (m_freqTxNominal + m_astroCorrection.tx);
}
else
{
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_frequency (m_freqNominal + m_astroCorrection.rx);
}
Do not make unneeded rig adjustments when Doppler tracking disabled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5595 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 20:26:44 -04:00
}
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
void MainWindow::fastPick(int x0, int x1, int y)
{
when TRperiod < 30 s, expand the Fast Graph scale so full width is 15 s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-16 10:18:40 -04:00
float pixPerSecond=12000.0/512.0;
if(m_TRperiod<30) pixPerSecond=12000.0/256.0;
Implement "pick to decode" on the MSK144 horizontal waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6917 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-14 13:06:52 -04:00
if(m_mode!="ISCAT" and m_mode!="MSK144") return;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 15:29:55 -05:00
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
dec_data.params.nagain=1;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
m_blankLine=false; // don't insert the separator again
m_nPick=1;
if(y > 120) m_nPick=2;
when TRperiod < 30 s, expand the Fast Graph scale so full width is 15 s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-16 10:18:40 -04:00
m_t0Pick=x0/pixPerSecond;
m_t1Pick=x1/pixPerSecond;
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 09:34:40 -04:00
m_dataAvailable=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
decode();
}
}
More work on FreqCal mode. Some of this code is temporary! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7451 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 13:35:26 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionMeasure_reference_spectrum_triggered()
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
{
First working code offering optional computation and use of a reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 16:53:54 -04:00
if(!m_monitoring) on_monitorButton_clicked (true);
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 11:23:32 -04:00
m_bRefSpec=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
First steps to enable user control of phase calibration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-15 16:43:40 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionMeasure_phase_response_triggered()
{
if(m_bTrain) {
m_bTrain=false;
More work on Phase Equalization interface. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7506 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-15 17:13:59 -05:00
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Phase Training Disabled"));
First steps to enable user control of phase calibration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-15 16:43:40 -05:00
} else {
m_bTrain=true;
More work on Phase Equalization interface. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7506 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-15 17:13:59 -05:00
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Phase Training Enabled"));
First steps to enable user control of phase calibration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7504 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-15 16:43:40 -05:00
}
}
More work on FreqCal mode. Some of this code is temporary! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7451 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 13:35:26 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_reference_spectrum_triggered()
Add "Clear reference spectrum" to the File menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7426 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-24 15:05:28 -05:00
{
m_bClearRefSpec=true;
}
Several changes to operational logic for FreqCal mode. 1. Menu item *Tools -> Execute frequency calibration cycle* is renamed and checkable. Cycling does not start until checked. 2. Ctrl+F10 now allows you to cycle manually through the list of calibration frequencies. 3. Calibration sequence lengths can be set to 5, 10, 15, or 30 s with the sbTR spinBox. Also: don't set sbTR index to 0 when entering a slow mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 13:21:58 -05:00
void MainWindow::freqCalStep()
{
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8151 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-01 17:43:59 -04:00
if (m_frequency_list_fcal_iter == m_config.frequencies ()->end ()
|| ++m_frequency_list_fcal_iter == m_config.frequencies ()->end ()) {
Several changes to operational logic for FreqCal mode. 1. Menu item *Tools -> Execute frequency calibration cycle* is renamed and checkable. Cycling does not start until checked. 2. Ctrl+F10 now allows you to cycle manually through the list of calibration frequencies. 3. Calibration sequence lengths can be set to 5, 10, 15, or 30 s with the sbTR spinBox. Also: don't set sbTR index to 0 when entering a slow mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 13:21:58 -05:00
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config.frequencies ()->begin ();
Filter general working frequencies in FreqCal mode Allow band drop down list to be used to select FreqCal frequencies, also resets position in automatic cycle. Tidy up some unnecessary code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7486 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 16:03:30 -05:00
}
Tidy up FreqCal mode time signal switching and Rx DF Rx DF is now "real-time" adjusting the rig in concert with the monitored DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7465 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-09 08:50:02 -05:00
// allow for empty list
Several changes to operational logic for FreqCal mode. 1. Menu item *Tools -> Execute frequency calibration cycle* is renamed and checkable. Cycling does not start until checked. 2. Ctrl+F10 now allows you to cycle manually through the list of calibration frequencies. 3. Calibration sequence lengths can be set to 5, 10, 15, or 30 s with the sbTR spinBox. Also: don't set sbTR index to 0 when entering a slow mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-12 13:21:58 -05:00
if (m_frequency_list_fcal_iter != m_config.frequencies ()->end ()) {
setRig (m_frequency_list_fcal_iter->frequency_ - ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ());
}
More work on FreqCal mode. Some of this code is temporary! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7451 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-01-05 13:35:26 -05:00
}
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_sbCQTxFreq_valueChanged(int)
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
{
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_cbCQTx_toggled(bool b)
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
{
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
ui->sbCQTxFreq->setEnabled(b);
genCQMsg();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
if(b) {
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
m_ntx=6;
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the corresponding mouse shortcuts help text. Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes. Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an RRR substitute. Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and auto-sequencing can be better controlled. Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound callsign). Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for more than one mode if desired. Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert back to the default standard 73 message. Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a bit. Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when switching mode or sub-mode. This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt there will also be some new defects introduced. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7939 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-24 15:27:23 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Change the "CQ nnn ..." logic to specify the calling frequency... ... rather than the working frequency. Users set their working frequency and specify a calling frequency as a kHz offset into the current Rx MHz with the main window spin box. Calling CQ on the specified calling frequency is enabled by checking the associated option. Also enhanced the auto sequencing to handle short code 73 messages correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7339 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-11-26 20:34:43 -05:00
setRig ();
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-17 20:28:12 -05:00
}
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
void MainWindow::statusUpdate () const
{
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
if (!ui) return;
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
auto submode = current_submode ();
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
m_messageClient->status_update (m_freqNominal, m_mode, m_hisCall,
QString::number (ui->rptSpinBox->value ()),
m_modeTx, ui->autoButton->isChecked (),
m_transmitting, m_decoderBusy,
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value (), ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value (),
m_config.my_callsign (), m_config.my_grid (),
Add fast mode support to UDP messages and update example apllications Sub mode and fast mode flag are added to the UDP Status message and Status messages after appropriate UI changes. MSK144 decodes produce UDP Decode messages. Fast JT9 messages are treated similarly. Currently ISCAT decodes are not posted as UDP Decode messages as they do not fit well with the model. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7389 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-12-16 14:36:21 -05:00
m_hisGrid, m_tx_watchdog,
GNU gcc/g++ v6.x and Qt v5.8.x compatibility git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-28 14:13:49 -05:00
submode != QChar::Null ? QString {submode} : QString {}, m_bFastMode);
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 06:08:35 -04:00
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 07:36:59 -04:00
void MainWindow::childEvent (QChildEvent * e)
{
if (e->child ()->isWidgetType ())
{
switch (e->type ())
{
case QEvent::ChildAdded: add_child_to_event_filter (e->child ()); break;
case QEvent::ChildRemoved: remove_child_from_event_filter (e->child ()); break;
default: break;
}
}
QMainWindow::childEvent (e);
}
// add widget and any child widgets to our event filter so that we can
// take action on key press ad mouse press events anywhere in the main window
void MainWindow::add_child_to_event_filter (QObject * target)
{
if (target && target->isWidgetType ())
{
target->installEventFilter (this);
}
auto const& children = target->children ();
for (auto iter = children.begin (); iter != children.end (); ++iter)
{
add_child_to_event_filter (*iter);
}
}
// recursively remove widget and any child widgets from our event filter
void MainWindow::remove_child_from_event_filter (QObject * target)
{
auto const& children = target->children ();
for (auto iter = children.begin (); iter != children.end (); ++iter)
{
remove_child_from_event_filter (*iter);
}
if (target && target->isWidgetType ())
{
target->removeEventFilter (this);
}
}
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 14:35:25 -04:00
void MainWindow::tx_watchdog (bool triggered)
{
auto prior = m_tx_watchdog;
m_tx_watchdog = triggered;
if (triggered)
{
m_bTxTime=false;
if (m_tune) stop_tuning ();
if (m_auto) auto_tx_mode (false);
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff0000}");
tx_status_label.setText ("Runaway Tx watchdog");
QApplication::alert (this);
}
else
{
m_idleMinutes = 0;
update_watchdog_label ();
}
if (prior != triggered) statusUpdate ();
}
void MainWindow::update_watchdog_label ()
{
if (m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR"))
{
watchdog_label.setText (QString {"WD:%1m"}.arg (m_config.watchdog () - m_idleMinutes));
watchdog_label.setVisible (true);
}
else
{
watchdog_label.setText (QString {});
watchdog_label.setVisible (false);
}
}
Add checkBoxes to (potentially) replace the CTRL+M commands for minimizing window sizes. Suggestions for better positioning, etc, are welcome. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7769 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-01 15:05:52 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_cbMenus_toggled(bool b)
{
Correct the save/restore behavior of hiding menus and controls. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7782 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-04 10:39:07 -04:00
hideMenus(!b);
Add checkBoxes to (potentially) replace the CTRL+M commands for minimizing window sizes. Suggestions for better positioning, etc, are welcome. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7769 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-01 15:05:52 -04:00
}
Add date and seconds to all transmit message log entries ALL.TXT and ALL_WSPR.TXT git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7817 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-08 14:44:42 -04:00
Tidy a minor cosmetic issue git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8598 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-01 17:46:36 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_cbCQonly_toggled(bool)
Allow CQonly to re-display after toggle. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-16 13:16:02 -05:00
{
Minor code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 14:12:59 -05:00
QFile {m_config.temp_dir().absoluteFilePath(".lock")}.remove(); // Allow jt9 to start
Tidy a minor cosmetic issue git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8598 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-01 17:46:36 -04:00
decodeBusy(true);
Allow CQonly to re-display after toggle. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-16 13:16:02 -05:00
}
Add 'Call First' and 'Weak' checkboxes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7824 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 15:25:28 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_cbFirst_toggled(bool b)
{
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:11 -04:00
if (b) {
if (m_auto && CALLING == m_QSOProgress) {
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet ("QCheckBox{color:red}");
}
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7994 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 10:48:59 -04:00
} else {
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet ("");
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-25 21:39:11 -04:00
}
Add 'Call First' and 'Weak' checkboxes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7824 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-09 15:25:28 -04:00
}
Make "Call 1st" invisible when AutoSeq is not checked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 09:43:03 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_cbAutoSeq_toggled(bool b)
{
if(!b) ui->cbFirst->setChecked(false);
Make "Call 1st" checkBox visible only in FT8 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7836 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 10:04:25 -04:00
ui->cbFirst->setVisible((m_mode=="FT8") and b);
Make "Call 1st" invisible when AutoSeq is not checked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-10 09:43:03 -04:00
}
Improved frequency calibration Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the impact of the current calibration parameters. The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit. A calibration procedure might proceed thus:- 1) select FreqCal mode, 2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those that have no usable signal, 3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check that suitable signals are present, 4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period, 5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather data, 6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the fmt.all file with your favourite editor, 7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if you like what you see, 8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:21 -04:00
void MainWindow::on_measure_check_box_stateChanged (int state)
{
Ensure that calibration parameters are disabled only while measuring git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8173 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 14:22:47 -04:00
m_config.enable_calibration (Qt::Checked != state);
Improved frequency calibration Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the impact of the current calibration parameters. The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit. A calibration procedure might proceed thus:- 1) select FreqCal mode, 2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those that have no usable signal, 3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check that suitable signals are present, 4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period, 5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather data, 6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the fmt.all file with your favourite editor, 7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if you like what you see, 8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 18:34:21 -04:00
}
Add date and seconds to all transmit message log entries ALL.TXT and ALL_WSPR.TXT git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7817 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-07-08 14:44:42 -04:00
void MainWindow::write_transmit_entry (QString const& file_name)
{
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath (file_name)};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append))
{
QTextStream out(&f);
auto time = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ();
time = time.addSecs (-(time.time ().second () % m_TRperiod));
out << time.toString("yyMMdd_hhmmss")
<< " Transmitting " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6)
<< " MHz " << m_modeTx
<< ": " << m_currentMessage << endl;
f.close();
}
else
{
auto const& message = tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ());
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050400
QTimer::singleShot (0, [=] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"), message);
});
#else
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"), message);
#endif
}
}
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
// -------------------------- Code for FT8 DXpedition Mode ---------------------------
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
Tidy up recent fixes for Hound frequency shifts git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-22 08:32:32 -04:00
void MainWindow::hound_reply ()
Tentative reversal of recent change to set hound Tx frequency very late Changing the Hound Tx audio offset just before starting the Tx audio stream is way too late to have the Tx message printed in the decodes window with the correct frequency shown. If we intend to change the Tx offset very late like this we are going to be in trouble with rigs that cannot do CAT while transmitting since PTT will already be asserted. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8627 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:16 -04:00
{
Tidy up recent fixes for Hound frequency shifts git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-22 08:32:32 -04:00
if (!m_tune) {
More changes for Hounds with compound calls. Maybe all OK now? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8654 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 11:09:57 -04:00
//Select TX3, set TxFreq to FoxFreq, and Force Auto ON.
Tidy up recent fixes for Hound frequency shifts git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-22 08:32:32 -04:00
ui->txrb3->setChecked (true);
m_nSentFoxRrpt = 1;
More changes for Hounds with compound calls. Maybe all OK now? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8654 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 11:09:57 -04:00
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(m_rptSent.toInt());
Tidy up recent fixes for Hound frequency shifts git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-22 08:32:32 -04:00
if (!m_auto) auto_tx_mode(true);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue (m_nFoxFreq);
Tentative reversal of recent change to set hound Tx frequency very late Changing the Hound Tx audio offset just before starting the Tx audio stream is way too late to have the Tx message printed in the decodes window with the correct frequency shown. If we intend to change the Tx offset very late like this we are going to be in trouble with rigs that cannot do CAT while transmitting since PTT will already be asserted. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8627 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-21 15:10:16 -04:00
}
}
Code cleanup; more Fox-mode additions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 12:09:03 -05:00
void MainWindow::on_sbNlist_valueChanged(int n)
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
{
Code cleanup; more Fox-mode additions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 12:09:03 -05:00
m_Nlist=n;
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
}
void MainWindow::on_sbNslots_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_Nslots=n;
Send various Fox GUI commands to FoxQSO.txt git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8561 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-14 13:46:42 -04:00
QString t;
t.sprintf(" NSlots %d",m_Nslots);
writeFoxQSO(t);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
}
void MainWindow::on_sbMax_dB_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_max_dB=n;
Send various Fox GUI commands to FoxQSO.txt git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8561 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-14 13:46:42 -04:00
QString t;
t.sprintf(" Max_dB %d",m_max_dB);
writeFoxQSO(t);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbFoxReset_clicked()
{
Require confirmation when Fox operator hits "Reset" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8618 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-17 10:54:37 -04:00
auto button = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Reset"),
tr ("Are you sure you want to clear the QSO queues?"));
if(button == MessageBox::Yes) {
'Reset' deletes houndcallers.txt; only 3 strikes for Fox sending RR73; remove some qDebug()'s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8622 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-19 09:43:53 -04:00
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir().absoluteFilePath("houndcallers.txt"));
f.remove();
Clear Fox's left text window when Reset is clicked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8621 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-18 14:25:11 -04:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->setText("");
Require confirmation when Fox operator hits "Reset" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8618 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-17 10:54:37 -04:00
ui->textBrowser4->setText("");
m_houndQueue.clear();
m_foxQSO.clear();
'Reset' deletes houndcallers.txt; only 3 strikes for Fox sending RR73; remove some qDebug()'s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8622 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-19 09:43:53 -04:00
m_foxQSOinProgress.clear();
Require confirmation when Fox operator hits "Reset" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8618 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-17 10:54:37 -04:00
writeFoxQSO(" Reset");
}
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
}
void MainWindow::on_comboBoxHoundSort_activated(int index)
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
{
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
if(index!=-99) houndCallers(); //Silence compiler warning
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QString MainWindow::sortHoundCalls(QString t, int isort, int max_dB)
{
/* Called from "houndCallers()" to sort the list of calling stations by
* specified criteria.
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
*
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
* QString "t" contains a list of Hound callers read from file "houndcallers.txt".
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
* isort=0: random (shuffled order)
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
* 1: Call
* 2: Grid
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
* 3: SNR (reverse order)
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
* 4: Distance (reverse order)
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
*/
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
QMap<QString,QString> map;
QStringList lines,lines2;
Code cleanup; resort displayed Hound calls after activating the sort ComboBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8288 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-04 13:18:03 -05:00
QString msg,houndCall,t1;
Allow Hound callers to use Fox's compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8346 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 10:18:56 -05:00
QString ABC{"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ _"};
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
QList<int> list;
More work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8237 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 11:38:35 -05:00
int i,j,k,m,n,nlines;
More work on Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8241 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-16 11:33:15 -05:00
bool bReverse=(isort >= 3);
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
isort=qAbs(isort);
// Save only the most recent transmission from each caller.
lines = t.split("\n");
nlines=lines.length()-1;
for(i=0; i<nlines; i++) {
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
msg=lines.at(i); //key = callsign
Clean up behavior for Fox with compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8363 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 12:25:16 -05:00
if(msg.mid(13,1)==" ") msg=msg.mid(0,13) + "...." + msg.mid(17);
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
houndCall=msg.split(" ").at(0); //value = "call grid snr freq dist age"
Code cleanup; resort displayed Hound calls after activating the sort ComboBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8288 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-04 13:18:03 -05:00
map[houndCall]=msg;
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
}
j=0;
t="";
for(auto a: map.keys()) {
t1=map[a].split(" ",QString::SkipEmptyParts).at(2);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
int nsnr=t1.toInt(); // get snr
if(nsnr <= max_dB) { // keep only if snr in specified range
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
if(isort==1) t += map[a] + "\n";
if(isort==3 or isort==4) {
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
i=2; // sort Hound calls by snr
if(isort==4) i=4; // sort Hound calls by distance
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
t1=map[a].split(" ",QString::SkipEmptyParts).at(i);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
n=1000*(t1.toInt()+100) + j; // pack (snr or dist) and index j into n
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
}
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
if(isort==2) { // sort Hound calls by grid
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
t1=map[a].split(" ",QString::SkipEmptyParts).at(1);
Fix bug that caused crash on Fox's sort-by-grid if grid was blank. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8649 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 08:39:23 -04:00
if(t1=="....") t1="ZZ99";
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
int i1=ABC.indexOf(t1.mid(0,1));
int i2=ABC.indexOf(t1.mid(1,1));
n=100*(26*i1+i2)+t1.mid(2,2).toInt();
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
n=1000*n + j; // pack ngrid and index j into n
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
}
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
list.insert(j,n); // add n to list at [j]
lines2.insert(j,map[a]); // add map[a] to lines2 at [j]
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
j++;
}
}
if(isort>1) {
if(bReverse) {
qSort(list.begin(),list.end(),qGreater<int>());
} else {
qSort(list.begin(),list.end());
}
}
if(isort>1) {
for(i=0; i<j; i++) {
k=list[i]%1000;
n=list[i]/1000 - 100;
t += lines2.at(k) + "\n";
}
}
More work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8237 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 11:38:35 -05:00
int nn=lines2.length();
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
if(isort==0) { // shuffle Hound calls to random order
More work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8237 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 11:38:35 -05:00
int a[nn];
for(i=0; i<nn; i++) {
a[i]=i;
}
for(i=nn-1; i>-1; i--) {
j=(i+1)*double(qrand())/RAND_MAX;
m=a[j];
a[j]=a[i];
a[i]=m;
t += lines2.at(m) + "\n";
}
}
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-03 14:27:46 -04:00
int i0=t.indexOf("\n") + 1;
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
m_nSortedHounds=0;
if(i0 > 0) {
Code cleanup; more Fox-mode additions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 12:09:03 -05:00
m_nSortedHounds=qMin(t.length(),m_Nlist*i0)/i0; // Number of sorted & displayed Hounds
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
}
Code cleanup; more Fox-mode additions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8294 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 12:09:03 -05:00
m_houndCallers=t.mid(0,m_Nlist*i0);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
return m_houndCallers;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void MainWindow::selectHound(QString line)
{
/* Called from doubleClickOnCall() in DXpedition Fox mode.
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
* QString "line" is a user-selected line from left text window.
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
* The line may be selected by double-clicking; alternatively, hitting
* <Enter> is equivalent to double-clicking on the top-most line.
*/
Protect against trying to parse a blank line in selectHound(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-22 09:28:59 -05:00
if(line.length()==0) return;
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
QString houndCall=line.split(" ",QString::SkipEmptyParts).at(0);
// Don't add a call already enqueued or in QSO
if(ui->textBrowser4->toPlainText().indexOf(houndCall) >= 0) return;
QString houndGrid=line.split(" ",QString::SkipEmptyParts).at(1); // Hound caller's grid
QString rpt=line.split(" ",QString::SkipEmptyParts).at(2); // Hound SNR
m_houndCallers=m_houndCallers.remove(line+"\n"); // Remove t from sorted Hound list
m_nSortedHounds--;
ui->decodedTextBrowser->setText(m_houndCallers); // Populate left window with Hound callers
Allow Fox to work Hounds with compound calls. Needs more testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8650 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 10:22:19 -04:00
QString t1=houndCall + " ";
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
QString t2=rpt;
Modify foxTest() to work with FoxQSO.txt as the driver file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-09 15:30:12 -04:00
if(rpt.mid(0,1) != "-" and rpt.mid(0,1) != "+") t2="+" + rpt;
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
if(t2.length()==2) t2=t2.mid(0,1) + "0" + t2.mid(1,1);
Allow Fox to work Hounds with compound calls. Needs more testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8650 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 10:22:19 -04:00
t1=t1.mid(0,12) + t2;
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
ui->textBrowser4->displayFoxToBeCalled(t1,"#ffffff"); // Add hound call and rpt to tb4
Add or fix a number of features for DXpedition Fox/Hound modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8329 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-14 11:00:50 -05:00
t1=t1 + " " + houndGrid; // Append the grid
m_houndQueue.enqueue(t1); // Put this hound into the queue
Remove unnecessary Fox controls; write debugging info to the file FoxQSO.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-12 12:45:32 -04:00
writeFoxQSO(" Sel: " + t1);
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
QTextCursor cursor = ui->textBrowser4->textCursor();
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
cursor.setPosition(0); // Scroll to top of list
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
ui->textBrowser4->setTextCursor(cursor);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void MainWindow::houndCallers()
{
/* Called from decodeDone(), in DXpedition Fox mode. Reads decodes from file
* "houndcallers.txt", ignoring any that are not addressed to MyCall, are already
* in the stack, or with whom a QSO has been started. Others are considered to
* be Hounds eager for a QSO. We add caller information (Call, Grid, SNR, Freq,
* Distance, Age, and Continent) to a list, sort the list by specified criteria,
* and display the top N_Hounds entries in the left text window.
*/
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir().absoluteFilePath("houndcallers.txt"));
if(f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
QTextStream s(&f);
QString t="";
QString line,houndCall,paddedHoundCall;
m_nHoundsCalling=0;
Add labels to Log window, and correct the log-window entry logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8355 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-20 11:19:48 -05:00
int nTotal=0; //Total number of decoded Hounds calling Fox in 4 most recent Rx sequences
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
// Read and process the file of Hound callers.
while(!s.atEnd()) {
line=s.readLine();
Add labels to Log window, and correct the log-window entry logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8355 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-20 11:19:48 -05:00
nTotal++;
Allow Fox to work Hounds with compound calls. Needs more testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8650 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 10:22:19 -04:00
int i0=line.indexOf(" ");
houndCall=line.mid(0,i0);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
paddedHoundCall=houndCall + " ";
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
//Don't list a hound already in the queue
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
if(!ui->textBrowser4->toPlainText().contains(paddedHoundCall)) {
Remove unnecessary Fox controls; write debugging info to the file FoxQSO.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-12 12:45:32 -04:00
if(m_loggedByFox[houndCall].contains(m_lastBand)) continue; //already logged on this band
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
if(m_foxQSO.contains(houndCall)) continue; //still in the QSO map
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
QString countryName,continent;
Working toward activating highlights for "New DXCC on band", "New Grid", and "New Grid on Band".
2018-08-24 14:42:08 -04:00
bool callWorkedBefore,countryWorkedBefore,gridWorkedBefore;
m_logBook.match(/*in*/houndCall,"",/*out*/countryName,callWorkedBefore,countryWorkedBefore,
gridWorkedBefore,/*in*/ m_currentBand);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
int i1=countryName.lastIndexOf(";");
continent=countryName.mid(i1+2,-1);
If Fox is using a directed CQ, display hound calls only if they comply. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8484 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-08 16:12:30 -05:00
//If we are using a directed CQ, ignore Hound calls that do not comply.
QString CQtext=ui->comboBoxCQ->currentText();
if(CQtext.length()==5 and (continent!=CQtext.mid(3,2))) continue;
int nCallArea=-1;
if(CQtext.length()==4) {
for(int i=houndCall.length()-1; i>0; i--) {
if(houndCall.mid(i,1).toInt() > 0) nCallArea=houndCall.mid(i,1).toInt();
if(houndCall.mid(i,1)=="0") nCallArea=0;
if(nCallArea>=0) break;
}
if(nCallArea!=CQtext.mid(3,1).toInt()) continue;
}
//This houndCall passes all tests, add it to the list.
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
t = t + line + " " + continent + "\n";
Add labels to Log window, and correct the log-window entry logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8355 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-20 11:19:48 -05:00
m_nHoundsCalling++; // Number of accepted Hounds to be sorted
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
}
}
Add labels to Log window, and correct the log-window entry logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8355 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-20 11:19:48 -05:00
if(m_msgAvgWidget != NULL and m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) {
m_msgAvgWidget->foxLabCallers(nTotal);
}
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
// Sort and display accumulated list of Hound callers
if(t.length()>30) {
m_isort=ui->comboBoxHoundSort->currentIndex();
QString t1=sortHoundCalls(t,m_isort,m_max_dB);
ui->decodedTextBrowser->setText(t1);
Code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8276 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-01 15:54:35 -05:00
}
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
f.close();
Code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8276 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-01 15:54:35 -05:00
}
Experimenting with a new Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-02 14:45:19 -04:00
}
More work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8237 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 11:38:35 -05:00
Add FoxQSO.txt; sbRepeats -> sbMaxTime; randomize Tx freq for Hound R+rpt; code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8358 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 09:51:22 -05:00
void MainWindow::foxRxSequencer(QString msg, QString houndCall, QString rptRcvd)
More work on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8237 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-15 11:38:35 -05:00
{
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
/* Called from "readFromStdOut()" to process decoded messages of the form
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
* "myCall houndCall R+rpt".
*
* If houndCall matches a callsign in one of our active QSO slots, we
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
* prepare to send "houndCall RR73" to that caller.
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
*/
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
if(m_foxQSO.contains(houndCall)) {
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
m_foxQSO[houndCall].rcvd=rptRcvd.mid(1); //Save report Rcvd, for the log
m_foxQSO[houndCall].tFoxRrpt=m_tFoxTx; //Save time R+rpt was received
writeFoxQSO(" Rx: " + msg.trimmed());
More changes for Hounds with compound calls. Maybe all OK now? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8654 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 11:09:57 -04:00
} else {
for(QString hc: m_foxQSO.keys()) { //Check for a matching compound call
if(hc.contains("/"+houndCall) or hc.contains(houndCall+"/")) {
m_foxQSO[hc].rcvd=rptRcvd.mid(1); //Save report Rcvd, for the log
m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt=m_tFoxTx; //Save time R+rpt was received
writeFoxQSO(" Rx: " + msg.trimmed());
}
}
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
}
Work-in-progress with Fox-mode code. Contains incomplete and untested code! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8270 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-11-30 13:45:51 -05:00
}
Code cleanup; resort displayed Hound calls after activating the sort ComboBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8288 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-04 13:18:03 -05:00
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
void MainWindow::foxTxSequencer()
{
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
/* Called from guiUpdate at the point where an FT8 Fox-mode transmission
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
* is to be started.
*
* Determine what the Tx message(s) will be for each active slot, call
Back out r8508 changes to mainwindow.cpp, that was unintended. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8510 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-19 13:05:06 -05:00
* foxgen() to generate and accumulate the corresponding waveform.
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
*/
More work on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8293 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-07 10:38:48 -05:00
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
qint64 now=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
QStringList list1; //Up to NSlots Hound calls to be sent RR73
QStringList list2; //Up to NSlots Hound calls to be sent a report
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
QString fm; //Fox message to be transmitted
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
QString hc,hc1,hc2; //Hound calls
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
QString t,rpt;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
qint32 islot=0;
qint32 n1,n2,n3;
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
m_tFoxTx++; //Increment Fox Tx cycle counter
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
//Is it time for a stand-alone CQ?
Add a checkbox to enable more frequent programmed CQs by Fox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8659 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-14 14:45:23 -04:00
if(m_tFoxTxSinceCQ >= m_foxCQtime and ui->cbMoreCQs->isChecked()) {
In DXpedition mode, enforce a Fox CQ at least every 5 transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8559 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-13 13:32:52 -04:00
fm=ui->comboBoxCQ->currentText() + " " + m_config.my_callsign();
if(!fm.contains("/")) {
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
//If Fox is not a compound callsign, add grid to the CQ message.
In DXpedition mode, enforce a Fox CQ at least every 5 transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8559 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-13 13:32:52 -04:00
fm += " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4);
m_fullFoxCallTime=now;
}
Add a checkbox to enable more frequent programmed CQs by Fox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8659 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-14 14:45:23 -04:00
m_tFoxTx0=m_tFoxTx; //Remember when we sent a CQ
In DXpedition mode, enforce a Fox CQ at least every 5 transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8559 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-13 13:32:52 -04:00
islot++;
foxGenWaveform(islot-1,fm);
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
goto Transmit;
In DXpedition mode, enforce a Fox CQ at least every 5 transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8559 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-13 13:32:52 -04:00
}
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
//Compile list1: up to NSLots Hound calls to be sent RR73
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
for(QString hc: m_foxQSO.keys()) { //Check all Hound calls: First priority
if(m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt<0) continue;
if(m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt - m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73 > 3) {
//Has been a long time since we sent RR73
list1 << hc; //Add to list1
m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73 = m_tFoxTx; //Time RR73 is sent
m_foxQSO[hc].nRR73++; //Increment RR73 counter
if(list1.size()==m_Nslots) goto list1Done;
}
}
for(QString hc: m_foxQSO.keys()) { //Check all Hound calls: Second priority
if(m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt<0) continue;
if(m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73 < 0) {
//Have not yet sent RR73
list1 << hc; //Add to list1
m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73 = m_tFoxTx; //Time RR73 is sent
m_foxQSO[hc].nRR73++; //Increment RR73 counter
if(list1.size()==m_Nslots) goto list1Done;
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
}
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
}
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
for(QString hc: m_foxQSO.keys()) { //Check all Hound calls: Third priority
if(m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt<0) continue;
if(m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73 <= m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt) {
//We received R+rpt more recently than we sent RR73
list1 << hc; //Add to list1
m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73 = m_tFoxTx; //Time RR73 is sent
m_foxQSO[hc].nRR73++; //Increment RR73 counter
if(list1.size()==m_Nslots) goto list1Done;
}
}
list1Done:
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
//Compile list2: Up to Nslots Hound calls to be sent a report.
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
for(int i=0; i<m_foxQSOinProgress.count(); i++) {
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
//First do those for QSOs in progress
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
hc=m_foxQSOinProgress.at(i);
if((m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt < 0) and (m_foxQSO[hc].ncall < m_maxStrikes)) {
//Sent him a report and have not received R+rpt: call him again
list2 << hc; //Add to list2
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
if(list2.size()==m_Nslots) goto list2Done;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
}
}
while(!m_houndQueue.isEmpty()) {
//Start QSO with a new Hound
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
t=m_houndQueue.dequeue(); //Fetch new hound from queue
Allow Fox to work Hounds with compound calls. Needs more testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8650 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 10:22:19 -04:00
int i0=t.indexOf(" ");
hc=t.mid(0,i0); //hound call
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
list2 << hc; //Add new Hound to list2
m_foxQSOinProgress.enqueue(hc); //Put him in the QSO queue
Correct the logging of blank grid for compound Hound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8657 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-11 08:24:15 -04:00
m_foxQSO[hc].grid=t.mid(16,4); //Hound grid
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
rpt=t.mid(12,3); //report to send Hound
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
m_foxQSO[hc].sent=rpt; //Report to send him
Increment ncall when Fox calls hc; fix the strikeout logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8615 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 16:55:56 -04:00
m_foxQSO[hc].ncall=0; //Start a new Hound
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
m_foxQSO[hc].nRR73 = 0; //Have not sent RR73
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
m_foxQSO[hc].rcvd = -99; //Have not received R+rpt
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt = -1; //Have not received R+rpt
m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73 = -1; //Have not sent RR73
rm_tb4(hc); //Remove this Hound from tb4
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
if(list2.size()==m_Nslots) goto list2Done;
if(m_foxQSO.count()>=2*m_Nslots) goto list2Done;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
}
list2Done:
n1=list1.size();
n2=list2.size();
n3=qMax(n1,n2);
Don't allow n3 > Nslots. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 19:05:33 -04:00
if(n3>m_Nslots) n3=m_Nslots;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
for(int i=0; i<n3; i++) {
hc1="";
fm="";
if(i<n1 and i<n2) {
hc1=list1.at(i);
hc2=list2.at(i);
Increment ncall when Fox calls hc; fix the strikeout logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8615 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 16:55:56 -04:00
m_foxQSO[hc2].ncall++;
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
fm = Radio::base_callsign(hc1) + " RR73; " + Radio::base_callsign(hc2) +
" <" + m_config.my_callsign() + "> " + m_foxQSO[hc2].sent;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
}
if(i<n1 and i>=n2) {
hc1=list1.at(i);
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
fm = Radio::base_callsign(hc1) + " " + m_baseCall + " RR73"; //Standard FT8 message
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
}
if(hc1!="") {
// Log this QSO!
Don't allow n3 > Nslots. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 19:05:33 -04:00
m_hisCall=hc1;
m_hisGrid=m_foxQSO[hc1].grid;
m_rptSent=m_foxQSO[hc1].sent;
m_rptRcvd=m_foxQSO[hc1].rcvd;
QDateTime logTime {QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ()};
More changes for Hounds with compound calls. Maybe all OK now? git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8654 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-10 11:09:57 -04:00
QString thc1=(m_hisCall + " ").mid(0,6);
if(m_hisCall.contains("/")) thc1=m_hisCall;
QString logLine=logTime.toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm") + " " + thc1 + " " +
m_hisGrid + " " + m_rptSent + " " + m_rptRcvd + " " + m_lastBand;
Don't allow n3 > Nslots. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 19:05:33 -04:00
if(m_msgAvgWidget != NULL and m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) {
m_msgAvgWidget->foxAddLog(logLine);
}
on_logQSOButton_clicked();
writeFoxQSO(" Log: " + logLine.mid(17));
m_foxRateQueue.enqueue(now); //Add present time in seconds to Rate queue.
m_loggedByFox[hc1] += (m_lastBand + " ");
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
}
if(i<n2 and fm=="") {
hc2=list2.at(i);
Increment ncall when Fox calls hc; fix the strikeout logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8615 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 16:55:56 -04:00
m_foxQSO[hc2].ncall++;
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
fm = Radio::base_callsign(hc2) + " " + m_baseCall + " " + m_foxQSO[hc2].sent; //Standard FT8 message
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
}
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
islot++;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
foxGenWaveform(islot-1,fm); //Generate tx waveform
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
}
Don't allow n3 > Nslots. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 19:05:33 -04:00
if(islot < m_Nslots) {
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
//At least one slot is still open
Add a checkbox to enable more frequent programmed CQs by Fox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8659 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-14 14:45:23 -04:00
if(islot==0 or ((m_tFoxTx-m_tFoxTx0>=4) and ui->cbMoreCQs->isChecked())) {
//Roughly every 4th Tx sequence, put a CQ message in an otherwise empty slot
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
fm=ui->comboBoxCQ->currentText() + " " + m_config.my_callsign();
if(!fm.contains("/")) {
fm += " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4);
Add a checkbox to enable more frequent programmed CQs by Fox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8659 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-14 14:45:23 -04:00
m_tFoxTx0=m_tFoxTx; //Remember when we send a CQ
More changes to accommodate Hounds with compound calls. Fox CQs only every 4 Tx sequences. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:18:08 -04:00
m_fullFoxCallTime=now;
}
islot++;
foxGenWaveform(islot-1,fm);
More corrections for compount FoxCall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8366 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 13:30:35 -05:00
}
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
}
Transmit:
foxcom_.nslots=islot;
Several enhancements to DXpedition mode: 1. Insert dummy report when Hound is called by complex-callsign Fox. 2. Allow Fox to transmit anywhere between 300 and 900 Hz. 3. Restrict randomized Hound freq to the range 1000 - 3000 Hz. 4. Suppress Fox signals that would be duplicates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8376 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-27 16:06:57 -05:00
foxcom_.nfreq=ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value();
Fox Tx freq must be adjusted for value of m_XIT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8638 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-24 20:56:49 -04:00
if(m_config.split_mode()) foxcom_.nfreq = foxcom_.nfreq - m_XIT; //Fox Tx freq
Additional changes to enable Fox to use a compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8364 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 13:00:47 -05:00
QString foxCall=m_config.my_callsign() + " ";
strncpy(&foxcom_.mycall[0], foxCall.toLatin1(),12); //Copy Fox callsign into foxcom_
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
foxgen_();
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
m_tFoxTxSinceCQ++;
Working on Fox-mode code. Another intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 16:38:24 -05:00
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
for(QString hc: m_foxQSO.keys()) { //Check for strikeout or timeout
Increment ncall when Fox calls hc; fix the strikeout logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8615 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 16:55:56 -04:00
if(m_foxQSO[hc].ncall>=m_maxStrikes) m_foxQSO[hc].ncall++;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
bool b1=((m_tFoxTx - m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt) > 2*m_maxFoxWait) and
(m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxRrpt > 0);
bool b2=((m_tFoxTx - m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73) > m_maxFoxWait) and
(m_foxQSO[hc].tFoxTxRR73>0);
Increment ncall when Fox calls hc; fix the strikeout logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8615 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-14 16:55:56 -04:00
bool b3=(m_foxQSO[hc].ncall >= m_maxStrikes+m_maxFoxWait);
'Reset' deletes houndcallers.txt; only 3 strikes for Fox sending RR73; remove some qDebug()'s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8622 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-19 09:43:53 -04:00
bool b4=(m_foxQSO[hc].nRR73 >= m_maxStrikes);
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
if(b1 or b2 or b3 or b4) {
m_foxQSO.remove(hc);
m_foxQSOinProgress.removeOne(hc);
Working on Fox-mode code. This is an intermediate commit -- much still TBD. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8291 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-06 12:05:48 -05:00
}
}
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
Add Logged label and implement display of QSO Rate for last hour. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8360 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 10:31:09 -05:00
while(!m_foxRateQueue.isEmpty()) {
qint64 age = now - m_foxRateQueue.head();
if(age < 3600) break;
m_foxRateQueue.dequeue();
}
Display number of QSOs in progress rather than number of Hounds queued. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8562 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-15 12:26:31 -04:00
if(m_msgAvgWidget != NULL and m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) {
m_msgAvgWidget->foxLabRate(m_foxRateQueue.size());
Minor code cleanup, no logical changes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8607 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-11 09:22:34 -04:00
m_msgAvgWidget->foxLabQueued(m_foxQSOinProgress.count());
Display number of QSOs in progress rather than number of Hounds queued. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8562 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-15 12:26:31 -04:00
}
Code cleanup; resort displayed Hound calls after activating the sort ComboBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8288 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-04 13:18:03 -05:00
}
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
void MainWindow::rm_tb4(QString houndCall)
{
if(houndCall=="") return;
QString t="";
QString tb4=ui->textBrowser4->toPlainText();
QStringList list=tb4.split("\n");
int n=list.size();
int j=0;
for (int i=0; i<n; i++) {
if(j>0) t += "\n";
QString line=list.at(i);
if(!line.contains(houndCall + " ")) {
j++;
t += line;
}
}
Correct the logic for removing a Hound call from the to-be-called queue. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8652 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:49:54 -04:00
t.replace("\n\n","\n");
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
ui->textBrowser4->setText(t);
}
void MainWindow::doubleClickOnFoxQueue(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers)
{
Minor code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-19 14:12:59 -05:00
if(modifiers==9999) return; //Silence compiler warning
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
QTextCursor cursor=ui->textBrowser4->textCursor();
cursor.setPosition(cursor.selectionStart());
Correct the logic for removing a Hound call from the to-be-called queue. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8652 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:49:54 -04:00
QString houndCall=cursor.block().text().mid(0,12).trimmed();
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
rm_tb4(houndCall);
Send various Fox GUI commands to FoxQSO.txt git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8561 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-14 13:46:42 -04:00
writeFoxQSO(" Del: " + houndCall);
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
QQueue<QString> tmpQueue;
while(!m_houndQueue.isEmpty()) {
QString t=m_houndQueue.dequeue();
Correct the logic for removing a Hound call from the to-be-called queue. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8652 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-05-09 13:49:54 -04:00
QString hc=t.mid(0,12).trimmed();
Working on the Fox GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8322 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-13 12:20:21 -05:00
if(hc != houndCall) tmpQueue.enqueue(t);
}
m_houndQueue.swap(tmpQueue);
}
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
void MainWindow::foxGenWaveform(int i,QString fm)
{
//Generate and accumulate the Tx waveform
fm += " ";
fm=fm.mid(0,40);
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
if(fm.mid(0,3)=="CQ ") m_tFoxTxSinceCQ=-1;
Send Fox Tx messages to right window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8367 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 13:54:21 -05:00
QString txModeArg;
txModeArg.sprintf("FT8fox %d",i+1);
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayTransmittedText(fm.trimmed(), txModeArg,
Set the color highlighting scheme at startup, or after a call to Settings.
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value()+60*i,m_bFastMode);
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
foxcom_.i3bit[i]=0;
if(fm.indexOf("<")>0) foxcom_.i3bit[i]=1;
MInor diagnostic tweaks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8357 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 16:22:03 -05:00
strncpy(&foxcom_.cmsg[i][0],fm.toLatin1(),40); //Copy this message into cmsg[i]
Fix the way tx status label is set for Fox transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-21 10:48:56 -05:00
if(i==0) m_fm1=fm;
Identify Fox's Tx slot numbers in FoxQSO.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8382 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-29 14:35:30 -05:00
QString t;
Clean up some minor formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-14 11:11:25 -04:00
t.sprintf(" Tx%d: ",i+1);
Identify Fox's Tx slot numbers in FoxQSO.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8382 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-29 14:35:30 -05:00
writeFoxQSO(t + fm.trimmed());
Add FoxQSO.txt; sbRepeats -> sbMaxTime; randomize Tx freq for Hound R+rpt; code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8358 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 09:51:22 -05:00
}
void MainWindow::writeFoxQSO(QString msg)
{
Remove unnecessary Fox controls; write debugging info to the file FoxQSO.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-12 12:45:32 -04:00
QString t;
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
t.sprintf("%3d%3d%3d",m_houndQueue.count(),m_foxQSOinProgress.count(),m_foxQSO.count());
Add FoxQSO.txt; sbRepeats -> sbMaxTime; randomize Tx freq for Hound R+rpt; code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8358 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 09:51:22 -05:00
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("FoxQSO.txt")};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss")
Remove unnecessary Fox controls; write debugging info to the file FoxQSO.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-12 12:45:32 -04:00
<< " " << fixed << qSetRealNumberPrecision (3) << (m_freqNominal/1.e6)
<< t << msg << endl;
Add FoxQSO.txt; sbRepeats -> sbMaxTime; randomize Tx freq for Hound R+rpt; code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8358 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-22 09:51:22 -05:00
f.close();
} else {
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr("File Open Error"),
tr("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2").arg(f.fileName()).arg(f.errorString()));
}
All-new algorithm for determining Tx messages for Fox. Also, extend max cmsg length to 40 characters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8356 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-12-21 15:55:38 -05:00
}
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
Modify foxTest() to work with FoxQSO.txt as the driver file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-09 15:30:12 -04:00
/*################################################################################### */
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
void MainWindow::foxTest()
{
QFile f("steps.txt");
if(!f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) return;
More diagnostic output, better format, to "diag.txt". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-11 11:26:43 -04:00
QFile fdiag("diag.txt");
if(!fdiag.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) return;
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
QTextStream s(&f);
More diagnostic output, better format, to "diag.txt". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-11 11:26:43 -04:00
QTextStream sdiag(&fdiag);
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
QString line;
Modify foxTest() to work with FoxQSO.txt as the driver file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-09 15:30:12 -04:00
QString t;
QString msg;
QString hc1;
QString rptRcvd;
qint32 n=0;
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
while(!s.atEnd()) {
line=s.readLine();
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
if(line.length()==0) continue;
Adjust several limits used in foxTxSequencer(), to reduce excess buildup of QSOs in progress. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8606 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-11 08:57:43 -04:00
if(line.mid(0,4).toInt()==0) line=" " + line;
Modify foxTest() to work with FoxQSO.txt as the driver file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-09 15:30:12 -04:00
if(line.contains("NSlots")) {
n=line.mid(44,1).toInt();
ui->sbNslots->setValue(n);
}
if(line.contains("Sel:")) {
t=line.mid(43,6) + " " + line.mid(54,4) + " " + line.mid(50,3);
selectHound(t);
}
if(line.contains("Del:")) {
int i0=line.indexOf("Del:");
hc1=line.mid(i0+6);
int i1=hc1.indexOf(" ");
hc1=hc1.mid(0,i1);
rm_tb4(hc1);
writeFoxQSO(" Del: " + hc1);
QQueue<QString> tmpQueue;
while(!m_houndQueue.isEmpty()) {
t=m_houndQueue.dequeue();
QString hc=t.mid(0,6).trimmed();
if(hc != hc1) tmpQueue.enqueue(t);
}
m_houndQueue.swap(tmpQueue);
}
if(line.contains("Rx:")) {
msg=line.mid(43);
t=msg.mid(24);
int i0=t.indexOf(" ");
hc1=t.mid(i0+1);
int i1=hc1.indexOf(" ");
hc1=hc1.mid(0,i1);
int i2=qMax(msg.indexOf("R+"),msg.indexOf("R-"));
New code for Fox sequencing and modified steps.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8612 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 15:20:37 -04:00
if(i2>20) {
rptRcvd=msg.mid(i2,4);
foxRxSequencer(msg,hc1,rptRcvd);
}
Several tentative bug fixes for F&H operation. Not fully tested! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-03-09 16:48:21 -05:00
}
Better arrangement of qDebug()'s for testing Fox sequencing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8613 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-04-13 16:22:29 -04:00
if(line.contains("Tx1:")) {
foxTxSequencer();
} else {
t.sprintf("%3d %3d %3d %3d %5d ",m_houndQueue.count(),
m_foxQSOinProgress.count(),m_foxQSO.count(),
m_loggedByFox.count(),m_tFoxTx);
sdiag << t << line.mid(37).trimmed() << "\n";
}
Fix several Fox bugs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8511 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2018-02-20 11:44:11 -05:00
}
}
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink